20-F

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

(Mark One)

☐REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

OR

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

OR

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

OR

☐SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

Date of event requiring this shell company report

For the transition period from __________ to __________

Commission file number 001-39016

InMode Ltd.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Israel

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Tavor Building, Sha’ar Yokneam, P.O. Box 533

Yokneam, 2069206, Israel

(Address of principal executive offices)

Moshe Mizrahy

+972-4-9096313

Tavor Building, Sha’ar Yokneam, P.O. Box 533

Yokneam, 2069206, Israel

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Trading Symbol(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per ordinary share	INMD	Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: 37,783,777¹ Ordinary Shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ☒ No ☐

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes ☐ No ☒

Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☒	Accelerated filer ☐	Non-accelerated filer ☐
		Emerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

____________________

​¹​​ The above number of Ordinary Shares outstanding does not include a total of 393,441 Ordinary Shares held at December 31, 2020, as treasury shares, all of which were repurchased by InMode Ltd.

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP ☒ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☐         Other ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. N/A

☐ Item 17 ☐ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes ☐ No ☒

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

Yes ☐ No ☐

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I	1
ITEM 1.IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS	1
ITEM 2.OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE	1
ITEM 3.KEY INFORMATION	1
ITEM 4.INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY	34
ITEM 4A.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS	70
ITEM 5.OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS	71
ITEM 6.DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES	81
ITEM 7.MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	100
ITEM 8.FINANCIAL INFORMATION	101
ITEM 9.THE OFFER AND LISTING	102
ITEM 10.ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	102
ITEM 11.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ON MARKET RISK	115
ITEM 12.DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES	116
PART II	116
ITEM 13.DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES	116
ITEM 14.MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS	116
ITEM 15.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	116
ITEM 16.[RESERVED]	117
ITEM 16A.AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERTS	117
ITEM 16B.CODE OF ETHICS	117
ITEM 16C.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	118
ITEM 16D.EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES	118
ITEM 16E.PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS	118
ITEM 16F.CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT	118
ITEM 16G.CORPORATE GOVERNANCE	119
ITEM 16H.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE	119
PART III	119
ITEM 17.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	119
ITEM 18.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	119
ITEM 19.EXHIBITS	120
SIGNATURES	121

Certain Definitions

In this Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless the context otherwise requires:

•

references to “InMode,” the “Company,” “us,” “we” and “our” refer to InMode Ltd., an Israeli company, and its consolidated subsidiaries;

•

references to “ordinary shares,” “our shares” and similar expressions refer to the Company’s ordinary shares;

•

references to “dollars,” “U.S. dollars” and “$” are to U.S. Dollars;

•

references to “shekels” and “NIS” are to New Israeli Shekels, the Israeli currency;

•

references to the “Companies Law” are to Israel’s Companies Law, 5759-1999, as amended;

•

references to the “SEC” are to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; and

•

references to “U.S. GAAP” are to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Forward-Looking Statements

The sections entitled “Item 3D. Key Information-Risk Factors,” “Item 4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F contain forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Unless otherwise indicated in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, the basis for any statements regarding our competitive position is based on our own assessment and knowledge of the market in which we operate.

These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about:

•

the impacts of the current COVID-19 pandemic on our continuing operations, development plans, financial forecasts and expectations, and other matters related to our business and operations;

•

our ability to identify and penetrate new markets for our products and technology;

•

our ability to innovate, develop and commercialize our existing and new products and expand beyond our traditional customer base;

•

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory clearances;

•

our expectation regarding the safety and efficacy of our products;

•

the commercial experience of our management team;

•

our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

•

our estimates regarding the potential market opportunity for our products;

•

developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry;

•

our ability to differentiate and distinguish our products from those of our competitors;

•

our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

•

our sales and marketing capabilities and strategy in the United States and internationally;

•

the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, products and technology;

•

our ability to attract or retain key personnel;

•

our intellectual property portfolio and position and our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;

•

our assessment of the impact to us of any third-party litigation claiming patent infringement; and

•

our assessment of the time and cost of our loss of emerging growth company status and our compliance with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to “accelerated filers,” including complying with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on our management’s current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and our management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, particularly in the section entitled “Item 3D. Key Information—Risk Factors”, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Unless we are required to do so under U.S. federal securities laws or other applicable laws, we do not intend to update or revise any forward-looking statements. Readers are encouraged to consult the Company’s reports made on Form 6-K, which are periodically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

ii

PART I

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

A.Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data for the periods ended and as of the dates indicated. The following selected historical consolidated financial data for the Company should be read in conjunction with “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and other information provided elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirely thereby. Except as otherwise indicated, all share amounts, per share amounts and related information in this Annual Report on Form 20-F have been adjusted retroactively for a 1-for-1.789 stock split of our ordinary shares by way of an issuance of bonus shares, which we refer to as the “Stock Split,” that was effected on July 24, 2019.

The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance U.S. GAAP.

The selected consolidated statements of income data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Moreover, the selected consolidated statements of income data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are derived from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020		2019			2018		2017		2016
	(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
Revenues	$	206,107	$	156,361		$	100,162	$	53,456	$	23,082
Cost of revenues		30,849		20,238			15,057		9,053		5,653
Gross profit		175,258		136,123			85,105		44,403		17,429
Operating expenses:
Research and development		9,467		5,699			4,180		2,575		2,456
Sales and marketing		86,532		66,848			44,622		28,514		11,254
General and administrative		6,418		3,958			4,814		4,364		3,050
Legal settlements and loss contingencies		-		-			8,000		-		-
Total operating expenses		102,417		76,505			61,616		35,453		16,760
Income from operations	$	72,841	$	59,618		$	23,489	$	8,950	$	669
Finance income, net		3,291		2,423			136		849		4
Income before taxes	$	76,132	$	62,041		$	23,625	$	9,799	$	673
Income taxes		1,107		883			1,260		980		337
Net income	$	75,025	$	61,158		$	22,365	$	8,819	$	336
Add: Loss (net income) attributable to non-controlling interests		5		(13	)		6		-		-
Net income attributable to Inmode Ltd.	$	75,030	$	61,145		$	22,371	$	8,819	$	336
Net income per share:
Basic	$	2.08	$	2.09		$	0.82	$	0.29	$	0.01
Diluted	$	1.78	$	1.60		$	0.62	$	0.26	$	0.01
Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computation of net income per share:
Basic		36,057,182		29,231,476			26,613,942		26,283,548		26,203,192
Diluted		42,092,299		38,058,625			35,006,644		29,669,922		26,286,372

1

	As of December 31,
	2020		2019		2018		2017		2016
	(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	68,938	$	44,727	$	24,721	$	17,593	$	6,696
Working capital		254,561		180,714		48,335		23,694		6,933
Total assets		295,761		218,385		81,056		39,442		16,488
Total liabilities		40,286		38,582		34,193		16,923		7,384
Redeemable non-controlling interests		-		-		2,187		3,066		183
Retained earnings		169,016		93,986		32,971		10,819		3,154
Non-controlling interests		1,512		3,737		1,413		-		-
Total shareholders’ equity		255,475		179,803		44,676		19,453		8,921

B.Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

C.Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

2

D.Risk Factors

Our business faces significant risks. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and in our other filings with the SEC, including the following risk factors which we face and that are faced by our industry. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may have similar adverse effects on us. This report also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our results could materially differ from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, as a result of certain factors including the risks described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and our other SEC filings. See “Forward-Looking Statements” above.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

our success depends upon market acceptance of our products;

•

if there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could decline, resulting in unfavorable operating results;

•

the success and continued development of our products depends, in part, upon maintaining strong relationships with physicians and other healthcare professionals;

•

we rely heavily on our sales professionals to market and sell our products worldwide. If we are unable to hire, effectively train, manage, improve the productivity of, and retain our sales professionals, our business will be harmed, which would impair our future revenue and profitability;

•

the failure to attract and retain key personnel could adversely affect our business;

•

if we do not continue to develop and commercialize new products and identify new markets for our products and technologies, we may not remain competitive or expand beyond our traditional customer base, and our revenues and operating results could suffer;

•

product liability suits could be brought against us due to defective material or design, or due to misuse of our products, and could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial damages and an increase in our insurance rates;

•

our products and operations are subject to extensive and continuing regulatory compliance obligations in the United States and other countries, and failure to meet those obligations could adversely harm our business;

•

we outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to a small number of manufacturing subcontractors. If our subcontractors’ operations are interrupted or if our orders exceed our subcontractors’ manufacturing capacity, we may not be able to deliver our products on time;

•

if we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed. Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology;

•

third parties have commenced and may in the future commence litigation against us claiming that our products infringe upon their patents or other intellectual property rights;

3

•

if we fail to obtain and maintain necessary FDA clearances for our products, if clearances for future products and proposed indications are delayed or not issued, if we or any of our third-party suppliers or manufacturers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or if there are regulatory changes, our commercial operations could be harmed;

•

as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq corporate governance rules and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, than U.S. domestic public companies, which may limit the information available to holders of our ordinary shares; and

•

we may become subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or the 1940 Act, which would limit our business operations and require us to spend significant resources to comply with such act.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our success depends upon market acceptance of our products.

We design, develop, manufacture and commercialize innovative minimally and non-invasive surgical/medical products. We have developed products that apply our minimally-invasive technology in plastic surgery, dermatology, gynecology and ophthalmology. We were established in 2008 and have expanded our product offerings to include nine product platforms: BodyTite, Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, Evolve, Evoke and Morpheus8. We introduced two additional product platforms in 2020 (the Evoke and Morpheus 8). If we fail to significantly penetrate current or new markets with our products or fail to properly manage the manufacturing and distribution of multiple products, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted. The success of our products depends on adoption and acceptance of our technology by user doctors. The rate of adoption and acceptance may be affected adversely by perceived issues relating to quality and safety, doctors’ reluctance to invest in new technologies, the cost of competitive treatments and widespread acceptance of other technologies. Our business strategy is based, in part, on our expectation that we will continue to make novel product introductions and upgrades that we can sell to new and existing users of our products, and that we will be able to identify new markets for our existing technologies.

To increase our revenues, we must:

•

continue to further penetrate our existing, traditional customer base, including plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists and obstetricians/gynecologists, or OB/GYNs, and drive recurring revenues by demonstrating to our customers that our products or product upgrades would be an attractive revenue-generating addition to their practices;

•

expand our customer base to include non-traditional customers, such as ear, nose and throat physicians, or ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians;

•

leverage our existing technology to expand into new minimally and non-invasive applications that either add to or significantly improve our current products;

•

increase our sales presence to target and expand our market globally;

•

actively pursue business development opportunities including potential acquisitions and strategic partnerships to augment our product and technology portfolio; and

•

expand and maintain our intellectual property and patent portfolio.

In addition, the surgical aesthetic solutions market is highly competitive and dynamic and marked by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. Demand for our products could be diminished by equivalent or superior products and technologies offered by competitors.

4

If there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could decline, resulting in unfavorable operating results.

Continued expansion of the global market for energy-based aesthetic procedures is a material assumption of our business strategy. Most procedures performed using our products are not reimbursable through government or private health insurance and are therefore elective procedures, the cost of which must be borne by the patient. The decision to utilize our products may therefore be influenced by a number of factors, including:

•

consumer disposable income and access to consumer credit;

•

the cost of procedures performed using our products;

•

the cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based upon laser or other energy-based technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products;

•

the success of our sales and marketing efforts;

•

the education of our customers and patients on the benefits and uses of our products compared to competitors’ products and technologies; and

•

consumer confidence, which may be impacted by economic and political conditions.

If, as a result of these factors, there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Major public health issues, and specifically the pandemic caused by the spread of COVID-19, could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations and other aspects of our business.

The outbreak of COVID-19 has evolved into a global pandemic. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our business and operating results will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted, including new information that may emerge concerning the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others.

The spread of the coronavirus, which has caused a broad impact globally, including restrictions on travel, shifting work force to work remotely and quarantine policies put into place by businesses and governments, may have a material economic effect on our business. Notably, healthcare facilities in many countries effectively banned elective procedures. Many of our products are used in aesthetic elective procedures and as such, the bans on elective procedures substantially stopped our sales and marketing efforts in the early months of the pandemic.

While we have a distributed workforce and our employees are accustomed to working remotely or working with other remote employees, our workforce was not trained to be fully remote. Our employees travel frequently to establish and maintain relationships with one another, as well as our customers, and distributors. Much of that travel has been halted as many countries have implemented restrictions that prevented our salespersons from attending conferences or meeting customers in person. In response, we have been required to continue sales effort by using remote tools.

We continue to monitor the situation and may adjust our current policies as more information and public health guidance become available. The continued suspension of travel and doing business in person may negatively affect our customer success efforts, sales and marketing efforts, slow down our recruiting efforts, or create operational or other challenges, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

It is possible that continued widespread remote work arrangements may have a negative impact on our operations, the execution of our business plans, the productivity and availability of key personnel and other employees necessary to conduct our business, and on third-party service providers who perform critical services for us, or otherwise cause operational failures due to changes in our normal business practices necessitated by the outbreak and related governmental actions. If a natural disaster, power outage, connectivity issue, or other event occurred that impacted our employees’ ability to work remotely, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible, for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The continuation of remote working may also result in privacy, data protection, data security, and fraud risks, and our understanding of applicable legal and regulatory requirements, as well as the latest guidance from regulatory authorities in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, may be subject to legal or regulatory challenge, particularly as regulatory guidance evolves in response to future developments.

5

While the potential economic impact brought by and the duration of the pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, it has already caused, and is likely to result in further, significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital either at all or on favorable terms. In addition, a recession, depression, or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the spread of the coronavirus could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our ordinary shares.

The ultimate impact of the current pandemic, or any other health epidemic, is highly uncertain and will depend on future developments, such as the ultimate duration and scope of the outbreak (including any future waves or strains of the virus), the development, distribution, and adoption of effective vaccines, the improvement of healthcare outcomes, its impact on our customers, and suppliers, how quickly normal economic conditions can resume. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, our clinical trials, our research programs, healthcare systems or the global economy as a whole. However, these effects could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows.

The success and continued development of our products depends, in part, upon maintaining strong relationships with physicians and other healthcare professionals.

If we fail to maintain our working relationships with physicians and other ancillary healthcare professionals, our products may not be developed and marketed in line with the needs and expectations of the professionals who use and support our products. If we are unable to maintain these strong relationships, or form new relationships with physicians and other healthcare professionals beyond our traditional customer base, the development and marketing of our products could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely heavily on our sales professionals to market and sell our products worldwide. If we are unable to hire, effectively train, manage, improve the productivity of, and retain our sales professionals, our business will be harmed, which would impair our future revenue and profitability.

Our success largely depends on our ability to hire, train, manage and improve the productivity levels of our sales professionals worldwide. We train our existing and recently recruited sales professionals to better understand our existing and new product technologies and how they can be positioned against our competitors’ products and increase the revenue of our customers. It may take time for the sales professionals to become productive and there can be no assurance that recently recruited sales professionals will be adequately trained in a timely manner, or that our direct sales productivity will improve, or that we will not experience significant levels of attrition in the future.

Due to the complex nature of some of our products, we could be subject to product liability claims, including adverse outcomes resulting from treatments.

Our systems are inherently complex in design and require ongoing scheduled maintenance. Our products may malfunction when used by our customers. Additionally, if our products are alleged to be defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contain defective components or are misused, we may become subject to substantial and costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Misusing our products or failing to adhere to operating guidelines could cause burns, scarring and tissue irregularities. In addition, if our operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, we may be subject to liability. Furthermore, our products are sold in jurisdictions that vary as to the specific qualifications or training required for purchasers or operators of the products. There is a risk that our products may be purchased or operated by physicians with varying levels of training, and in some cases, by practitioners such as nurses, chiropractors and technicians who may not be adequately trained. The purchase and use of our products by non-physicians, or persons who lack adequate training, may result in the misuse of our products, which could give rise to adverse treatment outcomes. If we are unable to prevent product malfunctions or misuse, or if we fail to do so in a timely manner, we could also experience, among other things, delays in the recognition of revenues or loss of revenues, particularly in the case of new products; legal actions by customers, patients and other third parties, which could result in substantial judgments against us or settlement costs; action by regulatory bodies; and diversion of development, engineering and management resources.

6

Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and result in sizable damage awards against us. In addition, such potential adverse effects may cause a significant increase in the premiums under our insurance policies. Further, the coverage limits of our product liability insurance policies may not be adequate to cover future claims. A successful claim brought against us in excess of, or outside of, our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if unsuccessful, such a claim could nevertheless have an adverse impact on us, due to damage to our reputation and diversion of management resources.

We may have difficulty managing our growth which could limit our ability to increase sales and cash flow.

We have experienced significant growth in our operations and the number of our employees has significantly increased since inception. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, as well as our financial and operational resources. In order to achieve our business objectives, we will need to continue to grow our business. Continued growth would increase the challenges involved in:

•

implementing appropriate operational and financial systems;

•

expanding our sales and marketing infrastructure and capabilities;

•

ensuring compliance with applicable Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other regulatory requirements;

•

providing adequate training and supervision to maintain high quality standards; and

•

preserving our culture and values.

If our growth continues, it will require that we continue to develop and improve our operational, financial and other internal controls. If we cannot scale and manage our business appropriately, we will not realize our projected growth and our financial results will suffer.

The failure to attract and retain key personnel could adversely affect our business.

Our success also will depend in large part on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified and highly skilled personnel. Competition for highly skilled employees is intense. We may be unable to continue to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly skilled employees. Our inability to attract and retain additional key employees or the loss of one or more of our current key employees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

We base our production, inventory and operating expenditure levels on anticipated orders. If orders are not received when expected in any given quarter, expenditure levels could be disproportionately high in relation to sales for that quarter. A number of additional factors, over which we have limited control, may contribute to fluctuations in our financial results, including:

•

customer adoption of our products;

•

the willingness of individuals to pay directly for aesthetic medical procedures, in light of the lack of reimbursement by third-party payors;

7

•

continued availability of attractive equipment leasing terms for our customers, which may be negatively influenced by interest rate increases;

•

changes in our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and maintain compliance with applicable regulatory requirements;

•

actual or perceived breaches of, or failures relating to, privacy, data protection, or data security;

•

positive or negative coverage in the media or clinical publications of our products or products of our competitors or industry;

•

increases in the length of our sales cycle;

•

performance of our independent distributors;

•

delays in, or failure of, product and component deliveries by our subcontractors and suppliers; and

•

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic or other global health crises on our business and general economic conditions.

Competition among providers of energy-based devices for the medical aesthetics market is characterized by rapid innovation. If we do not continue to develop and commercialize new products and identify new markets for our products and technologies and expand beyond our traditional customer base, we may not remain competitive, and our revenues and operating results could suffer.

The industry in which we operate is subject to continuous technological development and product innovation. If we do not continue to be innovative in the development of new products and applications, our competitive position will likely deteriorate as other companies successfully design and commercialize new products and applications. While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. We expect that any competitive advantage we may enjoy from our current and future innovations may diminish over time, as companies successfully respond to our, or create their own, innovations. Accordingly, our success depends in part on developing new and innovative applications of laser and other energy-based technology and identifying new markets for and applications of existing products to new customers and technology. Our future growth also depends, in part, on our ability to expand beyond our traditional customer base to ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians. If we are unable to develop and commercialize new products and identify and penetrate new markets for our products and technology, our products and technology could become obsolete and our revenues and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to enhance our products, expand our indications and develop and commercialize additional products.

It is important to our business that we continue to enhance our products and develop and introduce new products. Developing products is expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our core business. The success of any new product offering or product enhancement to our current products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

•

properly identify and anticipate physician and patient needs;

•

develop and introduce new products and product enhancements in a timely manner;

•

avoid infringing upon the intellectual property rights of third parties;

•

demonstrate, if required, the safety and efficacy of new products with data from preclinical studies and clinical trials;

8

•

obtain the necessary regulatory clearances or approvals for expanded indications, new products or product modifications; and

•

be fully FDA-compliant with marketing of new devices or modified products.

If we are not successful in expanding our indications and developing and commercializing new products and product enhancements, our ability to increase our revenue may be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our inability to compete effectively with our competitors may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration or improving our operating results.

Our products compete against products offered by public companies, including Allergan plc, Cutera, Inc., Apyx Medical Corporation, Venus Concept Inc., Sisram Medical Ltd and Viveve Medical, Inc., as well as by private companies such as Cynosure LLC, Lumenis Ltd., BTL Aesthetics, Inc. and Syneron Medical Ltd. Competition with these companies could result in reduced prices and profit margins and loss of market share, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also face competition from medical products, including Botox, hyaluronic acid injections and collagen injections, and aesthetic procedures, such as face lifts, liposuction, sclerotherapy, electrolysis and chemical peels. Furthermore, we currently sell our products only to trained physicians and face competition from the medical spa market, which may offer a broader range of medical and non-medical products and technologies that are more readily available to customers at a lower cost. Our ability to compete effectively depends upon our ability to distinguish the Company and our products from our competitors and their products, and includes the following factors:

•

product performance;

•

product pricing;

•

product safety;

•

intellectual property protection;

•

quality of customer support;

•

success and timing of new product development and introductions; and

•

development of successful distribution channels.

Furthermore, potential customers also may need to recoup the cost of expensive products that they already have purchased from our competitors and may decide not to purchase our products, or to delay such purchases. If we are unable to achieve continued market penetration, we will be unable to compete effectively and our business will be harmed.

Consolidation in our industry may make it more difficult for us to compete.

The trend towards consolidation in our industry has increased, and may continue to increase, the intensity of the competition in our industry and could result in increased downward pressure on our product prices. Recently, many of our competitors in the aesthetics market have acquired other companies that operate within the same market. If this trend continues, we will be forced to compete primarily with and against larger competitors with greater resources and distribution networks. Our competitors could use their greater financial resources to acquire other companies to gain enhanced name recognition and market share, as well as to develop new technologies or products that could effectively compete with our product lines. If we are unable to effect strategic mergers or acquisitions of our own and are unable to obtain capital and other resources that would allow us to compete effectively, our business will be harmed.

9

The introduction of disruptive technological breakthroughs, whether pharmaceutical or other newer therapeutic solutions, may present an additional threat to our success in our target markets.

The medical technology industry is intensely competitive. Pharmaceutical alternative treatments compete vigorously with traditional laser and other energy-based procedures, such as those carried out with our products. Some pharmaceutical companies, academic and research institutions or others may develop new, non-invasive or minimally-invasive therapies that are more effective, more convenient or less expensive than our current or future products. The introduction of new technologies, along with these potential new therapies, could result in increased competition or make our products obsolete. Moreover, we could expand our business to include new, non-invasive or minimally-invasive therapies which may compete with our current product offerings. We may not be able to respond effectively to technological changes and emerging industry standards, or to successfully identify, develop or support new technologies or enhancements to existing products in a timely and cost-effective manner. Any such developments could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our markets are characterized by evolving technological standards and changes in customer requirements, and we may not be able to react to such changes and introduce new products in a timely manner.

The aesthetics market is characterized by extensive research and development, technological change, frequent modifications and enhancements, innovations, new applications, evolving industry standards and changes in customer requirements. Our future growth depends in part on our ability to introduce new products on a timely basis, as well as to introduce other product enhancements that address the evolving customer needs. This requires us to design, develop, manufacture, assemble, test, market and support these new products or product enhancements on a timely and cost-effective basis. It also requires continued substantial investment in research and development.

During each stage of the research and development process we may encounter obstacles that could delay development and consequently increase our expenses. This may ultimately force us to abandon a potential product in which we have already invested substantial time and resources. Technologies in development could prove to be more complex than initially understood or not scientifically or commercially viable. Even if we develop new products and technologies ahead of our competitors, we will still need to obtain the requisite regulatory approvals for such products, including from public agencies, such as the FDA, before we can commercially distribute them. We cannot assure you that we will successfully identify new technological opportunities, develop and bring new or enhanced products to market, obtain sufficient patent or other intellectual property protection for such new or enhanced products or obtain the necessary regulatory approvals in a timely and cost-effective manner, or, if such products are introduced, that those products will achieve market acceptance. Our failure to do so, or to address the technological changes and challenges in our markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our own direct sales force to sell our products in certain territories, which may result in higher fixed costs than our competitors and may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products.

We rely on our own direct sales force to market and sell our products in certain territories. Some of our competitors rely predominantly on independent sales agents and third-party distributors. A direct sales force may subject us to higher fixed costs than those of companies that market competing products through independent third parties, due to the costs that we will bear associated with employee benefits, and training and managing sales personnel. As a result, we could be at a competitive disadvantage. Additionally, these fixed costs may slow our ability to reduce costs in the face of a sudden decline in demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

To successfully market and sell our products internationally, we must address many issues with which we have little or no experience.

International (non-U.S.) sales accounted for approximately 27% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020. We believe that an increasing percentage of our future revenue will come from international sales as we continue to expand our operations and develop opportunities in additional international territories. We currently depend on third-party distributors and a direct sales team in certain regions to sell our products internationally, including in connection with our subsidiary in China. If these distributors or direct sales personnel underperform, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of international revenue. We will need to attract additional distributors to grow our business and expand the territories in which we sell our products. Distributors may not commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations. If current or future distributors do not perform adequately, or we are unable to locate distributors in particular geographic areas, we may not realize expected international revenue growth. Additionally, we expect to expand our direct sales force in the United States, Canada, Europe and Latin America. If we are unable to do so successfully, our revenue from international operations will be adversely affected.

10

International sales are subject to a number of risks, including:

•

difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations;

•

difficulties in penetrating markets in which our competitors’ products are more established;

•

reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

•

export restrictions, trade regulations and foreign tax laws;

•

fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;

•

obtaining and maintaining foreign certification and compliance with other regulatory requirements;

•

customs clearance and shipping delays; and

•

political and economic instability.

If one or more of these risks were realized, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy the situation, and if we are unsuccessful at finding a solution, our revenue may decline.

We outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to a small number of manufacturing subcontractors. If our subcontractors’ operations are interrupted or if our orders exceed our subcontractors’ manufacturing capacity, we may not be able to deliver our products on time.

We outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to three subcontractors located in Israel, two of which we are substantially dependent on, while we manufacture our laser and intense pulsed light, or IPL, handpieces in-house in Israel. These subcontractors have limited manufacturing capacity that may be inadequate if our customers place orders for unexpectedly large quantities of our products. In addition, because our subcontractors are located in Israel, they on occasion may feel the impact of potential economic or political instability in the region. If the operations of one or more of our subcontractors were halted or limited, even temporarily, or if they were unable or unwilling to fulfill large orders, we could experience business interruption, increased costs, damage to our reputation and loss of our customers. In addition, finding new subcontractors that meet our manufacturing requirements, comply with regulatory requirements, and are ISO certified could take several months.

Components used in our products are complex in design, and defects may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers, which could result in warranty obligations, reducing our revenue and increasing our costs.

In manufacturing our products, we and our subcontractors depend upon third-party suppliers for various components. Many of these components require a significant degree of technical expertise to produce. If our suppliers fail to produce components to specification, or if the suppliers, our subcontractors, or we, use defective materials or workmanship in the manufacturing process, the reliability and performance of our products will be compromised.

If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily and inexpensively, we may experience:

•

loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;

•

damage to our brand reputation;

11

•

increased cost of our warranty program due to product repair or replacement;

•

inability to attract new customers;

•

diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service department;  

•

product recalls; and

•

legal action.

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We and our manufacturing subcontractors depend upon third party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages, price fluctuations or other degradations in performance of these suppliers, which could harm our business and financial condition.

Many of the components that comprise our products are currently manufactured by a limited number of suppliers. Although each of our components can be obtained from more than one supplier, we do not have the ability to manufacture the components we outsource. Additionally, our subcontractors rely on a limited number of suppliers, or in some cases, one supplier, for some of the materials and components used in our products. If our subcontractors were to lose such suppliers, there can be no assurance that they will be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all, which could cause interruptions in their operations. If any of these third-party suppliers fails to adequately perform, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond current suppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability to manufacture our products until we identify and qualify a new source of supply, which could take several months.

There is a risk that our suppliers will not always act consistent with our best interests, and may not always supply goods that meet our requirements. Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Transitioning to a new supplier could be time-consuming and expensive, may result in interruptions in our operations and product delivery, could affect the performance specifications of our products or could require that we modify the design of certain product systems. If a change in manufacturer results in a significant change to any product, a new 510(k) clearance from the FDA or similar international regulatory authorization may be necessary before we implement the change, which could cause substantial delays.

Disruptions or interruptions to our suppliers could occur for many reasons, including fire, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, droughts, tsunamis, volcanoes, earthquakes, disease or other similar natural disasters, unplanned maintenance or other manufacturing problems, labor shortages, power outages or shortages, telecommunications failures, strikes, transportation interruption, government regulation, terrorism or other extraordinary events, including epidemics and related travel restrictions, such as the outbreak of the novel Coronavirus (COVID-19). Such disruptions may continue over a sustained period and could cause direct injury or damage to our supplier’s employees and property with significant indirect consequences to us. Alternative facilities with sufficient capacity or capabilities may not be available, may cost substantially more or may take a significant time to start manufacturing, each of which could negatively affect our ability to fill customer orders and our business and financial performance.

12

There exists potential for misuse of our products, over which we have very little to no control, which could harm our reputation and our business.

In the United States, federal regulations allow us to sell our products to or on the order of “licensed practitioners”. The definition of “licensed practitioners” varies from state to state. As a result, depending on state law, our products may be purchased or operated by physicians or other licensed practitioners, including nurse practitioners, chiropractors and technicians. Outside the United States, many jurisdictions do not require specific qualifications or training for purchasers or operators of our products. Although we offer training on the use of our products, we do not supervise the treatments performed. Purchase and use of our products by non-physicians may result in product misuse. The potential misuse of our products by physicians and non-physicians may result in adverse treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation and expose us to costly product liability litigation.

Our products include a limited time warranty which could result in substantial additional costs to us should we fail to monitor product quality effectively.

We generally provide a 12-month warranty on our products. After the warranty period, maintenance and support is provided on a service contract basis. If our products malfunction, warranty claims may become significant, which could cause a significant drain on our resources and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

We forecast sales to determine requirements for our products and if our forecasts are incorrect, we may experience either shipment delays or increased costs.

Our subcontractors keep limited materials and components on hand. To help them manage their manufacturing operations and minimize inventory costs, we forecast anticipated product orders to predict our inventory needs up to six months in advance and enter into purchase orders on the basis of these forecasts. If our business expands, our demand would increase and our suppliers may be unable to meet our demand. If we overestimate our requirements, our subcontractors will have excess inventory, and may transfer to us any increase in costs. If we underestimate our requirements, our subcontractors may have inadequate components and materials inventory, which could interrupt, delay or prevent delivery of our products to our customers. Any of these occurrences would negatively affect our financial performance and the level of satisfaction our customers have with our business.

Under applicable employment laws, we may not be able to enforce covenants not to compete and therefore may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of some of our former employees.

We have entered into non-competition agreements with many of our professional employees. These agreements prohibit our employees, if they cease working for us, from competing directly with us or working for our competitors for a limited period. Under applicable employment laws, we may be unable to enforce these agreements, in whole or in part, and it may be difficult for us to restrict our competitors from gaining the expertise our former employees gained while working for us. For example, Israeli courts have required employers seeking to enforce non-compete undertakings of a former employee to demonstrate that the competitive activities of the former employee will harm one of a limited number of material interests of the employer which have been recognized by the courts, such as the secrecy of a company’s confidential commercial information or its intellectual property. If we cannot demonstrate that harm would be caused to us, we may be unable to prevent our competitors from benefiting from the expertise of our former employees.

The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers and the Company could adversely affect our ability to sell our products and our financial condition.

Some of our customers and prospective customers are required to maintain liability insurance to cover their operations and use of our products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using our products and, industry-wide, potential customers may opt against purchasing light, laser or radio frequency-based products due to the cost or inability to procure insurance coverage.

13

Global economic and social conditions may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any negative conditions in the national and global economic environments may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. During uncertain economic times and in tight credit markets, many of our customers may experience financial difficulties or be unable or unwilling to borrow money to fund their operations, including obtaining credit lines for purchasing our products, and may delay or reduce purchases or reduce the extent of their operations. The market for aesthetic procedures and the market for our premium products can be particularly vulnerable to economic uncertainty, since the end-users of our products may decrease the demand for our products when they have less discretionary income or determine not to spend their discretionary income on aesthetic procedures. In addition, in many instances, the ability of our customers to purchase our products depends in part upon the availability of obtaining financing at acceptable interest rates.

These factors could result in reductions in revenues from sales of our products, longer sales cycles, difficulties in collection of accounts receivable, slower adoption of new technologies and increased price competition. Payment by our customers of our receivables is dependent upon the financial stability of the economies of certain countries. In light of the current economic state of many countries outside of the United States, we continue to monitor the creditworthiness of our customers because weakness in the end-user market could negatively affect the cash flows of our customers who could, in turn, delay paying their obligations to us. This would increase our credit risk exposure and cause delays in our recognition of revenues on current and future sales to these customers.

Exchange rate fluctuations may decrease our earnings if we are not able to hedge our currency exchange risks successfully.

A majority of our revenues and a substantial portion of our expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of our revenues and a portion of our costs, including personnel and some marketing and facilities expenses, are incurred in NIS, Canadian dollars and Euros. Inflation in Israel or Europe may have the effect of increasing the U.S. dollar cost of our operations in that country. If the U.S. dollar declines in value in relation to one or more of these currencies, it will become more expensive for us to fund our operations in the countries that use those other currencies. To date, we have not found it necessary to hedge the risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the future, if we do not successfully engage in hedging transactions, our results of operations may be subject to losses from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Cyber-attacks as well as improper disclosure or control of personal information could result in liability and harm our reputation, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. We may face liability if we breach our obligations related to the protection, security, nondisclosure of confidential customer information or disclosure of sensitive data or fail or are perceived to fail to comply with applicable data protection laws and regulations, or consumer protection laws, regulations and standards.

Our business is heavily dependent on the security of our IT networks and those of our customers. Internal or external attacks on any of those could disrupt the normal operations of our engagements and impede our ability to provide services to our customers, thereby subjecting us to liability under our contracts. Additionally, our business involves the use, storage and transmission of information about our employees, our customers and clients of our customers. Attacks upon information technology systems are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may also face increased cybersecurity risks due to our reliance on internet technology and the number of our employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit vulnerabilities. Furthermore, because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. While we take measures to protect the security of, and unauthorized access to, our systems, as well as the privacy of personal and proprietary information, it is possible that our security controls of our systems, as well as other security practices we follow or those systems of our customers which we rely upon, may not prevent the improper access to or disclosure of personally identifiable or proprietary information. Such disclosure could harm our reputation and subject us to liability under our contracts and laws that protect personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue.

Further, the global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we are or may become subject to numerous state, federal and foreign laws, requirements and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure, retention, and security of personal data, such as information that we may collect about individuals in the U.S. and abroad. Implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future, and we cannot yet determine the impact future laws, regulations, standards, or perception of their requirements may have on our business. This evolution may create uncertainty in our business, affect our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions or to collect, store, transfer use and share personal information, necessitate the acceptance of more onerous obligations in our contracts, result in liability or impose additional costs on us. The cost of compliance with these laws, regulations and standards is high and is likely to increase in the future. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulation, our internal policies and procedures or our contracts governing our processing of personal information could result in negative publicity, government investigations and enforcement actions, claims by third parties and damage to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial performance and business.

As our operations and business grow, we may become subject to or affected by new or additional data protection laws and regulations and face increased scrutiny or attention from regulatory authorities. We are subject to U.S. federal and state laws regarding data privacy and security including Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, or FTC Act, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA and the California Privacy Rights Act, or the CPRA. Further, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and regulations implemented thereunder, or HIPAA, imposes, among other things, certain standards relating to the privacy, security, transmission and breach reporting of individually identifiable health information. Even when HIPAA does not apply, according to the FTC, failing to take appropriate steps to keep consumers’ personal information secure may constitute unfair acts or practices in or affecting commerce in violation of the Federal Trade Commission Act. The FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Federal and state consumer protection laws are increasingly being applied by the FTC, and states’ attorneys general to regulate the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal or personally identifiable information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content.

Certain states have also adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA. In addition, the CCPA went into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and many similar laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states. Further, the CPRA, recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required. In the event that we are subject to or affected by HIPAA, the CCPA, the CPRA or other domestic privacy and data protection laws, any liability from failure to comply with the requirements of these laws could adversely affect our financial condition.

14

We are also subject to foreign data privacy and security laws, including the Israeli Protection of Privacy Law of 1981 and the Privacy Protection Regulations (Data Security) 5777-2017 and the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. The GDPR went into effect in May 2018 and imposes strict requirements for processing the personal data of individuals within the European Economic Area, or the EEA. Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and significant penalties for non-compliance, including potential fines for noncompliance of up to €20 million or 4% of the annual global revenues of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater. Further from January 1, 2021, we are subject to the GDPR and also the United Kingdom GDPR, which, together with the amended United Kingdom Data Protection Act 2018, retains the GDPR in UK national law. The UK GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, e.g. fines up to the greater of €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how United Kingdom data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated in the long term. Currently there is a four to six-month grace period agreed in the European Union and United Kingdom Trade and Cooperation Agreement, ending June 30, 2021 at the latest, whilst the parties discuss an adequacy decision. However, it is not clear whether (and when) an adequacy decision may be granted by the European Commission enabling data transfers from European Union member states to the United Kingdom long term without additional measures. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure.

Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal data from the EEA and the United Kingdom to the United States. Most recently, on July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union, or the CJEU, invalidated the EU-US Privacy Shield Framework, or the Privacy Shield, under which personal data could be transferred from the EEA to US entities who had self-certified under the Privacy Shield scheme. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, and potential alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place, however, the nature of these additional measures is currently uncertain. The CJEU went on to state that if a competent supervisory authority believes that the standard contractual clauses cannot be complied with in the destination country and the required level of protection cannot be secured by other means, such supervisory authority is under an obligation to suspend or prohibit that transfer.

These recent developments may require us to review and amend the legal mechanisms by which we make and/or receive personal data transfers to/in the U.S. As supervisory authorities issue further guidance on personal data export mechanisms, including circumstances where the standard contractual clauses cannot be used, and/or start taking enforcement action, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines, and/or if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services, the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations, and could adversely affect our financial results.

Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to changing regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the course of providing services to our customers, we may have access to confidential customer information, including nonpublic personal data. We are bound by certain agreements to use and disclose this information in a manner consistent with the privacy standards under regulations applicable to our customers and are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as the GDPR and various U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health or other individually identifiable information. If any person, including a team member of ours, misappropriates customer confidential information, or if customer confidential information is inappropriately disclosed due to a security breach of our computer systems, system failures or otherwise, we may have substantial liabilities to our customers or our customers’ clients and may incur substantial liability and penalties in connection with any violation of applicable privacy laws and/or criminal prosecution. In addition, in the event of any breach or alleged breach of our confidentiality agreements with our customers, these customers may terminate their engagements with us or sue us for breach of contract, resulting in the associated loss of revenue and increased costs and damaged reputation. We may also be subject to civil or criminal liability if we are deemed to have violated applicable regulations. We cannot assure you that we will adequately address the risks created by the regulations to which we may be contractually obligated to abide.

Although we work to comply with applicable laws, regulations and standards, our contractual obligations and other legal obligations, these requirements are evolving and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another or other legal obligations with which we must comply. Any failure or perceived failure by us or our employees, representatives, contractors, consultants, collaborators, or other third parties to comply with such requirements or adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may become subject to numerous foreign, federal, and state healthcare statutes and regulations and our failure to comply could result in a material adverse effect to our business and operations.

Although none of our products or procedures using our products are currently covered by any state or federal government healthcare programs, or any private commercial payor, we may become subject to foreign, federal, and state laws intended to prevent healthcare fraud and abuse, including those that apply to all payors. These laws could include state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may extend to services reimbursable by any payor, as well as state consumer protection laws. Although we currently are not subject to transparency laws, we may become subject to such laws in the future. Such laws could include requirements to disclose payments to certain healthcare professionals and healthcare entities or disclosures related to sales and marketing, or that could require healthcare professionals to provide notice to their patients of ownership or financial arrangements with manufacturers.

Efforts to ensure that our internal operations and business arrangements with third parties comply with future applicable healthcare laws and regulations may involve substantial costs. These laws and regulations, among other things, could constrain our business, marketing and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including financing programs, we may have with physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. It is possible that governmental authorities may conclude that our business practices, including our arrangements with physicians, some of whom received stock options as compensation for services provided, as well as fees for marketing to other physicians, are subject to and do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable healthcare laws. If our current or future operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and pursue our strategy.

15

We are subject to anti-bribery, and-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As we continue to grow our international presence and global operations, we will be increasingly exposed to trade and economic sanctions and other restrictions imposed by the United States, the European Union, the State of Israel and other governments and organizations. The U.S. Departments of Justice, Commerce, State and Treasury and other federal agencies and authorities have a broad range of civil and criminal penalties they may seek to impose against corporations and individuals for violations of economic sanctions laws, export control laws, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, and other federal statutes and regulations, including those established by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC. In addition, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or the Bribery Act, prohibits both domestic and international bribery, as well as bribery across both private and public sectors. An organization that “fails to prevent bribery” by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the Bribery Act unless the organization can establish the defense of having implemented “adequate procedures” to prevent bribery. Under these laws and regulations, as well as other anti-corruption laws, anti-money laundering laws, export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations, various government agencies may require export licenses, may seek to impose modifications to business practices, including cessation of business activities in sanctioned countries or with sanctioned persons or entities and modifications to compliance programs, which may increase compliance costs, and may subject us to fines, penalties and other sanctions. A violation of these laws or regulations would negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by us and our directors, officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents with the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act and other export control, anti-corruption, anti-money-laundering and anti-terrorism laws and regulations. We cannot assure you, however, that our policies and procedures are or will be sufficient or that directors, officers, employees, representatives, consultants and agents have not engaged and will not engage in conduct for which we may be held responsible, nor can we assure you that our business partners have not engaged and will not engage in conduct that could materially affect their ability to perform their contractual obligations to us or even result in our being held liable for such conduct. Violations of the FCPA, OFAC restrictions, the Bribery Act or other export control, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws or regulations may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risk Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed. Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology.

Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely primarily upon a combination of patents and trademarks, as well as nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our brands, products and other proprietary technologies.

We generally apply for patents only in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use, offer for sale, or sell products. To date, we have issued patents in the United States, which we consider to be our main target market, and one issued patent in South Korea. Substantially all of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were derived from the United States where we have patent protection. We do not seek protection in all countries where we sell products and we may not accurately predict all the countries where patent protection would ultimately be desirable. At this time, the countries in which we have not sought patent protection, but intend to offer our products for sale, are not our main target markets. We acknowledge that competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we do not have patent protection. Such activity may prevent us from protecting our proprietary technology, and thus, may harm our competitive position.

Our patent portfolio consists of seven issued U.S. patents, one issued Korean patent and fourteen pending patent applications in the United States relating to our technology and products Our pending and future patent applications may not issue as patents or, even if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Any issued patents may be challenged, invalidated or legally circumvented by third parties. We cannot be certain that our patents will be upheld as valid, proven enforceable or prevent the development of competitive products. Other companies may also design around technologies we have patented. Third parties may have blocking patents that could prevent us from marketing our products or practicing our own patented technology. In addition, competitors could purchase one of our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business and financial results.

16

The U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies.

We rely on a combination of patent and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality, non-disclosure and assignment of inventions agreements, as appropriate, with our employees and consultants, to protect and otherwise seek to control access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. These measures may not be adequate to protect our technology from unauthorized disclosure, third-party infringement or misappropriation. Parties may breach these agreements, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. Also, the laws of certain countries in which we develop, manufacture or sell our products may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States or Israel.

The aesthetics industry is highly competitive and marked by frequent litigation. New patent applications may be pending or may be filed in the future by third parties covering technology that we currently use or may ultimately use. Third parties have claimed, and may in the future claim, that our current or future products infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights and may seek to prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products. Moreover, if such a claim were to be decided adversely to us or if we settled such a claim on adverse terms, we could be forced to pay substantial damages, to license the technology in question at high rates or to redesign or modify our products so as to avoid any infringement. Any of those results could adversely affect our sales, margins and results of operations.

If it appears necessary or desirable, we may try to obtain licenses for those patents or intellectual property rights that we are allegedly infringing, may infringe, or desire to use. Although holders of these types of intellectual property rights commonly offer these licenses, we cannot assure you that licenses will be offered or that the terms of any offered licenses will be acceptable to us. Our failure to obtain a license for key intellectual property rights from a third party for technology used by us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to suspend the manufacturing and selling of products utilizing the technology.

Alternatively, we could be required to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology. We cannot assure you that we would be successful in developing non-infringing technology.

Third parties have and may in the future commence litigation against us claiming that our products infringe upon their patents or other intellectual property rights.

From time to time, we may be party to, or threatened with, litigation or other proceedings with third parties, including non-practicing entities, who allege that our products, components of our products, services, and/or proprietary technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. The types of situations in which we may become a party to such litigation or proceedings include:

•

we or our collaborators may initiate litigation or other proceedings against third parties seeking to invalidate the patents held by those third parties or to obtain a judgment that our products or processes do not infringe those third parties’ patents;

•

we or our collaborators may participate at substantial cost in International Trade Commission proceedings to abate importation of products that would compete unfairly with our products;

•

if our competitors file patent applications that claim technology also claimed by us, we may be required to participate in interference, derivation or opposition proceedings to determine the priority of invention, which could jeopardize our patent rights and potentially provide a third party with a dominant patent position;

17

•

if third parties initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products infringe their patent or other intellectual property rights, we and our collaborators will need to defend against such proceedings;

•

if third parties initiate litigation or other proceedings seeking to invalidate patents owned by or licensed to us or to obtain a declaratory judgment that their product, service, or technology does not infringe our patents or patents licensed to us, we will need to defend against such proceedings;

•

we may be subject to ownership disputes relating to intellectual property, including disputes arising from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our products; and

•

if a license to necessary technology is terminated, the licensor may initiate litigation claiming that our processes or products infringe or misappropriate its patent or other intellectual property rights and/or that we breached our obligations under the license agreement, and we and our collaborators would need to defend against such proceedings.

These lawsuits and proceedings, regardless of merit, are time-consuming and expensive to initiate, maintain, defend or settle, and could divert the time and attention of managerial and technical personnel, which could materially adversely affect our business. Any such claim could also force us to do one or more of the following:

•

incur substantial monetary liability for infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product, service, or technology at issue infringes or violates the third party’s rights, and if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the third party’s attorneys’ fees;

•

pay substantial damages to our customers or end users to discontinue use or replace infringing technology with non-infringing technology;

•

stop manufacturing, offering for sale, selling, using, importing, exporting or licensing the product or technology incorporating the allegedly infringing technology or stop incorporating the allegedly infringing technology into such product, service, or technology;

•

obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license, which may require us to pay substantial upfront fees or royalties to sell or use the relevant technology and which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all;

•

redesign our products, services, and technology so they do not infringe or violate the third party’s intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time;

•

enter into cross-licenses with our competitors, which could weaken our overall intellectual property position;

•

lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others;

•

find alternative suppliers for non-infringing products and technologies, which could be costly and create significant delay; or

•

relinquish rights associated with one or more of our patent claims, if our claims are held invalid or otherwise unenforceable.

18

In April 2018, Syneron Medical Ltd., or Syneron, and Candela Corporation, together with Syneron, Syneron-Candela, filed claims with the International Trade Commission and with Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries, alleging that our fractional Radio Frequency, or RF, products infringed two U.S. patents owned by Syneron-Candela and MGH that purport to cover systems and methods for treating skin and arranging electrodes on skin therapy devices. In January 2019, we reached a settlement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange for a one-time cash payment that we made to Syneron-Candela and MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, we entered into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that granted us and our affiliates a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted pursuant to the sublicense agreement. Although we may try to resolve any potential future claims or actions, we may not be able to do so on reasonable terms, if at all. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from our core business. If we lose this kind of litigation, a court could require us to pay substantial damages and could prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may become involved in litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with the Company name or the names of our products. If we have to change the name of the Company or products, we may experience a loss in goodwill associated with our brand name, customer confusion and a reduction in sales.

Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, intellectual property litigation, regardless of its outcome, may cause negative publicity, adversely impact prospective customers, cause product shipment delays, or prohibit us from manufacturing, marketing or otherwise commercializing our products, services and technology. Any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, we may indemnify our customers and distributors against claims relating to the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties related to our products. Third parties may assert infringement claims against our customers or distributors. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers or distributors, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers, suppliers or distributors, or may be required to obtain licenses for the products or services they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, our customers may be forced to stop using our products or services.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares.

19

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of their former employers or other third parties.

We do and may employ individuals who were previously employed at universities or other pharmaceutical or medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and independent contractors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, and we are not currently subject to any claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties, we may in the future be subject to such claims. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

For example, in April 2017, Syneron-Candela filed a lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee against us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Israel and the United States, asserting claims for inducement to breach contract, interference with employment relationships, tortious interference with business and violation of the Tennessee Uniform Trade Secrets Act with respect to four former employees of Syneron-Candela who subsequently accepted employment with us. In January 2018, we reached a settlement and the case was dismissed with prejudice. Additionally, in May 2017, Cynosure, Inc., or Cynosure, filed a claim with the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas (Houston) against us and our U.S. subsidiary, claiming that we unlawfully solicited certain former Cynosure employees, misappropriated Cynosure’s trade secrets, and aided and abetted the employees’ breach of their fiduciary duties to Cynosure. We reached a settlement in February 2018 and the case was dismissed with prejudice.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our business.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because even granted intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, provide a barrier to entry against our competitors or potential competitors or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. Moreover, if a third party has intellectual property rights that cover the practice of our technology, we may not be able to fully exercise or extract value from our intellectual property rights. The following examples are illustrative:

•

others may be able to develop and/or practice technology that is similar to our technology or aspects of our technology, but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or control, assuming such patents have issued or do issue;

•

we or any future strategic partners might not have been the first to conceive or reduce to practice the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we own or have exclusively licensed;

•

we or any future strategic partners might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;

•

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

20

•

it is possible that our pending patent applications will not lead to issued patents;

•

issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

•

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

•

third parties performing manufacturing or testing for us using our products or technologies could use the intellectual property of others without obtaining a proper license;

•

parties may assert an ownership interest in our intellectual property and, if successful, such disputes may preclude us from exercising exclusive rights over that intellectual property;

•

we may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

•

we may not be able to obtain and maintain necessary licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all; and

•

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Our business is subject to extensive and continuing regulatory compliance obligations. If we fail to obtain and maintain necessary market clearances from the FDA and other marketing authorizations from counterpart foreign regulatory authorities for our products and indications, if clearances or other marketing authorizations for future products and indications are delayed or not issued, if we or any of our third-party suppliers or manufacturers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or if there are U.S. federal or state level or counterparty foreign regulatory changes, our commercial operations could be harmed.

Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the applicable regulatory authorities where our products are or will be sold prior to their marketing for commercial use. In the United States, our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA for developing, testing, manufacturing, labeling, sale, marketing, advertising, promotion, distribution, import, export, shipping, establishment registration and device listing, inspections and audits, record keeping, recalls and field safety corrective actions and post-market surveillance, including reporting of certain events.

Before a new medical device, or a new use of, or claim for, an existing product can be marketed in the United States, it must first receive marketing authorization from the FDA unless it is exempt. The FDA marketing authorizations include a 510(k) clearance or premarket approval. A relatively small number of devices may be exempt from 510(k) clearance or may receive marketing authorization through the de novo classification pathway. These processes can be expensive and lengthy. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but it can last longer. The process of obtaining premarket approval is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and it generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is filed with the FDA. Our future products and enhancements or changes to products may require new 510(k) clearance or premarket approval from the FDA. All products that we currently market in the United States that require an FDA marketing authorization have received 510(k) clearance for the uses for which they are marketed.

21

Medical devices may be marketed only for the indications for which they are approved or cleared. We have obtained 510(k) clearance for the current treatments for which we offer our products. However, our clearances can be revoked under certain circumstances. If the FDA disagrees with us concerning the scope or applicability of a clearance or exemption with respect to a device, we may be required to change our promotional and/or labeling materials and/or stop marketing that device. Changes or modifications to an FDA-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that constitute a major change or modification in its intended use would require a new 510‍(k) clearance or possibly premarket approval. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearances or approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future profitability.

We have made modifications to our devices in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearances or approvals. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices. We also are subject to the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulations, which require us to report to the FDA if our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, or malfunction in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury.

The FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory bodies can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

•

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory bodies that our products are safe or effective for their intended uses;

•

the disagreement of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory bodies with the design or implementation of our clinical trials or the interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

•

serious and unexpected adverse device effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials;

•

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required;

•

our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks;

•

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; and

•

the potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for clearance or approval.

In addition, the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies may change their clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions, which may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our future products under development or impact our ability to modify our currently cleared products on a timely basis. Such policy or regulatory changes could impose additional requirements upon us that could delay our ability to obtain new clearances, increase the costs of compliance or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming steps that the FDA intends to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Among other things, the FDA announced that it plans to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates. These proposals include possible plans to sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k) clearance pathway, and to publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate devices that are more than 10 years old. The FDA also announced that it intends to finalize guidance to establish a premarket review pathway for “manufacturers of certain well-understood device types” as an alternative to the 510(k) clearance pathway and that such premarket review pathway would allow manufacturers to rely on objective safety and performance criteria recognized by the FDA to demonstrate substantial equivalence, obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, and the FDA announced that it would seek public feedback prior to publication of any such proposals, and may work with Congress to implement such proposals through legislation. Accordingly, it is unclear the extent to which any proposals, if adopted, could impose additional regulatory requirements on us that could delay our ability to obtain new 510(k) clearances, increase the costs of compliance, or restrict our ability to maintain our current clearances, or otherwise create competition that may negatively affect our business.

Additionally regulatory clearances or approvals to market a product can contain limitations on the indicated uses for such product. Product clearances and approvals can be withdrawn due to failure to comply with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen problems following initial clearance or approval. FDA regulations depend heavily on administrative interpretation, and there can be no assurance that future interpretations made by the FDA or other regulatory bodies will not adversely affect our operations. We and our manufacturers may be inspected by the FDA from time to time to determine whether we or our manufacturers are in compliance with applicable laws, including the cGMP regulations set forth in the FDA’s Quality System Regulation/Medical Device Current Good Manufacturing Practices, or QSR, including those relating to specifications, development, documentation, validation, testing, quality control and product labeling. A determination that we are in violation of FDA or other applicable foreign regulations or any of our product clearances or approvals could lead to imposition of civil penalties, including fines, product recalls or product seizures and, in certain cases, criminal sanctions.

22

The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits or result in costly investigations, fines or sanctions by regulatory bodies if we are deemed to have engaged in the promotion of these uses, any of which could be costly to our business.

The use, misuse or off-label use of our products may harm our reputation or the image of our products in the marketplace, result in injuries that lead to product liability suits, which could be costly to our business, or result in legal sanctions if we are deemed or alleged to have engaged in off-label promotion.

A medical device may be authorized by the FDA for marketing through several regulatory mechanisms. The FDA classifies medical devices as Class I, Class II, or Class III, in increasing order of risk. Most of our products are Class I or Class II medical devices. As such, they are either exempt from premarketing authorization requirements or are subject to the 510(k) clearance process, and all are listed with the FDA pursuant to FDA’s medical device listing requirements.

Under FDA regulations, for each of our products we must only use labeling, including advertising and promotional materials, that is consistent with the specific indication(s) for use included in the FDA exemption regulation, clearance, or approval, that is applicable to the specific product. If the FDA or other authorities determine that our promotional or training materials constitute the unlawful promotion of an off-label use, they could request that we modify our training or promotional materials and/or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, civil money penalties, seizure, injunction or criminal fines and penalties. For example, on July 30, 2018, we received a letter, dated July 24, 2018, from the FDA seeking information as to the regulatory bases for marketing of our FormaV and FractoraV handpieces based on our promotion and labeling of these devices for use in certain women’s health conditions and procedures. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we derived approximately 10%, 13% and 23%, respectively, of our total U.S. revenues from our FormaV and FractoraV handpieces and related products. We informed the FDA that the FormaV had received 510(k) clearance for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation and that we had determined that the device also fell within a Class II premarketing exemption enabling marketing of the device for therapeutic use in the treatment of sexual dysfunction or as an adjunct to Kegel’s exercise (tightening of the muscles of the pelvic floor to increase muscle tone) without the need to obtain a 510(k) clearance. We also informed the FDA that the FractoraV has received 510(k) clearance for use in dermatologic and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. In addition, we advised the FDA that we have modified our promotional and labeling materials to remove statements using the terms “sexual dysfunction,” “vaginal rejuvenation” or “urinary stress incontinence,” which were the subject of the agency’s letter to us. The FDA responded in September 2018 by stating that the agency had reviewed our response letter and verified the changes in terminology made to our website. Moreover, the FDA further responded in November 2018 and confirmed we addressed all items raised by the agency in its letter, and that the FDA continued to expect us to conduct a review of our marketing and promotional materials to make appropriate changes and remove materials containing uncleared claims regarding this matter. We have received no further communications from the agency regarding this matter. We cannot be certain whether any further information may be requested by the FDA in the future and/or any further action may be required on our part, and we cannot guarantee that the FDA will continue to deem our response and actions to have addressed all items raised by the agency in this matter. If the FDA issues a further communication finding that some or all of our modifications to our marketing and labeling materials are insufficient, or otherwise takes the position that our products are being marketed for off-label uses, we could be subject to further discussions with and/or action by the agency, including the possibility of a warning letter or other enforcement activity. Other federal, state or foreign governmental authorities might also take action if they consider our promotion or training materials to constitute promotion of an uncleared or unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under other statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement, or exclusion from participation in federal health programs. In each event, our reputation could be damaged and the use of our products in the marketplace could be impaired, or our business could face significant hardship. While no third-party claims have been brought against us to date, it is possible that the FDA letter may lead to private litigation by third parties, potentially including purchasers of FormaV and FractoraV handpieces or patients who were treated using those handpieces.

23

In addition, there may be increased risk of injury if physicians or others attempt to use our products off-label. The FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician’s use of a medical product within the practice of medicine, and we cannot prevent a physician from using our products for an off-label use. The use of our products for indications other than those for which our products have been approved or cleared by the FDA may not effectively treat the conditions not referenced in product indications, which could harm our reputation in the marketplace among physicians and patients. Physicians may also misuse our products or use improper techniques if they are not adequately trained in the particular use, potentially leading to injury and an increased risk of product liability. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention from our primary business and result in substantial damage awards against us. Any of these events could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and a failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.

Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations and applicable foreign laws and regulations. The FDA, state and foreign regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales.

Our products and/or their use are also subject to state regulations and additional regulations in other foreign jurisdictions outside of the United States, which may change at any time. We cannot predict the impact or effect of future legislation or regulations and any changes in regulations may impede sales.

Furthermore, the FDA and state authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA or state agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

•

warning letters or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

•

repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, termination of distribution, administrative detention or seizure of our products;

•

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

•

refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

•

withdrawing 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals or foreign regulatory approvals that have already been granted, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products; and

•

criminal prosecution.

The occurrence of any of these events could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

24

If we or our subcontractors fail to comply with federal and state regulation, including the FDA’s Quality System Regulation/Medical Device Good Manufacturing Practices and performance standards, our or our subcontractors’ manufacturing operations could be halted, and our business would suffer.

We and our subcontractors currently are required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the QSR. The QSR is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Because our products use optical energy, including lasers, our products also are covered by a performance standard for lasers set forth in FDA regulations. The laser performance standard imposes specific record-keeping, reporting, product testing and product labeling requirements. These requirements include affixing warning labels to laser products, as well as incorporating certain safety features in the design of laser products. The FDA enforces the QSR and laser performance standards through periodic announced or unannounced inspections. We and our subcontractors are subject to such inspections. Although we place our own quality control employee at each of our subcontractor’s facilities, we do not have complete control over our subcontractor’s compliance with these standards.

Any failure by us or our subcontractors to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection or to comply with applicable laser performance standards could result in enforcement actions against us or our subcontractors, including warning letters or untitled letters; fines, injunctions or civil penalties; suspension or withdrawal of approvals or clearances; seizures or recalls of our products; total or partial suspension of production or distribution; administrative or judicially imposed sanctions; the FDA’s refusal to grant pending or future clearances or approvals for our products; clinical holds; refusal to permit the import or export of our products; and criminal prosecution of us or our employees. Any of these actions could significantly and negatively impact the supply of our products, and could cause our sales and business to suffer. In addition, we are subject to standards imposed on our activities outside of the United States, such as obtaining CE mark certification in Europe (by our notified body DEKRA) and the Standards Institution of Israel (imposed on our activities in Israel), and failure to comply with such standards could adversely impact our business.

Our products may cause or contribute to adverse medical events or other undesirable side effects that we are required to report to the FDA, and if we fail to do so, we would be subject to sanctions that could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations. The discovery of serious safety issues with our products, or a recall of our products either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, could have a negative impact on us.

We are subject to the FDA’s medical device reporting regulations and similar foreign regulations, which require us to report to the FDA when we receive or become aware of information that reasonably suggests that one or more of our products may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that, if the malfunction were to recur, it could cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. The timing of our obligation to report is triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We may fail to report adverse events of which we become aware within the prescribed timeframe. We may also fail to recognize that we have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of the product. If we fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA could take action, including warning letters, untitled letters, administrative actions, criminal prosecution, imposition of civil monetary penalties, revocation of our device clearance, seizure of our products or delay in clearance of future products.

The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. We may also choose to voluntarily recall a product if any material deficiency is found. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing defects, labeling or design deficiencies, packaging defects or other deficiencies or failures to comply with applicable regulations. Product defects or other errors may occur in the future. Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product’s deficiencies or defects, the FDA may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the product before we may market or distribute the corrected product. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled products in a timely manner. Moreover, if we do not adequately address problems associated with our products, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties or civil or criminal fines.

25

Companies are required to maintain certain records of recalls and corrections, even if they are not reportable to the FDA. We may initiate voluntary withdrawals or corrections for our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, it could require us to report those actions as recalls and we may be subject to enforcement action. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers, potentially lead to product liability claims against us and negatively affect our sales.

We may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory qualifications or approvals for our current or future products and indications, which could harm our business. Additionally, obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction does not mean we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval for our products in other jurisdictions.

Sales of our products outside the United States are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country, including some regulatory requirements that we may not be fully aware of, or that may change in ways that affect our ability to sell our products in those jurisdictions. Complying with international regulatory requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process and approval is not certain. The regulatory process in foreign jurisdictions includes all the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance, as well as additional risks not present in the FDA process. For example, the time required to obtain foreign clearance or approvals may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approvals, and requirements for such clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements, adding costs and variability. Foreign regulatory authorities may not approve our product for the same uses cleared by the FDA. Although we have obtained regulatory clearances to sell our products in the European Union and other countries outside the United States, we may be unable to maintain regulatory qualifications, clearances or approvals in these countries or to obtain approvals in other countries. We also may incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals, clearances or qualifications.

If we experience delays in receiving necessary qualifications, clearances or approvals to market our products outside the United States, or if we fail to receive those qualifications, clearances or approvals, we may be unable to market some of our products or enhancements in certain international markets effectively, or at all. Since the enactment of the Israeli Medical Equipment Law, 2012, or the Medical Equipment Law, the manufacturing and marketing of medical and certain aesthetic devices, including our products, in Israel requires registration with the Israeli Ministry of Health. The Medical Equipment Law offers a fast-track registration process for devices that received approval from certain non-Israeli regulatory agencies, including FDA clearance or CE marks. We have taken advantage of such fast-track registration process in the past. If we are unable to obtain and maintain the necessary registration for any of our products in Israel, we may have to move the manufacturing of such unregistered products to a location outside of Israel and stop selling these products in Israel until the products are registered. We may also suffer harm to our reputation as a result.

Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, or otherwise prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory, and policy changes. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies that fund research and development activities is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new devices to be reviewed and/or cleared by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years, including for 35 days beginning on December 22, 2018, the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, have had to furlough critical FDA employees and stop critical activities.

Separately, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, on March 10, 2020, the FDA announced its intention to postpone most foreign inspections of manufacturing facilities and products through April 2020, and subsequently, on March 18, 2020, the FDA temporarily postponed routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. Subsequently, on July 10, 2020 the FDA announced its intention to resume certain on-site inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities subject to a risk-based prioritization system. The FDA intends to use this risk-based assessment system to identify the categories of regulatory activity that can occur within a given geographic area, ranging from mission critical inspections to resumption of all regulatory activities. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

New regulations may limit our ability to sell to non-physicians in the future.

Currently, we sell our products solely to physicians. However, where permitted under applicable laws, we intend to introduce certain of our products in the developing medical spa market, where aesthetic procedures are being performed at dedicated facilities by non-physicians under physician supervision. U.S., state and international regulations could change at any time, disallowing sales of our products to aestheticians, and/or limiting the ability of aestheticians and non-physicians to operate our products. We cannot predict the impact or effect of changes in U.S., state or international laws or regulations.

26

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares

The price of our ordinary shares may be volatile, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

The price of our ordinary shares has fluctuated and is likely to continue to fluctuate. The market price for our ordinary shares could be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially as a result of a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

•

fluctuations in our operating results or the operating results of our competitors;

•

changes in the estimates of the future size and growth rate of our market opportunities;

•

changes in the general economic, industry and market conditions;

•

success of competitive technologies and procedures;

•

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

•

the announcement of new products or enhancements by us or our competitors;

•

the commencement or outcome of litigation against us, or involving our general industry or both;

•

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

•

changes in earnings estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ earnings estimates;

•

developments in our industry, including the announcement of significant new technologies, procedures or acquisitions by us or our competitors;

•

actual or expected sales of our ordinary shares by the holders of our ordinary shares; and

•

the trading volume of our ordinary shares.

In addition, the stock prices of many newly public companies and companies in the medical device industry have experienced wide fluctuations that often have been unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. Prior to our initial public offering in August 2019, there was no public market for our ordinary shares and an active public trading market for our ordinary shares may not be sustained. An inactive market may impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, applications or technologies using our shares as consideration. These factors and price fluctuations may materially and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares.

A significant share ownership position in the Company is held by a small number of existing shareholders, who may make decisions with which you may disagree.

As of December 31, 2020, our directors and officers, along with our largest shareholder, in the aggregate, currently beneficially own or control approximately 35% of our outstanding ordinary shares. The interests of these shareholders may differ from your interests. These shareholders are not prohibited from selling a controlling interest in us to a third party. While these shareholders do not have the right to appoint board members directly, these shareholders, acting together, could exercise significant influence over our operations and business strategy and have sufficient voting power to influence all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the ability to elect or remove directors, to approve or reject mergers or other business combination transactions, the raising of future capital and the amendment of our articles of association, which govern the rights attached to our ordinary shares. In addition, this concentration of ownership may delay, prevent or deter a change in control, or deprive you of a possible premium for your ordinary shares as part of a sale of the Company. Furthermore, this concentration of ordinary share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our ordinary shares because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in companies where persons have a significant interest.

27

The loss of our status as an emerging growth company and our compliance with the reporting requirements applicable to “accelerated filers” may strain our resources and divert management’s attention.

As of December 31, 2020, we lost our status as an emerging growth company and have been deemed a “large accelerated filer.” We are no longer entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act and now face increased disclosure and reporting requirements as a large accelerated filer. We have incurred significant costs complying with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to “accelerated filers,” including complying with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Additionally, our management must devote substantial time and attention to our public company reporting obligations and other ongoing compliance matters, including complying with the internal control requirements of Section 404(a) of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Future sales of our ordinary shares could reduce the price of our ordinary shares.

Sales by shareholders of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares, or the perception that these sales may occur in the future, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities and our ability to acquire other companies by using our ordinary shares as consideration.

As of December 31, 2020, there are 37,783,777 ordinary shares outstanding (not including a total of 393,441 ordinary shares held at that date as treasury shares). Sales of these shares, or the perception that these sales may occur in the future, into the market could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly. In addition, we have registered all ordinary shares that we may issue under our equity compensation plans, and, as such, these shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our ordinary shares.

We have never paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and do not anticipate distributing cash or other dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. The distribution of dividends on our ordinary shares will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider relevant. We may only distribute dividends out of  “profits,” as defined by the Companies Law and provided that the distribution is not reasonably expected to impair our ability to fulfill our outstanding and anticipated obligations as they become due. If we do not distribute dividends, our ordinary shares may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if the price of our ordinary shares appreciates.

We incur significant costs operating as a public company in the United States, and our management is required to devote substantial time to compliance matters.

As a public company whose ordinary shares are listed in the United States, we are subject to an extensive regulatory regime, requiring us, among other things, to maintain various internal controls and facilities and to prepare and file periodic and current reports and statements. Complying with these requirements is costly and time consuming. In the event that we are unable to demonstrate ongoing compliance with our obligations as a public company, or are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities and investors may lose confidence in our operating results, and the price of our ordinary shares could decline.

In addition, we lost our emerging growth company status and are a “large accelerated filer” as of December 31, 2020. We have incurred significant management time and cost complying with the more stringent reporting requirements applicable to “accelerated filers,” including complying with auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

28

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention.

In the past, following periods of market volatility in the price of a company’s securities or the reporting of unfavorable news, security holders have often instituted class action litigation. If the market value of our securities experience adverse fluctuations and we become involved in this type of litigation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs and our management’s attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, causing our business to suffer. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

U.S. investors in the Company could suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company.

We believe that we were not a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our taxable year ended December 31, 2020, and we do not expect to be classified as a PFIC for the current year ending December 31, 2021 or the foreseeable future. However, the determination of whether we are a PFIC is a factual determination made annually based on all the facts and circumstances and thus is subject to change. The relevant rules for determining whether or not we are a PFIC as applied to our business are not entirely clear and certain aspects of the relevant tests will be outside our control. Therefore, no assurance can be given that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

If we are determined to be a PFIC at any time during which a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Item 10E. Additional Information-Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders”) holds our shares, such U.S. Holder may be subject to materially adverse tax consequences, including additional U.S. federal income tax liability and tax filing obligations. See “Item 10E. Additional Information-Taxation—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.” U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors as to whether or not we will be a PFIC.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. As of December 31, 2020, we lost our status as an emerging growth company and are a “large accelerated filer.” As such, we are now responsible for establishing and maintaining internal controls and procedures that will allow our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404. Although our independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and our management is required to report on our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us, as and when required, conducted in connection with Section 404 or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, as and when required, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares.

29

We are a “foreign private issuer” and have disclosure obligations that are different from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies.

We are a foreign private issuer and are not subject to the same requirements that are imposed upon U.S. domestic issuers by the SEC. Under the Exchange Act, we are subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects, are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we are not required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements that comply with the requirements applicable to U.S. domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, although under regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, as an Israeli public company listed on the Nasdaq, we are required to disclose the compensation of our five most highly compensated officers on an individual basis, this disclosure will not be as extensive as that required of U.S. domestic reporting companies. We also have four months after the end of each fiscal year to file our annual report with the SEC and are not required to file current reports as frequently or promptly as U.S. domestic reporting companies. Furthermore, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the requirements to report transactions and short-swing profit recovery required by Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Also, as a “foreign private issuer,” we are not subject to the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Even though we have voluntarily elected to comply with Regulation FD, these exemptions and leniencies reduce the frequency and scope of information and protections available to you in comparison to those applicable to a U.S. domestic reporting companies.

We would lose our foreign private issuer status if as of June 30 in any calendar year a majority of our outstanding shares are held of record by U.S. residents and a majority of our directors or executive officers are U.S. citizens or residents or we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we lose our foreign private issuer status, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with accepted governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

As a “foreign private issuer,” we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of otherwise applicable SEC and Nasdaq requirements, which may result in less protection than is accorded to investors under rules applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

As a “foreign private issuer,” we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of those otherwise required under the listing rules of Nasdaq for domestic U.S. issuers. For instance, we follow our home country law instead of the listing rules of Nasdaq that require that we obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events, such as the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans, an issuance that will result in a change of control of us, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or greater interest in the Company, and certain acquisitions of the stock or assets of another company. Under the Companies Law as currently applicable to us, there is no requirement to receive shareholder approval for the issuance of securities for such dilutive events, and under our amended and restated articles of association our board of directors is authorized to issue securities, including ordinary shares, warrants and convertible notes. Additionally, under the Companies Law, unless the articles of association otherwise provide, the quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders must consist of at least two shareholders who hold at least 25% of the voting rights (instead of the 331/3% required under Nasdaq rules), and we are not required to have a nominating committee consisting solely of independent directors for the nomination of directors. See “Item 16G. Corporate Governance” for details on the differences between Israeli corporate governance practices and comparable U.S. requirements and other home country practices we follow instead of the listing rules of Nasdaq. We may in the future elect to follow home country corporate governance practices in Israel with regard to other matters. Following our home country corporate governance practices as opposed to the requirements that would otherwise apply to a U.S. company listed on Nasdaq may provide less protection to you than what is accorded to investors under the listing rules of Nasdaq applicable to domestic U.S. issuers.

30

Risks Related to Our Operations in Israel

Political, economic and military instability in Israel may impede our ability to operate and harm our financial results.

Our principal executive offices and research and development facilities as well as our third-party manufacturers are located in Israel. In addition, all of our subcontractors are located in Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel and the surrounding region could directly affect our business. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have occurred between Israel and its Arab neighbors, Hamas (an Islamist militia and political group in the Gaza Strip) and Hezbollah (an Islamist militia and political group in Lebanon). Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners could affect adversely our operations. Ongoing and revived hostilities or other Israeli political or economic factors, could prevent or delay shipments of our products, harm our operations and product development and cause our sales to decrease. In the event that hostilities disrupt the ongoing operation of our facilities or the airports and seaports on which we depend to import and export our supplies and products, our operations may be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, in the past, the State of Israel and Israeli companies have been subjected to economic boycotts. Several countries, principally those in the Middle East, still restrict business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if hostilities in Israel or political instability in the region continues or increases. These restrictive laws and policies may seriously limit our ability to sell our products in these countries and may have an adverse impact on our operating results, financial conditions or the expansion of our business.

In addition, political uprisings and conflicts in various countries in the Middle East are affecting the political stability of those countries. This instability has raised concerns regarding security in the region and the potential for armed conflict. In Syria, a country bordering Israel, a civil war is taking place. In addition, there are concerns that Iran, which has previously threatened to attack Israel, may step up its efforts to achieve nuclear capability. Iran is also believed to have a strong influence among extremist groups in the region, such as Hamas in Gaza and Hezbollah in Lebanon. Additionally, the Islamic State of Iraq and Levant, or ISIL, a violent jihadist group whose stated purpose is to take control of the Middle East, has been growing in influence. The tension between Israel and Iran and/or these groups may escalate in the future and turn violent, which could affect the Israeli economy in general and us in particular. Any potential future conflict could also include missile strikes against parts of Israel, including our offices and facilities. Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and certain other countries. Any armed conflicts, terrorist activities or political instability in the region could adversely affect business conditions, could harm our results of operations and could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. Parties with whom we do business may be disinclined to travel to Israel during periods of heightened unrest or tension, forcing us to make alternative arrangements when necessary in order to meet our business partners face to face. In addition, the political and security situation in Israel may result in parties with whom we have agreements involving performance in Israel claiming that they are not obligated to perform their commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions in such agreements.

Our insurance does not cover losses that may occur as a result of an event associated with the security situation in the Middle East or for any resulting disruption in our operations. Although the Israeli government has in the past covered the reinstatement value of direct damages that were caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot be assured that this government coverage will be maintained or, if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred and the government may cease providing such coverage or the coverage might not suffice to cover potential damages. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any armed conflicts or political instability in the region would likely negatively affect business conditions generally and could harm our results of operations.

Our operations may be disrupted by the obligations of our personnel to perform military service.

Many of our employees in Israel, including members of our senior management, are obligated to perform several days, and in some cases longer periods, of military reserve duty annually until they reach the age of 40 (or older, for citizens who hold certain positions in the Israeli armed forces reserves) and, in the event of a military conflict or emergency situations, could be called to immediate active duty for extended periods of time. In response to increases in terrorist activity, there have been periods of significant call-ups of military reservists. It is possible that there will be similar large-scale military reserve duty call-ups in the future. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence due to military service of a significant number of our employees or of one or more of our key employees for extended periods of time, and such disruption could materially adversely affect our business. Additionally, the absence of a significant number of the employees of our Israeli suppliers and subcontractors related to military service or the absence for extended periods of one or more of their key employees for military service may disrupt their operations which may subsequently disrupt our operations.

31

We may become subject to claims for remuneration or royalties for assigned service invention rights by our employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect our business.

We have entered into assignment of invention agreements with our employees pursuant to which such individuals agree to assign to us all rights to any inventions created during their employment or engagement with us. A significant portion of our intellectual property has been developed by our employees in the course of their employment with us. Under the Israeli Patent Law, 5727-1967, or the Patent Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment with a company and as a result thereof are regarded as “service inventions,” which belong to the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patent Law also provides that if there is no agreement between an employer and an employee with respect to the employee’s right to receive compensation for such “service inventions,” and to what extent and under which conditions, the Israeli Compensation and Royalties Committee, or the Committee, a body constituted under the Patent Law, shall determine whether the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her service inventions and the scope and conditions for such remuneration. The Patent Law further provides criteria for assisting the Committee in making its decisions. Case law clarifies that the right to receive consideration for “service inventions” can be waived by the employee and that in certain circumstances, such waiver does not necessarily have to be explicit. The Committee will examine, on a case-by-case basis, the general contractual framework between the parties, applying interpretation rules of the general Israeli contract laws. Further, the Committee has not yet determined one specific formula for calculating this remuneration, nor the criteria or circumstances under which an employee's waiver of his right to remuneration will be disregarded. Similarly, it remains unclear whether waivers by employees in their employment agreements of the alleged right to receive consideration for service inventions should be declared as void being a depriving provision in a standard contract. Although our employees have agreed to assign to us service invention rights and have specifically waived their right to receive any special remuneration for such service inventions beyond their regular salary and benefits, as a result of uncertainty under Israeli law with respect to the efficacy of waivers of service invention rights, we may face claims demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned inventions. As a consequence of such claims, we could be required to pay additional remuneration or royalties to our current and/or former employees, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect our business.

Our operations may be affected by negative economic conditions or labor unrest in Israel.

General strikes or work stoppages, including at Israeli ports, have occurred periodically or have been threatened in the past by Israeli trade unions due to labor disputes. These general strikes or work stoppages may have an adverse effect on the Israeli economy and on our business, including our ability to deliver products to our customers and to receive raw materials from our suppliers in a timely manner and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

You may have difficulties enforcing a U.S. judgment against us, our executive officers and directors and Israeli experts named in this Annual Report on Form 20-F in Israel or the United States, asserting U.S. securities laws claims in Israel or serving process on our officers and directors and these experts in Israel.

We are incorporated in Israel and our corporate headquarters are located in Israel. Many of our executive officers and directors reside outside of the United States, and a significant portion of our assets and the assets of certain of our directors and executive officers are located outside the United States. Therefore, a judgment obtained against us or any of them in the United States, including one based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be collectible in the United States and may not be enforced by an Israeli court. Further, if a foreign judgment is enforced by an Israeli court, it will be payable in Israeli currency. It also may be difficult for you to effect service of process on these persons in the Unites States or to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in Israel. Additionally, it may be difficult for an investor, or any other person or entity, to initiate an action with respect to U.S. securities laws in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws reasoning that Israel is not the most appropriate forum in which to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that Israeli law and not U.S. law is applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proven as a fact by expert witnesses, which can be a time consuming and costly process. Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel that addresses the matters described above. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment in Israel, you may not be able to collect any damages awarded by either a U.S. or foreign court.

32

Moreover, among other reasons, including but not limited to, fraud or absence of due process, or the existence of a judgment which is at variance with another judgment that was given in the same matter if a suit in the same matter between the same parties was pending before a court or tribunal in Israel, an Israeli court will not enforce a foreign judgment if it was given in a state whose laws do not provide for the enforcement of judgments of Israeli courts (subject to exceptional cases), or if its enforcement is likely to prejudice the sovereignty or security of the State of Israel.

The tax benefits available to us require us to meet several conditions and may be terminated or reduced in the future, which would increase our costs and taxes.

We have generated income and are able to take advantage of tax exemptions and reductions resulting from the “Benefited Enterprise” status of our facilities in Israel. Our “Benefited Enterprise” status provides us with a ten-year tax exemption for undistributed income. The first year in which we were exempted from tax as stated above was 2012 and such ten-year eligibility period of tax exemption will terminate in 2021. Our entitlement to these tax benefits as a “Benefited Enterprise” is subject to the conditions stipulated by Israeli law. Specifically, we must produce all of our products, directly or through subcontractors, in Israel. Additionally, for any given year, we must meet one of the following conditions: (i) our revenues from any one country cannot exceed 75% of our total revenues, or (ii) 25% or more of our total revenues are derived from sales in a country with a population of at least 14 million. If we fail to meet these conditions in the future, the tax benefits could be canceled and we could be required to refund any tax benefits we might already have enjoyed. These tax benefits may not be continued in the future at their current levels or at any level. The termination or reduction of these tax benefits will increase our expenses in the future, which would reduce our expected profits or increase our losses. Additionally, if we increase our activities outside of Israel, for example, by future acquisitions, our increased activities generally will not be eligible for inclusion in Israeli tax benefit programs.

Provisions of our amended and restated articles of association and Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of the Company which could prevent a change of control even when the terms of such transaction are favorable to us and our shareholders and, therefore, could depress the price of our ordinary shares.

As a company incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, we are subject to Israeli corporate law. Israeli corporate law regulates mergers, requires tender offers for acquisitions of ordinary shares above specified thresholds, requires special approvals for transactions involving directors, officers or certain significant shareholders and regulates other matters that may be relevant to these types of transactions. In addition, our amended and restated articles of association contain provisions that may make it more difficult to acquire us, such as classified board provisions. Furthermore, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions unappealing to us or to some of our shareholders. These provisions of our amended and restated articles of association and Israeli law may delay, prevent or make difficult an acquisition of us, which could prevent a change of control and therefore depress the price of our ordinary shares.

Your rights and responsibilities as a holder of our ordinary shares will be governed by Israeli law, which differs in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.

The rights and responsibilities of the holders of our ordinary shares are governed by our articles of association and by Israeli law. These rights and responsibilities differ in some material respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. In particular, a shareholder of an Israeli company has certain duties, including to act in good faith and fairness and in a customary manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing its power in the company including, among other things, in voting at the general meeting of shareholders on certain matters, such as an amendment to the company’s articles of association, an increase of the company’s authorized share capital, a merger of the company, and approval of related party transactions that require shareholder approval. A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders. In addition, a controlling shareholder or a shareholder who knows that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholders' vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of an officer of the company has a duty to act in fairness towards the company with regard to such vote or appointment. See “Item 6C. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Board Practices-Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law” for additional information. There is limited case law available to assist in understanding the nature of these duties or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations on holders of our ordinary shares that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.

33

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A. History and Development of the Company

We were incorporated in the State of Israel on January 2, 2008. In November 2017, our corporate name was changed from Invasix Ltd. to InMode Ltd. Our registered office is located at Tavor Building, Sha’ar Yokneam, P.O. Box 533, Yokneam 2069206, Israel. The phone number of our registered office is +972-4-9096313. Our wholly‑owned subsidiary, Invasix Inc., a Delaware corporation, acts as our agent for service of process in the United States and is located at 20996 Bake Parkway, Suite 106, Lake Forest, California 96230. The phone number for Invasix Inc. is 949-387-5711.

In August 2019, we completed our initial public offering of 5,000,000 of our ordinary shares at an initial public offering price of $14.00 per ordinary share. The effective date of the registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) was August 7, 2019. Also, during August 2019, the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and purchased an additional 500,000 ordinary shares at the same price per share. Our ordinary shares commenced trading on Nasdaq on August 8, 2019, under the symbol “INMD”.

Our capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 amounted to approximately $0.5 million, $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Our capital expenditures consist principally of the purchase of molds for manufacturing. We anticipate our capital expenditures in 2021 to be up to $1 million and to be financed from our existing cash and cash equivalents.

The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including InMode that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov. We maintain a corporate website at www.inmodemd.com. The information contained on our website or available through our website is not incorporated by reference into and should not be considered a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and the reference to our website in this Annual Report on Form 20-F is an inactive textual reference only.

B. Business Overview

Overview

We are a leading global provider of innovative, energy-based, minimally-invasive surgical medical treatment solutions. Within the global aesthetics market, our products and solutions are primarily designed to address three energy-based treatment categories comprised of: (i) face and body contouring; (ii) medical aesthetics; and (iii) women’s health. We have developed and commercialized products utilizing medically-accepted RF energy technology, which can penetrate deep into the subdermal fat, allowing adipose tissue remodeling. We believe our RF energy-based proprietary technologies - (i) Radio Frequency Assisted Lipolysis, or RFAL, (ii) Deep Subdermal Fractional RF (iii) Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening and (iv) Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling for skin and human natural openings- represent a paradigm shift in the minimally-invasive aesthetic solutions market. These technologies are used by physicians to remodel subdermal adipose, or fatty tissue in a variety of procedures including liposuction with simultaneous skin tightening, face and body contouring, ablative skin rejuvenation treatments and treatment of Genitourinary Syndrome of Menopause (GSM). Our products, developed with our proprietary RF energy-based technologies, overcome many of the shortcomings of other surgical options by delivering surgical-grade results under local anesthetics while significantly minimizing risks of scarring, downtime, pain and other complications typically accompanying surgical procedures. In addition to our minimally-invasive solutions, we design, develop, manufacture and market differentiated, non-invasive medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures. These include simultaneous fat killing and skin tightening, permanent hair reduction through the use of our innovative dual wavelength technology and other treatments targeting skin appearance and texture through the use of our high power IPL technology. Our products, which we market and sell traditionally to plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists and OB/GYNs may be used on a variety of body parts including the face, neck, abdomen, upper arms, thighs and intimate feminine regions.

34

In addition to the existing group of patients who currently undergo full surgical aesthetic procedures, we believe our minimally-invasive solutions satisfy an unmet market demand in two incremental groups of patients: (i) those whose skin laxity or other physical attributes have previously precluded them from undergoing surgical aesthetic procedures and (ii) those who would entertain the idea of surgical or minimally-invasive aesthetic procedures, but are averse to the associated costs, downtime and potential safety risks. We believe these patient populations will continue to represent a significant opportunity for our differentiated minimally-invasive aesthetic solutions.

We believe our products have consistently been at the forefront of technological development in the aesthetic solutions market. Since 2010, we have launched nine product platforms: BodyTite, Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, Evolve, Evoke and Morpheus8. Each product consists of the following components: a platform that incorporates multiple energy sources, one or more handpieces or hands-free applicators, our proprietary software and a simple user interface with touch screen. Our platforms have a small footprint and are lightweight compared to our competitors’ systems, which are typically larger and heavier. Our products can be upgraded easily by the user in order to perform additional treatments by adding handpieces, hands-free applicators and/or installing software in the existing platform. The ease of upgrades enables our customers to meet demand for aesthetic solutions through additional service offerings.

Our focus on innovation has resulted in a strong track record of sustained new and next-generation product development. We believe our ability to bring new products to market and continuously innovate is a distinct competitive advantage. We launched two new product platforms in 2020, which are based on our existing RF energy-based proprietary technology, with the goal of further penetrating the market for surgical and medical treatment solutions. The two platforms that were introduced in 2020 are the Evoke which is a hands-free facial treatment platform, and the Morpheus8 which is a full-body fractional RF ablative treatment platform.

We expect that these new product platforms will complement our existing portfolio of products, allowing us to increase our offerings to existing customers and attract new customers. We believe that introducing new product platforms is important in order to satisfy consumer demand and respond to evolving technological developments.

In response to customers’ desires to enhance and expand their offering of our aesthetic and wellness office-based procedures, we are developing additional RF energy-based platforms, handpieces and applicators targeted towards several medical specialties.

•

For OB/GYNs, we currently sell the Votiva platform, which includes two handpieces, FonnaV and Morpheus8. We are currently developing a new platform – the Empower – that will include additional handpieces and applicators for a variety of GSM treatments, as well as:

•

non-incisional labiaplasty (a procedure to reshape the labia minora) using our AccuTite RFAL handpiece (Aviva); and

35

•

post-partum restoration of abdominal muscles and pelvic floor restoration using our external and internal electrical muscle stimulation, or EMS, handpieces.

•

For ophthalmologists, we are developing a new platform that, in addition to our existing aesthetic handpieces, we expect will assist with the following procedures:

•

lower and upper eyelid contraction and fat reduction using the AccuTite and Morpheus8 handpieces; and

•

treatment of periorbital wrinkles and dry eye with a new continuous bi-polar RF energy handpiece.

•

Our new handpiece to treat dry eye and periorbital wrinkles is currently in clinical trials. We plan to introduce our new product platform for ophthalmologists comprised of three handpieces (AccuTite, Morpheus8 and our new dry eye and periorbital wrinkle treatment handpiece) to the market in 2021.

•

For ENTs, we are in the initial stage of developing a new platform and handpieces that we believe will provide patients with a medical treatment solution for snoring and rhinitis. The handpiece for treatment of snoring is based on our Deep Subdermal Fractional RF technology and is expected to contract and stiffen the soft palate (located on the back of the roof of the mouth), which blocks the airway, causing tissues to vibrate during sleep. This platform and both handpieces are in the concept design phase.

•

For dentists, our Evoke system, which has FDA indication for pain relief and increased blood circulation, has positive results with people who suffer from TMJ (Temporomandibular Joint Disorders) based on preliminary clinical studies. We presented the Evoke system and our preliminary findings at a dental conference, and will continue further clinical studies on this indication.

•

For urologists, we are in the early-stages of developing a device using RF energy to treat ED (Erectile Dysfunction). We registered a patent application to protect our technological concept, and we believe that our technological concept will work well for this indication but much more research and development is needed.

We are focused on establishing and using clinical evidence to support and broaden our marketing claims and drive customer awareness and acceptance of our products. Traditionally, the aesthetic solutions market has relied heavily on marketing efforts and “before-and-after” pictures in an attempt to distinguish products. We believe our focus on establishing clinical evidence for the efficacy of our products has been important for adoption by our surgically-trained customers, who are accustomed to seeing extensive clinical data in their non-aesthetic practices. To date, 50 third-party clinical studies have been completed and 21 third-party clinical studies are in the process of being conducted using our products. We also have a portfolio of 60 peer-reviewed publications. While we did not have any involvement in the clinical studies mentioned above, such studies provide qualitative results that we believe are meaningful. However, because these were third-party studies, we do not have access to any raw data to conduct any quantitative analyses.

To complement our surgical aesthetic and medical treatment solutions, we offer post-sales training and support services. We provide physicians with training focused on the most beneficial ways to utilize our products, including safety and instructional videos to expand procedural offerings and hands-on, personalized marketing support. We believe that we provide one of the most extensive training and ongoing support programs available to physicians throughout the aesthetic solutions market.

Our revenue increased to approximately $206.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from approximately $156.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, we recorded a gross margin of approximately 85% and 87%, respectively, and net income of approximately $75.0 million and $61.2 million, respectively. We have 25 FDA clearances and, in addition to the United States, where we have an installed base of approximately 3,900 product platforms, we are permitted to sell our products in most countries, in the following territories: North America, Europe, Asia, Africa, Asia Pacific and Latin America. As of December 31, 2020, we sell and market our products in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Spain, India, Australia and France, through a direct sales force of approximately 154 representatives. We also sell and market our products through 39 distributors in 47 countries. As of December 31, 2020, we had a global installed base of approximately 7,250 product platforms capable of running various multi-use applicators and utilizing minimally-invasive consumables.

36

Our Solution

Key benefits of our minimally-invasive surgical aesthetic and medical treatment solutions include:

•

Small to no incisions, which reduces the drawbacks and risks typically associated with surgical procedures such as significant pain, local or widespread scarring, infection, perforation and hemorrhage.

•

Outpatient procedures that typically do not require general anesthesia, which can decrease patient downtime, discomfort and other potential complications and typically reduces cost.

•

Minimally-invasive procedures with similar efficacy to surgical procedures that have the ability to expand the addressable patient population for aesthetics procedures.

•

Effective and long-lasting aesthetic solutions, many of which are supported by compelling clinical data, including 60 peer-reviewed publications.

•

Differentiated, RF energy-based technology simultaneously kills fat and tightens skin, overcoming the many shortcomings of traditional surgical, minimally and non-invasive aesthetic procedures.

•

Innovative dual wavelength laser technology that allows for permanent hair reduction on a wider range of skin types and hair textures than other aesthetic solutions currently on the market, reducing the number of treatments required.

•

Typically less expensive than other aesthetic solutions on the market that provide comparable results as a result of less required physician time and training required.

Leader in RF Energy

We believe we are the leader in using RF energy for both minimally-invasive and subdermal ablative aesthetic purposes. RF energy is different from optical energy because it is not absorbed by the epidermis and is able to be targeted to penetrate deep into the tissue. The application of RF energy in medicine is a well-established practice. For example, RF energy is the basis of magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, and surgical diathermy, used to cauterize blood vessels to prevent excessive bleeding, both commonplace applications administered regularly in medical practice. RF energy is also used in cardiology for ablative interventions and in oncology surgery for tumor/metastasis ablation.

RF energy can be delivered to the skin in a variety of ways, the most common being monopolar delivery, whereby RF energy is delivered through a single probe placed on the skin with a grounding pad distant to the probe site. Alternatively, in bipolar delivery, RF energy is delivered from a probe with two electrodes placed over the treatment area. Bipolar delivery has an important advantage over monopolar delivery: depth of penetration of the RF energy is not dependent on the tissue impedance, or electrical resistance, which varies from person to person, or the cross-sectional area of the probe. That is not the case with monopolar delivery. Instead, in bipolar delivery, depth of penetration of the RF energy depends on the distance between the two electrodes on the probe, with increasing distance resulting in increased depth of penetration. We believe we are the leader in the development, design and commercialization of bipolar RF energy devices for minimally-invasive and subdermal ablative aesthetic purposes.

37

Radio-Frequency Assisted Lipolysis

Using our expertise in bipolar RF energy delivery, we developed what we believe is the next generation of lipolysis and adipose tissue remodeling technology, a new category that delivers a thermal response to the adipose tissue, skin and subdermal matrix. Our RFAL products deliver directional RF energy into the subcutaneous fat to coagulate, liquefy and remodel adipose tissue and heat the subcutaneous fibrous septa, or partitions, resulting in substantial collagen contraction of subdermal space. We believe we are the first company to utilize bipolar radio frequency in a minimally-invasive manner. Our RFAL products generate a higher power and more efficient energy transfer than laser energy systems and allow the treatment of larger volumes of the subcutaneous tissue with optimal thermal profiles, facilitating the significant tightening of the tissue. The shrinkage of tissue is significant and can reach double-digit percentages of the heated tissue volume. The thermal energy is delivered by an innovative handpiece comprised of two electrodes: the internal electrode is inserted into the fat layer while the other larger electrode is applied externally to the skin surface above the cannula tip. The internal cannula is passed through the subcutaneous fat while the external electrode is moved above and over the skin’s surface. The small, conductive tip of the cannula delivers RF energy into the subcutaneous fat, liquefying it and simultaneously contracting fibrous septa. The liquefied fat can then be removed from the body through a suction cannula. Our RFAL products also apply gentle uniform heating of the dermis, thereby promoting skin tightening. Figure 1 below shows how the RF energy is delivered through the handpiece to simultaneously liquefy fat and tighten the skin.

Our BodyTite platform and the BodyTite and FaceTite handpieces rely on our proprietary RFAL technology. To date, there have been more than 100,000 successful RFAL procedures conducted with positive clinical results using our BodyTite platform and the BodyTite and FaceTite handpieces. We have demonstrated that RFAL has the potential to elicit three-dimensional soft tissue contraction reliably and predictably to both serve otherwise non-traditional liposuction candidates, as well as to improve outcomes in patients for whom liposuction is an option.

 

Figure 1: RFAL mechanism of action.

38

Deep Subdermal Fractional RF

Our Deep Subdermal Fractional RF delivers RF energy into the subdermal fat tissue to depths of up to four millimeters, or mm. Deep Subdermal Fractional RF provides skin tightening and adipose tissue remodeling directly under the dermal layer. Our Deep Subdermal Fractional RF products deliver RF energy under the dermis through an array of pins producing localized heat and small micro-lesion dots in the treatment area. The heat generated by the pins in the subdermal tissue promotes collagen restructuring and tissue reshaping. Physicians can offer a versatile fractional treatment creating a three-dimensional matrix of coagulation volumes inside the tissue. Deep Subdermal Fractional RF is used for wrinkle reduction, skin tightening and treatment of cellulite appearance. Our deep subdermal fractional RF can be applied to both face and body. Our Morpheus8, Morpheus8 Body and Morpheus8 V handpieces rely on our proprietary Deep Subdermal Fractional RF technology and are used in conjunction with our BodyTite, Optimas and Votiva platforms. Figure 2 below shows how the RF energy is delivered through the coated pins on the handpiece to reshape tissue under the dermal layer.

 

Figure 2: Deep Subdermal Fractional RF mechanism of action.

Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening

Our Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening proprietary technology combines vacuum and bipolar RF energy with high and low amplitudes to both permanently kill adipose tissue and contract the skin. We believe our Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening technology is the first and only RF-based, non-invasive body contouring technology that permanently kills adipose tissue. Our BodyFX handpiece and MiniFX handpiece utilize our Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening technology to address problematic fatty tissue in larger body areas such as the abdomen, back and thighs.

Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling for Skin and Human Natural Openings

Our Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling propriety technology delivers heat in a uniform and volumetric form targeting deep into tissue while providing collagen remodeling with real-time control of the device’s temperature. The versatility of this technology allows the operator to provide a customized solution to address a variety of women’s wellness concerns that occur due to aging, hormonal stress or physical damage. Our Forma and FormaV handpieces utilize Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling technology while harnessing continuous bipolar RF energy with real-time temperature measurement. RF energy generated heat is delivered uniformly to vaginal tissue through a consumable applicator to provide vaginal and labia contraction with patients often seeing effects of the procedure immediately.

39

Pulse/Continuous Bipolar RF

Continuous Bi-polar RF is electrical energy in the RF spectrum (1 MHz) that results from the flow of an electric charge between two electrodes. This conducted energy increases ion movement in the tissue and generates kinetic energy that is transformed to thermal energy (heating). In turn, this thermal energy causes controlled damage to the tissue and triggers a natural healing mechanism and tissue-renewal resulting in tissue tightening and remodeling. The distance between the electrodes allows for control of the depth of penetration of the bi-polar RF energy into the tissue. The distance between the electrodes is chosen based on the particular treatment and according to the tissue to be treated (generally varies between a few millimeters to 3-4 centimeters). Bi-polar RF can be delivered to the tissue in one of two modes: either pulse or continuous. In pulse mode, pulse duration is pre-determined and RF energy automatically stops. In continuous mode, the RF energy is delivered uninterrupted into the tissue for as long as the operator deems appropriate. As part of the design, continuous bi-polar RF energy allows real-time measurement of the patient’s skin temperature. This allows our products to provide real-time feedback to the operator throughout the treatment process and enhances overall safety and efficiency. All of our RF platforms (both existing and expected) and RF handpieces (both minimally and non-invasive) have both pulse bi-polar RF and continuous bi-polar RF capabilities. Our proprietary RFAL based products (such as our BodyTite product platform and FaceTite handpiece) and Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling based products (such as our Forma handpiece) primarily utilize the continuous bipolar RF feature. Our proprietary Deep Subdermal Fractional RF based products (such as our Morpheus8 handpiece) and Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening products (such as our BodyFX handpiece) primarily utilize the pulse feature depending on the procedure and target result. Figure 3 below shows how RF energy is delivered through the handpiece by an electric charge between two electrodes continuously into the tissue.

 

Figure 3: Pulse/Continuous Bi-polar RF mechanism of action.

Non-invasive Medical Aesthetic Technologies

In addition to our proprietary minimally-invasive solutions, we continue to develop innovative non-invasive medical aesthetic solutions, including:

•

Simultaneous non-invasive fat killing and skin tightening. We believe our technology is the first and only RF-based, noninvasive body contouring technology that permanently kills adipose tissue while simultaneously contracting the skin. This technology addresses problematic fatty tissue in large body areas such as the abdomen, back and thighs. Customers use this technology with the Contoura platform and the BodyFX and MiniFX handpieces.

•

Dual wavelength for permanent hair reduction. Our single-pulse, dual wavelength product for permanent hair reduction, Triton, combines two wavelengths in one platform, overcoming certain limitations of standard lasers. This optimal mix of wavelengths allows the highest efficiency and safety. We believe Triton is the only FDA-cleared, single-pulse, dual wavelength product for permanent hair reduction. Customers use this technology with the Triton Duo Light and Triton Duo Dark handpieces.

•

High-power Intense Pulsed Light. Our high-power IPL is a breakthrough technology that delivers up to three times more energy than typical IPL devices within the 500 to 600 nanometer, or nm, range to improve efficacy for vascular and pigmented lesions. It is optimized to treat a variety of skin types and conditions in a single session. Customers use this technology with the Optimas platform and the Lumecca handpiece.

•

Controlled continuous RF heating. We believe our controlled continuous RF technology is the first auto-adjusting noninvasive thermal skin treating technology for deep and uniform tissue stimulation. This technology uses bipolar RF energy delivery that allows uniformity between the electrodes to provide a comfortable thermal effect with immediate and subsequent contraction. Customers use this technology with the Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Evoke and Evolve hands-free platforms.

40

Differentiated and Comprehensive Post-Sales Support

To complement our innovative aesthetic solutions, we offer post-sales training and support services. We provide physicians training focused on the most beneficial ways to utilize our products, including a disciplined focus on safety. Our clinical training and support program consists of three key components:

i.

A visit by a new physician to one of our many highly qualified plastic surgery facilities for instruction followed by a live patient demonstration;

ii.

A visit to the new physician’s office by a trained registered nurse or physician’s assistant to attend the first day of treatments to in-service; and

iii.

Open house workshops organized by us, wherein the new physician invites his or her patient base and we assist him or her in “kick starting” marketing efforts. These events typically secure significant procedural revenues for the physician.

In addition, we offer ongoing livestream cases for customers where they can observe and interact in real-time with both our training staff and highly qualified physician instructors on a regular basis. Advanced training is also available for physicians who choose to expand their education on highly skilled procedures, including non-excisional breast lifting or brachioplasty. We are continuing to build a library of on-line instructional videos as both a reference tool and to expand physicians’ procedural offerings. We also provide support to help customers educate and engage patients about the new minimally-invasive procedures available to them through our In-Practice program. This program provides hands-on, personalized marketing support for customers’ practices including signage, educational collateral, digital marketing and advertising assets. We believe that we provide one of the most extensive training and ongoing support programs available to physicians throughout the aesthetics industry.

Our Competitive Strengths

We attribute the growing commercial success of our various platforms and products to the following:

•

Pioneer of the minimally-invasive aesthetic solutions market. We believe our proprietary technologies represent a paradigm shift in the minimally-invasive and surgical aesthetic solutions market. We believe our technologies and products demonstrate numerous performance advantages over other aesthetic options and enable physicians and patients to obtain results that can generally only be achieved with more expensive and invasive surgical procedures. Our RF proprietary energy-based technology simultaneous kills fat and tightens skin, overcoming many of the limitations of other surgical, minimally and non-invasive procedures, positioning us to address unmet patient needs and expand the addressable patient population for aesthetic solutions. Although each of our product platforms has a primary handpiece or applicator that is either minimally or non-invasive, our platforms are designed to be modular, which enables the user to provide complementary treatments using a single platform by attaching different handpieces or applicators.

•

Strong brand recognition. Our brand is associated with product leadership, significant technological advances and extensive clinical data, which has led to strong customer loyalty. Unlike many of our competitors, our technology is not exclusively laser-based or limited to superficial treatment of the skin. Instead, we have developed and commercialized products utilizing medically-accepted RF energy technology, which can penetrate deep into the subdermal fat, allowing adipose tissue remodeling. We believe our brand is synonymous throughout the physician and patient communities with having the broadest RF energy-based portfolio in the minimally-invasive aesthetics market for fat destruction and remodeling, face and body contouring and skin tightening.

•

Provide comprehensive solutions for physicians and patients. We have an extensive product portfolio that includes solutions for a wide range of both minimally and non-invasive procedures across the aesthetic solutions market. For each of our products, we offer post-sales support services including training, installation, practice growth consulting and repair support that minimizes product downtime and associated lost revenues to physicians.

•

Broad regulatory approvals supported by extensive clinical data. We have 25 FDA clearances and in addition to the United States, are permitted to sell in Europe, Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Colombia, the Commonwealth of Independent States, Israel, Mexico, Panama, Philippines, Russia, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. To date, we also have a portfolio of 60 peer-reviewed publications and there are 50 completed and 21 ongoing third-party clinical studies on a number of our products (BodyTite, FaceTite, NeckTite, Optimas, Fractora, Morpheus8, Forma, Lumecca, DiolazeXL, Votiva, Morpheus8V, FormaV, Contoura, BodyFX, MiniFX, Evoke, Evolve, Morpheus8 and AccuTite). While we did not have any involvement in the clinical studies mentioned above, such studies provide qualitative results that we believe are significant. However, because these were third-party studies, we do not have access to any raw data to conduct any quantitative analyses. We believe our focus on demonstrated clinical data and effectiveness differentiates us from our competition and helps to validate our technology with surgically-trained physicians, who we believe are typically the most difficult segment of the market to penetrate.

•

Strong management team with proven track record. Our management team has significant expertise in the medical aesthetics industry with a proven track record of successfully developing and commercializing innovative technologies. Moshe Mizrahy and Dr. Michael Kreindel, our co-founders, previously founded Syneron Medical Ltd. Our senior executive team has an average of over 15 years of medical aesthetics industry experience and has served in various leadership positions at Syneron Medical Ltd. and Cynosure, Inc.

41

Our Growth Strategy

Our objective is to expand our technological leadership in the surgical solutions market and to leverage our RF proprietary technologies to expand into additional medical solutions market. We intend to achieve this goal by implementing the following strategies:

•

Increase our sales presence to target and expand our addressable market globally. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales organization and our distribution network and seek to recruit and train exceptionally talented sales representatives in existing and new markets to help us broaden the adoption of our products, drive further market penetration and expand beyond our traditional customer base.

•

United States: In 2020, we expanded our direct sales team by adding approximately 26 representatives.

•

Canada: We have a direct sales presence in Canada and plan to keep expanding our direct sales team.

•

Europe: We intend to establish sales and marketing organizations and a network of exclusive European distributors (in addition to our subsidiaries network in the United Kingdom, Spain and France).

•

Latin America: We plan to enhance our network of exclusive distributors in Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, Mexico, Panama and Chile.

•

Asia-Pacific: In addition to our direct sales presence in India and Australia, we intend to establish a direct sales presence in China through our subsidiary in Guangzhou, as well as enhance our network of exclusive distributors in Japan, Philippines, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand.

•

Continue to further penetrate our existing customer base and drive recurring revenues. We believe that there are opportunities for us to generate additional revenue from existing customers who are already familiar with our products. Additionally, we have experienced growth in the sales of consumables over the past three years. Since inception, we have sold over 521,000 consumables. We expect that as our customer base grows, the percentage of our revenues attributable to consumables will increase. We also expect that certain customers will be candidates for technology upgrades to enhance the capabilities of their existing InMode products. In addition, as we continue to grow our support services program, we expect to seek to increase the number of customers that enter into extended warranties, which would provide us with additional recurring revenues.

•

Leverage our existing technology to expand into new minimally and non-invasive applications. We have an active research and development pipeline focused on additional solutions targeted to our traditional customer base. Our near-term product development portfolio consists of new and second generation solutions for various conditions, including wearable, noninvasive face and body reshaping products, cellulite, large area lipolysis, fractional RF treatment of SUI, vaginal laxity pelvic floor muscle restoration, labiaplasty procedures, post-partum treatments and other GSM symptoms snoring and rhinitis treatments, dry eye and eyelid treatments, TMJ (Temporomandibular Joint Disorders) and ED (Erectile Dysfunction). We launched two new product platforms in 2020, which we believe will allow us to continue to grow our revenues over the long term and further penetrate the market for aesthetic solutions. Each such product is or will be subject to the FDA regulatory framework, specifically, the FDA’s 510(k) clearance requirements, described in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

•

Expand our customer base beyond traditional customers. We intend to develop products that leverage our minimally and non-invasive technologies to address the unmet market needs of a new customer base, which includes OB/gyns, ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians. We intend to adapt our products to the expertise and skill level of these providers, further expanding our addressable market.

•

Actively pursue business development opportunities. We may seek to engage in targeted business development activities, including acquisitions of technologies and strategic partnerships, in order to augment our product and technology portfolio in our existing and potentially adjacent markets. We believe we can leverage our global infrastructure and existing relationships to implement a disciplined tuck-in acquisition strategy.

•

Expand our intellectual properly and patent portfolio. We intend to expand our existing intellectual property and patent portfolio as we develop additional applications and continue to aggressively defend against potential infringement by our competitors.

42

Our Products

We offer a broad portfolio of aesthetic and medical treatment solutions that consist of a variety of platforms providing minimally and non-invasive applications. The following tables provide information concerning our product platforms and their applications.

Minimally-Invasive and Ablative Platforms

Product Platform	Energy Source(s)	Year Introduced	Handpiece(s)	Primary (not Exclusive) Applications*
BodyTite	Bipolar RF	2010	BodyTite FaceTite NeckTite AccuTite	Body Contouring (MI) Face Contouring (MI) Neck Contouring (MI) Face/Body Contouring (MI)
Optimas	Laser Bipolar RF IPL	2016	Morpheus8 Forma Lumecca DiolazeXL Vasculaze	Skin Rejuvenation (MI) Skin Rejuvenation (NI) Skin Rejuvenation & Pigmentation (NI) Hair Removal (NI) Vascular Lesion (NI) Facial Wrinkles and Texture (MI)
EmbraceRF	Bipolar RF	2018	FaceTite Morpheus8 AccuTite	Face Remodeling (MI) Facial Wrinkles and Texture (MI) Face/Body Contouring (MI)
Votiva	Bipolar RF	2017	FormaV Morpheus8V	Women’s Health (MI) Women’s Health (NI)
Morpheus8	Bipolar RF	2020	Morpheus8 Morpheus8 Body	Face and body fractional RF treatment (MI)

Non-Invasive Platforms

Product Platform	Energy Source(s)	Year Introduced	Handpiece(s)	Primary (not Exclusive) Applications*
Contoura	Bipolar RF	2017	BodyFX MiniFX Plus	Body Contouring Face/Neck Contouring Skin Tightening
Triton	Laser	2018	Triton Duo Light Triton Duo Dark	Hair Removal Hair Removal

Hand-Free Platforms

Product Platform	Energy Source(s)	Year Introduced	Handpiece(s)	Primary (not Exclusive) Applications*
Evolve	Bipolar RF EMS	2019	Tite (HF) Trim (HF) Tone (HF)	Skin Tightening Body Contouring EMS
Evoke	Bipolar RF	2020	Cheek (HF) Chin (HF)	Skin Rejuvenation Skin Rejuvenation

* “MI” = Minimally-Invasive, “NI” = Non-Invasive, “HF” = Hands-free application

In addition to the products described above, prior versions of our products continue to be used by customers. Outside of the United States, we also offer some alternative versions of our aesthetic treatment solutions, in some cases under different trademarks, which are tailored to the specific preferences and needs of certain countries and regions.

43

Components of Our Products

Each of our products consists of the following components:

•

platform;

•

one or more handpieces or hands-free applicators; and

•

our proprietary software.

Platforms

Our platforms are mostly electronic boxes, comprised of RF energy generators and modules supporting lasers and IPL, as applicable, a 110/220VAC input power supply, controller and a user interface with touch screen. The user interface allows the physician to select the handpiece and set treatment parameters to meet the requirements of a particular application and patient. Using the touch screen, the physician can independently adjust the energy level, pulse width and other parameters depending on application to optimize the treatment’s safety and effectiveness. The user interface on our multiple energy workstations also allows the user to change energy sources with the press of a button. The control system communicates the operator’s settings from the user interface to the system’s modules and manages system operation and performance.

Handpieces and Hands-Free Applicators

Our handpieces and hands-free applicators are used to apply the energy to the patient treatment area. The handpieces and hands-free applicators are designed for specific targeted body areas, type of energy to maximize treatment safety and efficacy for specific treatment. Certain of our handpieces and hands-free applicators have a contained thermal field that ensures a controlled and safe treatment through our Acquire, Control and Extend, or ACE, technology. Our ACE technology ensures that no areas are under or over treated using therapeutic temperatures safely and efficiently. Built-in safeguards, including real time measurements of skin temperature, impedance monitoring, power cut-off and audible feedback, help ensure patient safety throughout the procedure. A number of our handpieces and hands-free applicators are, or contain, one-time use applicators, or consumables, that must be replaced following each treatment.

Minimally-Invasive

BodyTite – The minimally-invasive, consumable Bodyrite handpiece, introduced in 2010, utilizes directional RF energy for RFAL treatments using needle-size cannula and external electrodes to apply RF energy to the subcutaneous adipose tissue. The tissue is heated to 50°C to 70°C to destroy fat and contract connective tissue, simultaneously remodeling the dermis at external temperatures of up to 42°C. This handpiece allows tissue treatment using a 17cm cannula that provides treatment depth up to 50mm.

Facerite/NeckTite – The minimally-invasive, consumable FaceTite and NeckTite handpieces, introduced in 2012, utilize directional RF energy for RFAL treatments using cannula with diameters of 1.8mm and 2.2mm and external electrodes to apply RF energy to the subcutaneous adipose tissue. The tissue is heated to 50°C to 70°C to destroy fat and contract connective tissue, simultaneously remodeling the dermis at external temperatures up to 42°C. This handpiece allows tissue treatment using a 10cm cannula that provides treatment depth up to 25mm.

AccuTite – The minimally-invasive AccuTite handpiece, introduced in 2019, utilizes directional RF energy for RFAL treatments using sub-millimeter cannula with diameters of 0.9mm and external electrodes to apply RF energy to subcutaneous adipose tissue. The tissue is heated to 50°C to 70°C to destroy fat and contract connective tissue, simultaneously remodeling the dermis at external temperatures of up to 42°C. This handpiece allows tissue treatment using a 60mm cannula that provides treatment depth up to 25mm. Additionally, in 2019, we began marketing AccuTite for Aviva, a minimally-invasive procedure that restores the function and appearance of the vulva by offering a non-excisional alternative to a labiaplasty. Aviva is powered by AccuTite to deliver safe and uniform heat to the entire soft tissue matrix of the labia minora, labia majora, clitoral hood, vaginal introitus and perineal body.

44

Fractora – The minimally-invasive Fractora handpiece, introduced in 2011, uses customizable fractional energy and superficial fractional resurfacing for subdermal adipose tissue remodeling. The handpiece offers two treatment depths (skin surface and subdermal) and is safe on all skin types including type IV. The consumable applicator tip contains 24-coated pins with a length of up to 4mm.

Morpheus8/Morpehus8 Body – The minimally-invasive Morpheus8 and Morpheus8 Body handpieces use RF energy for subdermal adipose tissue remodeling, which is programmable by the user according to treatment area. The handpieces offer treatment depth up to 7mm. The upper part of the needle and external electrodes are coated with a polymer to prevent skin surface thermal damage while delivering RF energy into the subdermal space.

Non-Invasive

BodyFX/MiniFX – The non-invasive BodyFX and MiniFX handpieces, introduced in 2013, combine vacuum and bipolar RF energy with high and low amplitudes to both permanently kill adipose tissue and contract the skin. The BodyFX handpiece, intended for use on various parts of the body, comprises a vacuum cavity with a size of 1.36in x 1.2in. The MiniFX handpiece, better suited to address problematic fatty tissue in smaller areas, comprises a vacuum cavity with a size of 1.24in x 0.87in.

DiolazeXL (810nm) – The non-invasive DiolazeXL (810nm) handpiece, introduced in 2017, is a high-speed, gold standard 810nm (diode) laser indicated for permanent hair reduction. DiolazeXL's differentiated triple contact cooling technology (pre, parallel and post), or 3PC technology, provides for a safe and comfortable patient experience. The handpiece covers a spot size of 12mm x 26mm to allow for the removal of a variety of hair colors and thickness. This handpiece offers short and long pulse durations and repetition rates that enable treatment times up to 6cm²/second.

Triton Duo Light (755nm & 810nm) – The non-invasive Triton Duo Light handpiece, introduced in 2017, combines two wavelengths for optimal treatment of light skin patients. The handpiece utilizes a blend of 755nm (Alexandrite) and 810nm (diode) laser wavelengths that have been optimized for hair removal on patients with skin types Ito IV. We believe the Triton platform is the only FDA-cleared device capable of firing two wavelengths in one pulse. The handpiece covers a spot size of 12mm x 26mm and provides two pulse durations and high repetition rates.

Triton Duo Dark (810nm & 1064nm) – The non-invasive Triton Duo Dark handpiece, introduced in 2017, combines two wavelengths for optimal treatment of dark skin patients. The handpiece utilizes a blend of 810nm (diode) and 1064nm (Nd:YAG) laser wavelengths that have been optimized for hair removal on patients with skin types Ito IV. We believe the Triton platform is the only FDA-cleared device capable of firing two wavelengths in one pulse. The handpiece covers a spot size of 12mm x 26mm and provides two pulse durations and high repetition rates.

Forma – The non-invasive Forma handpiece, introduced in 2013, uses our ACE technology to deliver auto-adjusting uniform RF energy-generated heat (up to 43°C) for collagen remodeling and skin contraction of the face and neck. We believe Forma is the first thermal face and neck skin tightening device to have both temperature monitoring and automatic, user programmable, RF on/off control. This handpiece has an RF energy output power of up to 65 watts and covers a spot size of 22mm x 20mm.

FormaV – The non-invasive Forma V handpiece, introduced in 2017, uses our ACE technology to deliver auto-adjusting uniform RF energy generated heat (up to 43°C) to vaginal tissue through a consumable applicator.

45

Plus – The non-invasive Plus handpiece, introduced in 2013, uses our ACE technology to deliver auto-adjusting uniform RF generated heat (up to 43°C) for collagen remodeling and skin contraction of the body. We believe Plus is the first thermal body skin tightening device to have both temperature monitoring and automatic, user programmable, RF on/off control. This handpiece has an RF energy output of up to 65 watts and covers a spot size of 45mm x 45mm.

Lumecca – The non-invasive Lumecca handpiece, introduced in 2015, is an IPL optimized for both light and dark skin that uses a xenon flash lamp to deliver filtered optical energy in the 515nm to 1200nm range for light skin treatment and 580nm to 1200nm range for darker skin. Lumecca is intended for treatment of superficial vascular and pigmented lesions. The handpiece covers a spot size of 30mm x 10mm with a peak optical power of 10,000 watts.

Vasculaze – The non-invasive Vasculaze handpiece, introduced in 2018, is a 1064nm wavelength diode laser intended for use in the coagulation and hemostasis of benign vascular legions such as, but not limited to, reticular leg veins, spider veins, hemangiomas, port wine stains and venus lakes. Vasculaze is optimized with high peak power, strong contact cooling and an ergonomic head intended to maximize treatment efficiency. The handpiece covers a spot size of 3mm x 4mm and has pulse duration of 20 to 100 milliseconds, or msec.

Hands-Free

Trim – The non-invasive Trim, introduced in 2019, is a set of six hands-free applicators for the Evolve platform. The mechanism of action is similar to BodyFXhandpiece. The Trim is mounted on a belt and works automatically without the assistance of a physician or technician.

Tite – The non-invasive Tite, introduced in 2019, is a set of eight hands-free applicators for the Evolve platform. The mechanism of action is similar to the Plus handpiece. The Tite is mounted on a belt for treatment of different body parts and areas without the assistance of a physician or technician.

Tone – The non-invasive Tone, introduced in 2019, is a set of four hands-free electro-muscle stimulation applicators. The Tone is designed to be used on the Evolve platform for muscle stimulation and improving skin tone.

Cheek – The non-invasive Cheek, introduced in 2020, is a hands-free device containing eight applicators that is mounted on the face and designed to be used with the Evoke platform. The mechanism of action is similar to the Forma handpiece, but works automatically on both sides of the face without the assistance of a physician or technician.

Chin – The non-invasive Chin, introduced in 2020, is a hands-free device containing two applicators that is mounted on the chin and designed to be used with the Evoke platform. The mechanism of action is similar to the Forma handpiece, but works automatically on the chin without the assistance of a physician or technician.

Proprietary Software

Our software permits the user to define treatment parameters to be communicated to the electronic modules in the platform and deliver RF or optical energy through the handpiece or hands-free applicator to the patient. In addition, our software controls and manages proper system performance and automatic temperature control, system self-calibration, system setup and detection of any malfunction of the system. We believe our software’s automotive capabilities allow physicians to dedicate their attention and focus to patient treatment rather than system monitoring. Our users upgrade their products through the purchase of additional treatment applicators and corresponding software plugs. All of our software complies with applicable medical specifications and regulations.

Applications and Procedures

Our products provide our customers with a broad range of applications among both traditional procedures and emerging applications.

46

Face and Body Contouring

Minimally-Invasive

Generally performed by a physician, RFAL delivers directional RF energy into a patient’s subcutaneous fat to coagulate and liquefy adipose tissue and heat the subcutaneous fibrous septa, resulting in substantial collagen contraction of the subdermal space. RF energy is delivered through an innovative handpiece comprised of two electrodes. The internal electrode is inserted into the fat layer, while the other larger electrode is applied externally to the skin surface above the cannula tip. The internal cannula passes through the subcutaneous fat, while the external electrode slides over the skin’s surface. The small conductive tip of the cannula concentrates RF energy in the subcutaneous fat, liquefying it and simultaneously contracting the fiber septa. This liquefied fat can then be removed from the body. Our RFAL technology can be administered on all regions of the body and typical treatments are approximately 30 to 90 minutes each under local anesthesia. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for our RFAL technology in 2016. Users conduct minimally-invasive face and body contouring using RFAL technology with the BodyTite and Embrace platforms and BodyTite, FaceTite and AccuTite handpieces.

Generally performed by a physician, Deep Subdermal Fractional RF, delivers RF energy into the subcutaneous adipose tissue to depths of up to 4mm through an array of coated needles producing localized heat and matrix of small lesions in the subcutaneous fat. The heat generated by the pins in the subdermal tissue promotes connective tissue restructuring. As a result, physicians can offer a versatile fractional treatment creating a three-dimensional collagen contraction and subdermal fat coagulation. The deep fractional remodeling is used when fat layer is not thick enough to use RFAL technology or when patient wants only superficial result. Deep Subdermal Fractional RF can be used for wrinkle reduction, skin tightening and treatment of cellulite appearance. In addition to reshaping, Deep Subdermal Fractional RF provides long term results for inflammatory acne by coagulating enlarged sebaceous glands. The most common areas of treatment are the face and neck. Patients generally receive between one to three treatments for approximately 30 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced two to three weeks apart. We received two 510(k) FDA clearances for Fractora in 2011 and 2016, and 510(k) FDA clearance for the Morpheus8 in 2019. Customers use this technology with the BodyTite, Embrace, Votiva and Optimas platforms.

Non-Invasive

Handpieces: Administered by physicians and other aesthetic practitioners, our differentiated fat reduction solution is based on skin shaping using a vacuum and delivering both low amplitude bipolar RF energy for gentle deep tissue heating and high amplitude RF energy to simultaneously kill fat and tighten skin. The handpiece is placed over the desired area of the body and vacuum energy shapes the skin into the cavity for safe and effective RF energy delivery allowing greater volumes of fat to be treated (up to 2.5cm in depth). Subsequently, temperature-controlled RF energy is applied to preheat the tissue and fat uniformly to 42°C to 43°C. High amplitude RF energy delivered in ultra-short pulse duration is then administered via electrodes causing apoptosis of adipose tissue and resulting in simultaneous skin contraction. Our technology can be administered on all regions of the body. Patients generally receive six treatments for approximately 10 to 20 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced one to two weeks apart. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for this technology in 2013. Users conduct non-invasive face and body contouring with the Contoura platform using the BodyFX or MiniFX handpieces.

Hands-Free

Hands-Free Applicators: Applied by physicians and other aesthetic practitioners, our differentiated skin tightening, fat reduction and muscle stimulation solution is based on bipolar RF and EMS technologies, delivered through a set of hands-free applicators mounted or placed over the body or face. The setup of the parameters is determined by a doctor. Subsequently, temperature-controlled RF energy is applied to preheat the tissue and fat uniformly to 42°C to 43°C. High amplitude RF energy delivered in ultra-short pulse duration is then administered via electrodes causing apoptosis of adipose tissue and resulting in simultaneous skin contraction. Our technology can be administered on all regions of the body and face. Patients generally receive three to six treatments for approximately 30 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced one to two weeks apart. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for the Evoke and Evolve in 2019. Users conduct hands-free face and body contouring with the Evoke and Evolve platforms using the Trim, Tite and Tone hands-free applicators for the Evolve, and Cheek and Chin hands-free applicators for the Evoke.

47

Medical Aesthetics

Skin Rejuvenation/Vascular & Pigmented Lesion Treatment

Generally performed by a physician or other aesthetic professional, different types of energy and treatments are provided depending on the handpiece. The application of JPL energy enables the improvement of photo damage, as well as other pigmented abnormalities and superficial vascular lesions. A 1064nm laser is used for the treatment of larger and deeper veins. Patients often see results after a single treatment but typically two to three treatments of approximately 15 minutes each are recommended. Treatments are typically spaced two to four weeks apart. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for superficial vascular and pigmented lesion treatments in 2013 and for hair removal and permanent hair reduction in 2017 and 2018, respectively. Users rejuvenate the skin with the Optimas platform using the Vasculaze and Lumecca handpieces.

Sub-Necrotic Thermal Tissue Remodeling

Administered by physicians and other aesthetic practitioners, the application is based on uniform and deep heating of the skin and subdermal layer using bipolar RF energy. The handpiece is moved over the desired area of the treatment area, while maintaining the designated temperature for the predetermined time for safe and effective collagen remodeling. Subsequently, temperature-controlled RF energy is applied automatically to heat tissue uniformly to 42°C to 43°C. The Forma handpiece is utilized to target fat and heats the tissue to depths of up to 4.5mm while the Plus handpiece is used for larger body areas and provides effect up to 6mm in depth. Patients generally receive six treatments for approximately 10 to 20 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced one to two weeks apart. We received three 510(k) FDA clearances for this technology in 2014, 2016 and 2017. Users conduct facial treatment with the Optimas platform using the Forma handpiece and body contouring with the Contoura platform using the Plus handpiece.

Permanent Hair Reduction

Administered by a user, who is not necessarily a physician, our differentiated dual wavelength technology incorporated in the Triton platform fires two wavelengths in a single pulse destroying the hair follicles located in the dermis and subdermal layers. This procedure is continued over the target area and can last from a few minutes to 90 minutes depending on the size of the treatment area. In general, permanent hair reduction requires four to six treatments spaced four to eight weeks apart. More sessions may be required for stubborn hairs. Due to our unique dual wavelength technology, our Triton platform allows practitioners to address all skin types and tones. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for our Optimas and dual wavelength Triton platforms for permanent hair reduction treatments in 2016 and 2018, respectively. Users perform permanent hair reduction procedures with our Optimas and Triton platforms using the DiolazeXL and Triton Duo Light and Triton Duo Dark handpieces, respectively.

Women’s Health

Performed by a physician, the administration of energy addresses women’s wellness. Depending on the handpiece, the administration of bipolar RF energy or subdermal heating is applied to gently warm and massage the internal vaginal tissue (Forma V), the external vaginal tissue (Morpheus8V), or to deliver uniform heat to the entire soft tissue matrix of the labia minora, labia majora, clitoral hood, vaginal introiotus and perineal body (Aviva procedure administered by the AccuTite handpiece). Depending on the treatment type, patients typically receive between two to three treatments of approximately 15 minutes each. Treatments are typically spaced two to three weeks apart. We received 510(k) FDA clearance for FormaV for certain indications in 2017. In July 2018 we received a letter from the FDA seeking information as to the regulatory basis for marketing of our FormaV handpiece based on our promotion and labeling of this device for use in certain women’s health conditions and procedures. We timely responded to the FDA by immediately altering the wording of our promotional and labeling materials, and we submitted a response letter in August 2018 answering the FDA’s questions and advising the agency that we had modified our promotional and labeling materials to remove certain statements regarding uses of our products for conditions and procedures that were questioned by the FDA in the agency’s informational request letter. The FDA responded in September 2018 by stating that the agency had reviewed our response letter and verified the changes in terminology made to our website. Moreover, the FDA further responded in November 2018 and confirmed we addressed all items raised by the agency in its letter, and that the FDA continues to expect us to conduct a review of our marketing and promotional materials to make appropriate changes and remove materials containing uncleared claims. We have received no further communications from the agency regarding this matter.

48

Sales and Marketing

Our primary strategy to increase market penetration relies on selling directly to our traditional customer base of plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists and OB/GYNs. We believe we are the only company commercializing minimally-invasive aesthetic solutions specifically targeting the surgical community and believe our products represent a significant opportunity for these practitioners to deliver improved patient treatment results and significantly increase their ability to generate additional revenue. We are also targeting newer market opportunities consisting of OB/gyns, ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians as an incremental growth opportunity.

We target potential customers through office visits, trade shows, professional journals and various forms of paid and unpaid media. We also conduct clinical workshops featuring recognized expert panelists and key opinion leaders to promote existing and new treatment techniques using our products. We believe that these workshops enhance customer loyalty and provide us with new sales opportunities. We plan to continue to offer a large number of workshops spanning from single-day workshops to three-day workshops. We also use direct mail programs to target specific segments of the market that we seek to access, such as members of medical societies and attendees at meetings sponsored by medical societies or associations. In addition, we maintain an active public relations program that has resulted in treatments based on our products being featured in various televised and printed media outlets including InStyle, Shape, The Doctors and Harper’s Bazaar. In August 2019, international pop icon, Paula Abdul, agreed to join us as our brand ambassador to share her positive experience with our BodyTite, FaceTite and Morpheus8 technologies.

We currently sell and market our products in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Spain, France, Australia and India, through a direct sales force of approximately 154 representatives. We also sell and market our products through 39 distributors in 47 countries. Our U.S. sales efforts are headquartered in Lake Forest, California. To support the continued roll-out of our products and further penetrate the market, we anticipate that our direct salesforce in the United States will continue to increase.

In international markets, to complement our direct sales force in Canada, the United Kingdom, Spain, France, Australia and India, we sell our products through a network of distributors. Our Canadian sales efforts are headquartered in Toronto, Canada. As of December 31, 2020, we had an international sales management team of five employees supporting 39 independent distributors. The percentage of our revenues from customers located outside of the United States for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 27% and 21%, respectively. We intend to continue to increase penetration of our customer base in international markets and expand into attractive new international markets, including within the Canada, United Kingdom, Spain, France, Australia and India, by identifying and training qualified distributors. In addition, we may opportunistically hire a direct sales force and expand our marketing campaigns in select international markets. We require our distributors to provide customer training, to invest in equipment and marketing and to attend certain exhibitions and industry meetings.

Service and Support

We support our customers with a range of services, including installation and product training, business and practice development consulting and product service and maintenance. In connection with the direct sales of our products, we arrange for the installation of the system and initial product training. In the United States, our dedicated sales representatives install our systems and our clinical support staff provides customer training. Outside of the United States, our trained third-party distributors install our systems and provide training. The cost of installation and initial training are all included in the purchase price of our systems.

We service our products in three service centers: (1) the U.S. market is serviced through our facility in Lake Forest, California, (2) the Canadian market is serviced through our facility in Toronto, Canada, and (3) the rest of the world is serviced through our distributors and our facility in Yokneam, Israel. In the event of a technical malfunction, our customers first contact us (if in the United States or Canada) or our distributors (if outside of the United States or Canada) telephonically. If a product requires service or repair that cannot be addressed telephonically, we or our distributors ship a temporary “loaner” system to the customer as soon as possible, often overnight. This unique “loaner” system reduces any product downtime and associated lost revenues for the physician. We then arrange for shipment of the defective product to one of our service centers in the United States or Canada. Outside the United States or Canada, the product is sent to our distributors or our facility in Israel. Either we or our distributors quickly repair the faulty product and ship it back to the customer. We have designed our products in a light-weight, modular fashion to enable quick and efficient service and support. Specifically, we build our platforms to be less than 35 kilograms in weight to ensure acceptance by traditional, commercial third-party logistics providers for next-day delivery of replacement products without requiring specialized shipping procedures. We believe our depot service and support model provides for more efficient and less costly operations.

49

Our standard warranty term is 12 months, however, many of our products are sold with multi-year warranties. Our standard warranty covers parts, labor, participation in our loaner program and a white glove, door-to-door, shipping service for expedited repair service, and can be extended for an additional charge. We believe that we have a significant opportunity to increase our recurring customer revenue by increasing the number of our customers that enter into service contracts and extended warranties for our systems. All of our distributors have a service department and are required by us to maintain a full inventory of spare parts. All service staff is trained by our service department in Israel.

Manufacturing and Supply

We rely primarily on outsourced manufacturing to produce our devices while maintaining control over the production process. Outsourcing allows us to carry low inventory levels and maintain fixed unit costs without incurring significant capital expenditures. We outsource almost all of the manufacturing of our products to four subcontractors located in Israel, two of which we are substantially dependent on as part of our business. Through our strategic arrangement with Flextronics (Israel) Ltd., or Flex, and Medimor Ltd. we maintain dedicated manufacturing lines supervised by us in Flex and Medimor’s medical grade manufacturing facilities in Migdal Haemek and Poriya, Israel. Within the Flex and Medimor facilities, all proprietary manufacturing, testing and assembly equipment has been built and is owned by us. We also use three separate manufacturers in addition to Flex and Medimor to produce our handpieces and disposables.

We believe our outsourced manufacturers’ processes comply with all applicable U.S. and international quality and safety standards, such as ISO 13485:2016, CE and the FDA quality system regulations. We conduct in-house prototype development and present detailed manufacturing documents to our subcontractors, who then purchase most of the necessary components and manufacture the product. These manufacturing subcontractors provide us fully assembled, or “turn-key,” services. We control and monitor the quality of our products by having one of our quality control employees at each of our subcontractor’s facilities.

The contracts we have with manufacturing subcontractors do not have minimum purchase requirements and allow us to purchase end products entered into on a purchase order basis. Under these contracts, our manufacturing subcontractors provide manufacturing services pursuant to our written specifications. These manufacturing services include labor, materials, testing, packaging and delivery, as well as allocating production and storage space within their facilities for our products. Pricing under these contracts are reviewed between us and the manufacturing subcontractors every three months. The contracts typically have one-year terms that automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless either we or the manufacturing subcontractor provide three months written notice prior to the expiration of the term. To date, we have not experienced any significant manufacturing delays. The contracts can be terminated by either party, without cause, with four months prior written notice.

We manufacture all laser and IPL handpieces in our facility in Yokneam, Israel and procure other major components of our products on behalf of our third-party manufacturers from a limited number of suppliers. We have flexibility to adjust the number of lasers and other components that we either manufacture or procure as well as the delivery schedules. The forecasts that we use are based on historical demands and expected future plans. Lead times may vary significantly depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the components. We intend to reduce any potential for delays of supply by maintaining relationships with multiple suppliers of major components. To date, we have not experienced significant delays in obtaining our major components.

50

In November 2019, we signed a Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement, or the SPA, with (BY) Medimor Ltd., or Medimor, one of our turnkey manufacturing subcontractors. Pursuant to the SPA, we committed to invest an aggregate of $600,000, or the Investment Amount, in several closings, in consideration for up to 1,369,863 ordinary shares of Medimor (which reflected a 10.34% ownership interest in Medimor at the signing date, on a fully diluted basis), at a price per share of $0.438, of which 414,384 ordinary shares were issued upon consummation of the initial closing on December 31, 2019, and additional 955,479 ordinary shares, or the Milestone Shares, were to be issued upon, and subject to the occurrence of, certain milestone events. In July 2020 the milestone events have been met and, accordingly, the Milestone Shares have been issued to us. As of December 31, 2020, we had paid Medimor the full Investment Amount, and were issued 1,369,863 ordinary shares of Medimor, which reflected 10.34% ownership interest in Medimor, on a fully diluted basis, upon the last of such issuances.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities are conducted internally by a team of 16 research and development staff based in Israel. Our research and development efforts are focused on the development of new products, as well as on the extension of our existing products to introduce new applications in the minimally and non-invasive and medical aesthetic markets. We expect to concentrate our research and development efforts in the coming years on developing procedures and platforms based on our proprietary technologies: (i) RFAL, (ii) Deep Subdermal Fractional RF (iii) Simultaneous Fat Destruction and Skin Tightening and (iv) Deep Heating Collagen Remodeling, and developing new technologies. We have a number of new projects and products under development, mainly focusing on additional minimally and non-invasive aesthetic and medical treatments.

Our research and development expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were approximately $9.5 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

Seasonality

Our business is not significantly impacted by seasonality; however, our fourth quarter has historically generated slightly stronger operating results. We have historically experienced stronger sales in the fourth quarter in correlation with our customers’ spending patterns and budget cycles. Most physicians operate on an annual budget cycle with a fiscal year that begins on January 1. It is not uncommon to experience a higher level of purchasing activity from physicians in the final months and weeks of their fiscal year. Consequently, our fourth quarter revenues may be greater than other quarters. Our business is also impacted by general economic conditions, which may impact future seasonal variations.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and copyright laws to protect our intellectual property rights.

Patents and Patent Applications

As of February 9, 2021, we own seven issued U.S. patents and one issued Korean patent. As of February 9, 2021, we have filed fourteen patent applications that are pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office. Out of those applications, two were filed under The Patent Cooperation Treaty and one in Europe. Our issued U.S. patents are projected to expire between 2027 and 2038 (assuming pending U.S. patent applications are approved). These patents and patent applications cover the technologies described herein, and contribute to the protection of our rights to our proprietary technology. Our patents relate to radio frequency (RF) based technology that may be used for minimally-invasive aesthetic solutions, such as fat destruction, and fractional skin ablation relating to skin tightening and fat destruction, among others, and cover our existing products. Without these patents, we cannot guarantee that we can prevent others from manufacturing similar products that are covered by our patent rights. We also rely on our issued patents to make, use, sell, and distribute our products. The term of the patents depends on the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are granted. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is generally 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application in the applicable country. We also rely upon trademarks in various jurisdictions covering the InMode brand and our product lines, as well as upon U.S. copyright law for protection of the software programs associated with our products.

51

We cannot assure you that patents will issue from any of our pending applications or that, if patents issue, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection for our technology. Our policy is to obtain patents and to seek to operate without infringing on the intellectual property rights of third parties. Loss or invalidation of our patents, or a finding of unenforceability or limitation of scope of our patents, could have a material adverse effect on us. The patent position of many inventions in the areas related to our business is highly uncertain, involves many complex legal, factual and technical issues and has recently been the subject of litigation industry-wide. There is no certainty in predicting the breadth of allowable patent claims or the degree of protection afforded under any issued patents.

Notwithstanding the scope of the patent protection available to us, a competitor could develop treatment methods or devices that are not covered by our patents. Furthermore, numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications unknown to us, which applications may later result in issued patents that our existing or future products or proprietary technologies may be alleged to infringe. Third parties may also obtain patents that we may need to license from them in order to conduct our business.

It is possible that patents issued to us will be successfully challenged or that patents issued to others may preclude us from commercializing our products under development. Litigation to establish or challenge the validity of patents, to defend against infringement, unenforceability or invalidity claims or to assert infringement, invalidity or unenforceability claims against others, if required, can be lengthy and expensive, and may result in determinations materially adverse to us. We cannot assure you that the products currently marketed or under development by us will not be found to infringe patents issued or licensed to others.

Patent Litigation

We have received, and we may in the future receive, allegations from third parties contending that we are infringing their patents. If such third parties were to commence infringement suits against us, and such third-party patents were found by a court to be valid, enforceable and infringed upon by us, then we could be required to pay damages and/or make royalty payments, and we could also be enjoined from continuing the infringing activity. Depending on the nature of the patent found to be infringed upon by us, a court order requiring us to cease such infringement could have a material adverse effect on us. We might be unable to design-around such patents or continue offering the products or services found to be infringing, or we could suffer other adverse consequences.

In January 2016, Syneron filed a claim with the United States District Court for the Central District of California against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries alleging that certain of our products infringed four U.S. patents owned by Syneron. In September 2018, the court granted summary judgment and ruled in our favor on all claims asserted against us related to the intellectual property in dispute. In April 2018, Syneron and Candela Corporation, or Syneron-Candela, filed claims with the International Trade Commission and with Massachusetts General Hospital, or MGH, in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries, alleging that our fractional RF products infringed two U.S. patents owned by Syneron-Candela and MGH that purport to cover systems and methods for treating skin and arranging electrodes on skin therapy devices. In January 2019, we entered into a settlement agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange for a one-time cash payment that we made to Syneron-Candela and MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, we entered into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that granted us and our affiliates a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted pursuant to the sublicense agreement.

Although we may try to resolve any potential future claims or actions, we may not be able to do so on reasonable terms, if at all. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from our core business. If we lose this kind of litigation, a court could require us to pay substantial damages and could prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, either of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Item 3D. Key Information-Risk Factors-Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property-If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed. Our success and ability to compete depends in large part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology.”

52

Copyrights, Trademarks and Trade Secrets

The software programs associated with our products are protected by U.S. copyright law.

We also filed for protection available under trademark law. As of December 31, 2020, we own 10 registered trademarks in the United States and we own at least 30 registered trademarks in various jurisdictions outside the United States, including for the marks “InMode” and “RFAL” and certain key product names, in particular, BodyTite, Contoura by InMode, FaceTite, InMode, Optimas by InMode, Triton by InMode, Votiva by InMode, Triton by InMode, AccuTite, Morpheus, BodyFX, Diolaze, Fractora and Lumecca. We also have at least 10 pending foreign trademark applications. We also have 4 trademark applications in the United States pending for “RFAL,” EvolveRF, Evolve and Evoke.

We also rely upon know-how and continuing technological innovation, and may pursue licensing opportunities in the future, to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a variety of methods, including confidentiality agreements and proprietary information agreements with suppliers, employees, consultants and others who may have access to proprietary information, under which they are bound to assign to us inventions made during the term of their employment or term of service.

All professional employees and technical consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived in connection with their services to us. However, there can be no assurance that these confidentiality and invention assignment agreements will be enforceable or that they will provide us with adequate protection.

Competition

Our industry is subject to intense competition, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants. We compete against products offered by public companies, including Allergan plc, Cutera, Inc., Apyx Medical Corporation, Venus Concept Inc., Sisram Medical Ltd. and Viveve Medical, Inc., as well as by private companies, such as Cynosure LLC (formerly Cynosure Inc.), Lumenis Ltd., BTL Aesthetics, Inc. and Syneron Medical Ltd and Candela Inc.. In the past few years, several large pharmaceutical and medical device companies have also entered the aesthetic device market, including Valeant Pharmaceuticals International Inc. and Merz Pharma Group. Our products compete against conventional medical products, including Botox, hyaluronic acid injections and collagen injections, and aesthetic procedures, such as face lifts, liposuction, sclerotherapy, electrolysis, chemical peels and microdermabrasion, that are unrelated to laser, light and RF-based technologies. Our products also compete against laser and other light and radio frequency-based products.

Competition among providers of laser and other light and radio frequency-based products for the aesthetic medical market is characterized by extensive research efforts and rapid technological progress. While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property rights, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that would compete directly with ours. There are many companies, both public and private, that are developing innovative devices that use laser and other energy-based and alternative technologies. Many of these competitors have significantly greater financial and human resources than we do and have established reputations, greater brand name recognition, broader product lines, and larger customer bases, as well as worldwide distribution channels that are more effective than ours. Additional competitors may enter the market, and we are likely to compete with new companies in the future. Any business combinations or mergers among our competitors that result in larger competitors with greater resources or distribution networks, or the acquisition of a competitor by a major medical or technology corporation seeking to enter this business, could further result in increased competition.

53

To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments by differentiating our products on the basis of performance, brand name, reputation and price. We have encountered and expect to continue to encounter potential customers who, due to existing relationships with our competitors, are committed to, or prefer the products offered by, these competitors. We expect that competitive pressures may over time result in price reductions and reduced margins for our products.

Other medical companies, academic and research institutions, or others, may develop new technologies or therapies, including medical devices, surgical procedures or pharmacological treatments and obtain regulatory approval for products utilizing such techniques that are more effective in treating the conditions that we target or are less expensive than our current or future products. Our technologies and products could be rendered obsolete by such developments.

Government Regulation

Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the relevant governmental authorities in the countries where we market and sell or products. These include the FDA, which enforces, among others, the FDCA as well as other similar laws and regulatory bodies worldwide. The Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulates the advertising of our products in the United States. Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our sales and marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny.

In some jurisdictions, such as the United States, Canada, South Korea and Israel, we must complete an application process with the relevant regulator, which includes submitting the results of clinical trials for their review. In other jurisdictions, such as the European Union and certain countries in Asia, we are required to self-certify that our devices meet the applicable standards (which may include the completion of satisfactory clinical trials) but without the requirement of a formal application with, or prior review of clinical trials by, the relevant regulatory body.

In addition to the requirements regarding product clearance, many countries also impose product standards, packaging requirements, environmental requirements, labeling requirements and import and export restrictions on our devices. Each country also has its own tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements. Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements may result in fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions, criminal prosecution, or other consequences.

In the United States, the FDCA and its implementing regulations govern the following activities that we perform and will continue to perform to help ensure that medical products distributed within the United States are safe and effective for their intended uses:

•

product design and development;

•

product testing;

•

product manufacturing;

•

product safety;

•

product labeling;

•

product storage;

•

record-keeping;

•

premarket clearance or approval;

•

advertising and promotion;

54

•

manufacturing and production;

•

product sales and distribution;

•

import, export and shipping;

•

establishment registration and device listing; and

•

recalls, field safety corrective actions and post-market surveillance.

Each of our currently marketed products has received 510(k) clearance for the uses for which they are being marketed.

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States requires 510(k) clearance or premarket approval. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes - Class I, Class II or Class III - depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory control needed to ensure safety and effectiveness. Class I includes devices with the lowest risk to the patient and are those for which safety and effectiveness can be assured by adherence to the FDA’s General Controls for medical devices, which include compliance with the applicable portions of the QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse medical events, and truthful and non-misleading labeling, advertising, and promotional materials. Class II devices are subject to the FDA’s General Controls, and special controls as deemed necessary by the FDA to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device. These special controls can include performance standards, post-market surveillance, patient registries and FDA guidance documents. While most Class I devices are exempt from the 510(k) premarket notification requirement, manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. The FDA’s permission to commercially distribute a device subject to a 510(k) premarket notification is generally known as 510(k) clearance. All of our current products are Class II devices subject to the 510(k) clearance requirements.

Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risks, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or some implantable devices, or devices that have a new intended use, or use advanced technology that is not substantially equivalent to that of a legally marketed device, are placed in Class III, requiring approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA. Some pre-amendment devices are unclassified, but are subject to the FDA’s premarket notification and clearance process in order to be commercially distributed.

510(k) Clearance Pathway

When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that our proposed device is “substantially equivalent,” as defined in the statute, to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution in the United States before May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of premarket approval applications.

After a 510(k) premarket notification is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, if the FDA requires additional information, clearance often takes far longer, and clearance is never assured. Although most 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

If the FDA determines that the device is not “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device, or if the device is automatically classified into Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process, or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. A manufacturer can also submit a petition for direct de novo review if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application or de novo classification. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires submission of a 510(k) or a PMA in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision and disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. Many minor modifications are accomplished by a letter-to-file in which the manufacture documents the change in an internal letter-to-file. The letter-to-file is in lieu of submitting a new 510(k) to obtain clearance for such change. The FDA can always review these letters to file in an inspection. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA is obtained. In addition, in these circumstances, the FDA can impose significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite PMA(s).

Over the last several years, the FDA has proposed reforms to its 510(k) clearance process, and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period, or could make it more difficult for manufacturers to utilize the 510(k) clearance process for their products. For example, in November 2018, FDA officials announced forthcoming steps that the FDA intends to take to modernize the premarket notification pathway under Section 510(k) of the FFDCA. Among other things, the FDA announced that it planned to develop proposals to drive manufacturers utilizing the 510(k) pathway toward the use of newer predicates. These proposals included plans to potentially sunset certain older devices that were used as predicates under the 510(k) clearance pathway and to potentially publish a list of devices that have been cleared on the basis of demonstrated substantial equivalence to predicate devices that are more than 10 years old. In May 2019, the FDA solicited public feedback on these proposals. These proposals have not yet been finalized or adopted, and the FDA may work with Congress to implement such proposals through legislation.

55

More recently, in September 2019, the FDA finalized guidance describing an optional “safety and performance based” premarket review pathway for manufacturers of “certain, well-understood device types” to demonstrate substantial equivalence under the 510(k) clearance pathway by showing that such device meets objective safety and performance criteria established by the FDA, thereby obviating the need for manufacturers to compare the safety and performance of their medical devices to specific predicate devices in the clearance process. The FDA maintains a list of device types appropriate for the “safety and performance based” pathway and will continue to develop product-specific guidance documents that identify the performance criteria for each such device type, as well as the testing methods recommended in the guidance documents, where feasible.

Laser devices used for aesthetic procedures, such as hair removal, have generally qualified for clearance under 510(k) procedures.

The table below presents the specific FDA 510(k) clearances, dates and summary of cleared indications for our BodyTite (Inmode RF), Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, Morpheus8 Evolve and Evoke platforms

Product Platform	Energy Source	Handpiece	FDA 510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications
InMode RF Multi Platform – Contoura	Radiofrequency (RF)	Forma(Plus), Plus90, Plus(Plus-Plus) BodyFX, MiniFX, Wmface, Fractora 24 pins tip Fractora 60 pins tip Morpheus8 24 Pin Applicator Morpheus8 40 Pin treatment tip • Morpheus8 12 Pin treatment tip • Morpheus8 T Pin treatment tip	K201150 (07/21/2020) The InMode RF Multi-System with the Non-invasive RF Applicators employs RF energy for various applications: • Forma (Plus), Plus (Plus Plus) and Plus90 for relief of minor muscle aches and pain, relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation. • WMface is intended for use in dermatologic procedures for non-invasive treatment of mild to moderate facial wrinkles and rhytids. • BodyFX™ (WMBody)/MiniFX™ for relief of minor muscle aches and pain, relief of muscle spasm, temporary improvement of local blood circulation and temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite. The InMode RF Multi-System with the Fractional Applicators employs RF energy for various applications: • Fractora Applicator with 60 pins tip is designed for use in dermatological procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin. • Fractora Applicator with 24 pins tip is intended for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62mJ/pin, use of the applicator is limited to skin types I-IV. • Morpheus8™ for dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62mJ/pin, use of the applicator is limited to skin types I-IV.
Inmode	Powered muscle stimulator	Tone	K192249 (12/17/2019) The Evolve platform is used in EMS mode for: • prevention or retardation of disuse atrophy; • maintaining or increasing range of motion; • muscle re-education; • relaxation of muscle spasms; • increasing local blood circulation; and • immediate postsurgical stimulation of calf muscles to prevent venous thrombosis; And in TENS mode for: • symptomatic relief and management of chronic, intractable pain; • post-surgical acute pain; and • post-traumatic acute pain.

56

Product Platform	Energy Source	Handpiece	FDA 510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications
InMode	Powered muscle stimulator	vTone	K200293 (05/05/2020) The InMode System with the vTone Applicator is intended to provide electrical stimulation and neuromuscular re-education for the purpose of rehabilitation of weak pelvic floor muscles for the treatment of stress, urge, and mixed urinary incontinence in women.
EmFace (Evoke)	Radiofrequency (RF)	Cheek Chin	K191855 (10/29/2019) The EmFace (Evoke) device with the Cheek and Chin applicators is indicated for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation.
EmBody (Evolve)	Radiofrequency (RF)	EMBodyPlus – Tite EmBodyFX – Trim	K183450 (06/20/2019) The EmBody (Evolve) platform with its designated applicators is intended for the treatment of the following medical conditions: The EmBodyPlus (Tite) hands-fee applicator is intended for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation. The EmBodyFX(Tite) hands-free applicator is intended for the treatment of the following medical conditions using RF combined with massage: • relief of minor muscle aches and pain, relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation; and • temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite.
InMode RF / BodyTite / EmbraceRF	Radiofrequency (RF)	Bodyrite minimally-invasive handpiece for thick body areas (>20mm)	K171593 (10/10/2017) The InMode RFIBodyTitel EmbraceRF platform with the minimally-invasive Bodyrite handpiece for thick body areas is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis.

57

Product Platform	Energy Source	Handpiece	FDA 510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications
InMode RF / Bodyrite / EmbraceRF	Radiofrequency (RF)	Bodyrite minimally-invasive handpiece for thin body areas (<20mm) or for large specialty areas	K163190 (12/12/2016) The InMode RFIBodyTitel EmbraceRF platform with the minimally-invasive Bodyrite handpiece for thin body and large specialty areas is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis.
InMode RF / EmbraceRF	Radiofrequency (RF)	FaceTite	K151793 (02/19/2016) The InMode RF/EmbraceRF platform with the FaceTite handpiece is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis.
Optimas / InMode RF	Radiofrequency (RF)	Fractora (60 pin tip)	K102461 (06/02/2011) The Optimas/InMode RF platform with the Fractora 60 pin tip handpiece is indicated for use in dermatological procedures requiring ablation and resurfacing of the skin.
Optimas / InMode RF / EmbraceRF	Radiofrequency (RF)	Fractora (24 pin tip) FractoraV	K151273 (01/04/2016) The OptimaslInMode RFI EmbraceRF platform with the Fractora 24 pin tip handpiece is indicated for use in dermatologic and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis.
Optimas	Radiofrequency (RF)	Morpheus8	K180189 (06/01/2018) The Optimas platform with the Morpheus8 handpiece is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and homeostasis.
InMode RF	Radiofrequency (RF)	Morpheus8 24 Pin Applicator Morpheus8 40 Pin treatment tip (New tip) • Morpheus8 12 Pin treatment tip (New tip) • Morpheus8 T Pin treatment tip (New tip) (maximal treatment depth 4.00 mm)	K192695 (12/27/2019) The InMode System with the Morpheus8 (Fractora) Applicators is intended for use in dermatological procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62 mJ/pin, use of the Morpheus8 (Fractora) Applicator is limited to Skin Types I-IV.
InMode	Radiofrequency (RF)	Morpheus8 24 Pin Applicator Morpheus8 40 Pin treatment tip (New tip) • Morpheus8 12 Pin treatment tip (New tip) • Morpheus8 T Pin treatment tip (New tip) maximal treatment depth 7.00 mm)	K200947 (06/12/2020) The InMode System with the Morpheus8 Applicators is intended for use in dermatological procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis. At higher energy levels greater than 62 mJ/pin, use of the Morpheus8 (Fractora) Applicator is limited to Skin Types I-IV.

58

Product Platform	Energy Source	Handpiece	FDA 510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications
InMode RF / EmbraceRF	Radiofrequency (RF)	AccuTite	K182325 (08/27/2018) The InMode RFI EmbraceRF platform with the AccuTite handpiece is indicated for use in dermatological and general surgical procedures for electrocoagulation and hemostasis.
Contoura / Optimas	Radiofrequency (RF)	Plus Plus90 Plus-Plus	K172302 (12/08/2017) The Contoura/Optimas platform with the Forma Plus, Plus90, Plus-Plus handpieces is indicated for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation.
Optimas	Intense Pulsed Light (IPL)	Lumecca 515 Lumecca 580	K123860 (04/02/2013) The Optimas platform with the Lumecca 515 and Lumecca 580 handpieces is indicated for: • the treatment of benign pigmented epidermal lesions, including dyschrornia, hyperpigmentation, melasma, ephelides (freckles); and • the treatment of benign cutaneous vascular lesions, including port wine stains, facial truncal and leg telangiectasias, rosacea, erythema of rosacea, angiomas and spider angiomas, poikilodenna of civatte, superficial leg veins and venous malformations.
Triton / Optimas	Laser	DiolazeXL	K170738 (08/07/2017) The Triton/Optimas platform with the DiolazeXL handpiece is indicated for hair removal and permanent hair reduction defined as stable, long-term reduction in hair counts at six, nine or 12 months following a treatment regime.
Triton / Optimas	Powered Laser	Vasculaze	K173677 (02/23/2018) The Triton/Optimas platform with the Vasculaze handpiece is indicated for the treatment of vascular lesions, including angiomas, hemangiomas, telangiectasia, port wine stains, leg veins and other benign vascular lesions.
Votiva	Radiofrequency (RF)	FormaV	f (07/12/2016)* The InMode Plus90 (Votiva) platform with the Forma Vhandpiece is indicated for the temporary relief of minor muscle aches and pain, temporary relief of muscle spasm, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation.

59

Product Platform	Energy Source	Handpiece	FDA 510(k) Clearance and Cleared Indications
Contoura / Optimas	Radiofrequency (RF)	BodyFX	K131362 (10/08/2013) The Contoura/Optimas platform with the BodyFX handpiece is indicated for the treatment of: • relief of minor muscle aches and pains, muscle spasms and temporary improvement of blood circulation; and • temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite.
Contoura / Optimas	Radiofrequency (RF)	MiniFX	K160329 (08/19/2016) The Contoura/Optimas platform with the MiniFX handpiece is indicated for the treatment of: • relief of minor muscle aches and pain, muscle spasms, and temporary improvement of local blood circulation; and • temporary reduction in the appearance of cellulite.
Triton / Optimas	Laser	Triton Duo Light/ Triton Duo Dark InMode Diolaze XL 755/810nm InMode Diolaze XL 810/1064nm InMode Diolaze XL 810nm	K180719 (06/14/2018) The Triton/Optimas platform with the Triton Duo Light and Triton Duo Dark handpieces is indicated for hair removal and permanent hair reduction.
InMode	Laser	Diolaze	K142952 (11/24/2014) The InMode Diolaze device is indicated for use for hair removal and for permanent reduction in hair regrowth, defined as the long-term, stable reduction in the number of hairs regrowing when measured at 6, 9, and 12 months after the completion of a treatment regime
InMode	Laser	Diolaze	K123682 (27/02/2013) The InMode Diolaze device is indicated for use for hair removal
InMode	Radiofrequency (RF)	WMface	k140926 (12/03/2014) The InMode WMface device is intended for use in dermatologic procedures for noninvasive treatment of mild to moderate facial wrinkles and rhytids.

* In addition to the 510(k) clearance, we also market the FormaV for use with the Votiva platform pursuant to a classification regulation for “genital vibrators for therapeutic use” under 21 C.F.R. 884.5960, which permits “electronically operated devices intended and labeled for therapeutic use in the treatment of sexual dysfunction or as an adjunct to Kegel’s exercise (tightening of the muscles of the pelvic floor to increase muscle tone)” to be marketed without a 510(k) clearance.

60

Premarket Approval Pathway

A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling, to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction.

No device that we have developed has required premarket approval, nor do we currently expect that any future device or indication will require premarket approval.

Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:

•

QSR, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

•

clearance or approval of product modifications to 510(k)-cleared or PMA-approved devices that could affect safety or effectiveness;

•

labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses;

•

advertising and promotion requirements;

•

medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their devices may have caused or contributed to deaths or serious injuries or malfunctioned in ways that would likely cause or contribute to deaths or serious injuries if the malfunctions were to recur;

•

medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require the manufacturers to report to the FDA corrections and removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health; and

•

post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the devices.

We may be subject to similar foreign laws that may include applicable post-marketing requirements such as safety surveillance. Our manufacturing processes are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and the facilities and controls for the design, manufacture, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, distribution, installation and servicing of finished devices intended for human use. The QSR also requires, among other things, maintenance of a device master file, device history file, and complaint files. As a manufacturer, our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic scheduled or unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR or other applicable regulatory requirements could result in the shut-down of, or restrictions on, our manufacturing operations and the recall or seizure of our products. The discovery of previously unknown problems with any of our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of increasing severity or frequency, whether resulting from the use of the device within the scope of its clearance or off-label by a physician in the practice of medicine, could result in restrictions on the device, including the removal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory device recalls.

61

The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the facilities of our manufacturing subcontractors.

We also are regulated under the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act, which requires laser products to comply with performance standards, including design and operation requirements, and manufacturers to certify in product labeling and in reports to the FDA that their products comply with all such standards. The law also requires laser manufacturers to file new product and annual reports, maintain manufacturing, testing and sales records, and report product defects. Various warning labels must be affixed and certain protective devices installed, depending on the class of the product.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

•

warning or untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

•

unanticipated expenditures, repair, replacement, refunds, recalls, administrative detention or seizure of products;

•

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

•

refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMAs of new products or new intended uses;

•

withdrawing 510(k) clearance or PMAs that have already been granted; and

•

criminal prosecution.

The FDA also has the authority to require us to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device that we have manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are also subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those related to the environment, health and safety, land use, and quality assurance. We believe that we are in compliance with these laws and regulations as currently in effect, and our compliance with such laws will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings, and competitive and financial position.

Other Healthcare Laws

Although none of our products or procedures using our products are currently covered by any state or federal government healthcare programs, or any private commercial payor, we may be subject to a number of foreign, federal, and state laws and regulations that may restrict our business practices, including, without limitation, anti-kickback, false claims, physician payment transparency and data privacy and security laws. The government has interpreted these laws broadly as they apply to the marketing and sales activities of manufacturers and distributors. Companies targeted in such prosecutions and in civil litigation have paid substantial fines, penalties, and settlements in the hundreds of millions of dollars or more, have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, can be excluded from federal health care programs, and have often become subject to consent decrees, settlement agreements or corporate integrity agreements severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their business. Many U.S. states and countries outside the United States have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that may be broader in scope than the U.S. federal laws, and may apply regardless of payor, in addition to items and services reimbursed under government programs.

62

International Regulations

International manufacturing and sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.

The primary regulatory environment in Europe is that of the European Union or EU, which consists of 27 countries encompassing most of the major countries in Europe. The European Union has adopted numerous specific directives regulating the design, manufacture, clinical investigations, conformity assessment, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices.

Devices that comply with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive (Directive 93/42/EEC) will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, the member states of the European Economic Area, or EEA (which is comprised of the 27 EU countries, plus Norway, Liechtenstein, and Iceland), and countries that have entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and (risk) class of the product but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a notified body, an independent organization designed by an EU country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. An assessment by a notified body in one member state of the European Union, the EEA or a country that has entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. European Standardization Committees and the International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, have promulgated voluntary harmonized standards. Compliance with applicable standards establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking.

As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the essential requirements must be based, among other things, on the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use, that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device are supported by suitable evidence. All manufacturers placing medical devices into the market in the EEA must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System. Under this system, incidents must be reported to the relevant authorities of the Member States of the EEA, and manufacturers are required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions, or FSCAs, to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. An incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics and/or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health. An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device. FSCAs must be communicated by the manufacturer or its legal representative to its customers and/or to the end users of the device through Field Safety Notices.

On May 25, 2017, the EU passed the Medical Devices Regulation (Regulation 2017/745) entered into force, which repeals and replaces the EU Medical Devices Directive. Unlike directives, which must be implemented into the national laws of the EEA member states, regulations are directly applicable (i.e., without the need for adoption of EEA member state laws implementing them) in all EEA member states and are intended to eliminate current differences in the regulation of medical devices among EEA member states. The Medical Devices Regulation, among other things, is intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and sustainable regulatory framework across the EEA for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation.

63

The Medical Devices Regulation was however originally intended to become applicable three years after publication, and in April 2020 such transition period was extended by the European Parliament and the Council of the EU by an additional year – until May 26, 2021. Devices lawfully placed on the market pursuant to the Medical Devices Directive prior to May 26, 2021 may generally continue to be made available on the market or put into service until May 26, 2025. Once applicable, the new regulations will among other things:

•

strengthen the rules on placing devices on the market and reinforce surveillance once they are available;

•

establish explicit provisions on manufacturers’ responsibilities for the follow-up of the quality, performance and safety of devices placed on the market;

•

improve the traceability of medical devices throughout the supply chain to the end-user or patient through a unique identification number;

•

set up a central database to provide patients, healthcare professionals and the public with comprehensive information on products available in the European Union; and

•

strengthened the rules for the assessment of certain high-risk devices, such as implants, which may have to undergo an additional check by experts before they are placed on the market.

These modifications may have an impact on the way we design and manufacture products and the way we conduct our business in the EEA.

Following the end of the “Brexit” Transition Period, from 1 January 2021 onwards, the Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency (“MHRA”) will be responsible for the UK medical device market. The new regulations will require medical devices to be registered with the MHRA (but manufacturers will be given a grace period of four to 12 months to comply with the new registration process). Manufacturers based outside the UK will need to appoint a UK Responsible Person to register devices with the MHRA in line with the grace periods. By July 1, 2023, in the UK (England, Scotland, and Wales), all medical devices will require a UKCA (UK Conformity Assessed) mark but CE marks issued by EU notified bodies will remain valid until this time. However, UKCA marking alone will not be recognized in the EU. The rules for placing medical devices on the Northern Ireland market will differ from those in the UK.

Several member states of the EEA have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements and allow the marketing of medical devices that meet European Union requirements.

In Israel, the Medical Equipment Law generally governs the regulatory process and authorizations required for the manufacture, marketing and use of medical and certain aesthetic products in Israel. Under the Medical Equipment Law, we are required to register our products with the Israeli Ministry of Health. The Medical Equipment Law offers a fast-track approval process for devices that received approval from certain non-Israeli regulatory agencies, including FDA clearance or CE marks. The registration process under this fast-track process involves submitting an application to the Israeli Ministry of Health which includes, among other things, documentation confirming receipt of the necessary regulatory approvals, such as 510(k) clearance or CE mark certification. In addition, we must provide details regarding the approval, including the period for which the applicable device was authorized for marketing in the applicable country, registration terms, any limitations, and any instructions given with respect to the labeling and packaging of such device. If approved, the registration of the device in Israel will be valid for the same period that such device was authorized to be marketed in the applicable non-Israeli country (but in any event not more than five years from the date of registration in Israel), and the device will be subject to the terms and conditions imposed by the relevant non-Israeli regulatory agency, if any. We have taken advantage of such fast-track approval in the past. All of our products that we currently sell in Israel are registered with the Israeli Ministry of Health, with registrations expiring on January 31, 2021. We have applied for extensions as required to maintain active registrations.

Federal Communications Commission and other governmental agencies governing the use of radio frequency energy

Our products generate and use radio frequency energy and therefore may be subject to technical equipment authorization and other regulatory requirements in the countries and regions where they are marketed or distributed. In the United States, our products are subject to the Federal Communications Commission’s equipment verification procedures, under which the manufacturer is required to determine or verify that the equipment complies with the applicable technical standards and to keep a record of test measurements demonstrating compliance before the equipment can be marketed or sold in the United States. Any modifications to our products may require reverification before we are permitted to market and distribute the modified devices.

We obtain regulatory approvals in countries requiring advance clearance of our products before they are marketed or distributed in those countries. Our failure to comply with the technical, equipment authorization or other regulatory requirements of a specific country or region could impair our ability to commercially market and distribute our products in that country or region.

64

Data Protection

Our business involves the use, storage and transmission of information about our employees, our customers and, to a certain extent, clients of our customers. In the course of our operations, we may gain access to confidential customer information, including nonpublic personal data. We are bound by certain agreements to use and disclose this information in a manner consistent with the privacy standards under regulations applicable to our customers and are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect this information. With the recent increase in publicity regarding data breaches resulting in improper dissemination of consumer information, many states have passed laws regulating the actions that a business must take if it experiences a data breach, such as prompt disclosure to affected customers, governmental entities, and the media. In addition to data breach notification laws, some states have enacted statutes and rules requiring businesses to protect certain types of personal information they hold or to otherwise comply with certain specified data security requirements for personal information. We intend to protect all personal information and to comply with all applicable laws regarding the protection of such information.

As an Israeli headquartered company, we are subject to the Israeli Protection of Privacy Law of 1981 and the Privacy Protection Regulations (Data Security) 5777-2017 Further, in the U.S., numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including data breach notification laws, health information privacy laws and consumer protection and advertising laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), that govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health-related and other personal information could apply to our operations or the operations of our collaborators and third-party providers. For example, the CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020, gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. Further, the CPRA recently passed in California. The CPRA will impose additional data protection obligations on covered businesses, including additional consumer rights processes, limitations on data uses, new audit requirements for higher risk data, and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data. It will also create a new California data protection agency authorized to issue substantive regulations and could result in increased privacy and information security enforcement. The majority of the provisions will go into effect on January 1, 2023, and additional compliance investment and potential business process changes may be required.

In the European Union and the EEA, the GDPR imposes several stringent requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, higher standards for obtaining consent from individuals to process their personal data, more robust disclosures to individuals and a strengthened individual data rights regime, shortened timelines for data breach notifications, limitations on retention and secondary use of information, increased requirements pertaining to health data and pseudonymised (i.e., key-coded) data and additional obligations when we contract third-party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR provides that EU and EEA member states may make their own further laws and regulations limiting the processing of genetic, biometric or health data, which could limit our ability to use and share personal data or could cause our costs to increase, and harm our business and financial condition. Failure to comply with the requirements of GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the EU and EEA member states may result in fines of up to €20 million or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, and other administrative penalties. To comply with the new data protection rules imposed by GDPR, we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance. Further, from January 1, 2021, we are subject to the GDPR and also the UK GDPR, which, together with the amended UK Data Protection Act 2018, retains the GDPR in UK national law. The UK GDPR mirrors the fines under the GDPR, e.g. fines up to the greater of €20 million (£17.5 million) or 4% of global turnover. The relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains unclear, and it is unclear how UK data protection laws and regulations will develop in the medium to longer term, and how data transfers to and from the United Kingdom will be regulated in the long term. Currently there is a four to six-month grace period agreed in the European Union and UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement, ending June 30, 2021 at the latest, whilst the parties discuss an adequacy decision. However, it is not clear whether (and when) an adequacy decision may be granted by the European Commission enabling data transfers from European Union member states to the United Kingdom long term without additional measures. These changes will lead to additional costs and increase our overall risk exposure.

Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal data from the EEA and the United Kingdom to the United States. Most recently, on July 16, 2020, the CJEU invalidated the Privacy Shield under which personal data could be transferred from the EEA to US entities who had self-certified under the Privacy Shield scheme. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of the standard contractual clauses (a standard form of contract approved by the European Commission as an adequate personal data transfer mechanism, and potential alternative to the Privacy Shield), it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of the standard contractual clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals and additional measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place, however, the nature of these additional measures is currently uncertain. The CJEU went on to state that if a competent supervisory authority believes that the standard contractual clauses cannot be complied with in the destination country and the required level of protection cannot be secured by other means, such supervisory authority is under an obligation to suspend or prohibit that transfer. We rely on a mixture of mechanisms to transfer personal data from the EEA to the United States, and could be impacted by these recent developments, which may require us to review and amend the legal mechanisms by which we make and/or receive personal data transfers to/in the U.S.

Corporate and Social Responsibility

Our management has decided to provide corporate social responsibility reporting in 2020 as a result of increased awareness of the importance of environmental and sustainability topics and non-material company activities towards the long-term success of the company. As a manufacturer of medical devices, we already adhere to strict quality and safety requirements dictated by regulatory bodies such as the FDA, CE, Health Canada, TGA (Australia), Brazil, Japan, Chinese NMPA (previously Chinese FDA), ISO, as well as international GMP standards.

Our mission is to develop and produce innovative, life-changing technologies to enable patients to become their ‘best possible self’, in the safest and most effective manner. Our commitment to CSR topics complements InMode’s core values to provide the ultimate in customer care and support.

The SASB (Sustainability Accounting Standards Board) Sustainability Accounting Standard for Medical Equipment and Supplies has identified six Sustainability Disclosure Topics and Accounting Metrics. We have chosen to report on the topics of Product Safety and Supply Chain Management as they reflect our focus on manufacturing and delivering high-quality, and extremely safe medical devices. The report will also highlight our impact on the local economies in government-designated development areas in the periphery where we work with contract suppliers and subcontractors.

This report will specifically focus on our primary assembly and manufacturing facilities, located in Israel, the company’s headquarters. Further information on our corporate social responsibility efforts is available on our website. The information contained on our website or available through our website is not incorporated by reference into and should not be considered a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and the reference to our website in this Annual Report on Form 20-F is an inactive textual reference only.

65

Management Discussion

This management discussion will cover briefly the remaining four topics in the SASB.

Affordability & Pricing - InMode is a public company, as such, responsibility to its shareholders is a primary goal guiding the company’s business practices. Profitability and gross margin are significant considerations for management when determining the prices our products. Our customers are plastic surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists, gynecologists and ear, nose and throat physicians. Our procedures are voluntary, are not covered by health insurance, and are paid out-of-pocket by the patient. The company’s product configuration and pricing policies are designed to enable customers to attain profitability, achieve a relatively quick return-on-investment, or ROI, and provide services to their patients at reasonable costs. This business model is in contrast to the competition, where some companies pricing scheme includes a ‘pay-per-click’ model where physicians pay a fee based on each use of the device, in addition to paying for disposables. The absence of an extra fee for use of the platform translates into improved ROI for our customer, and can be passed on to the patient for a more reasonable cost of the aesthetic procedure.

Ethical Marketing - We focus on developing, manufacturing and marketing products that are safe, efficient, and provide superior results is integrated into all of the company’s marketing messages. We invest significant resources in clinical marketing, and in the publication of clinical articles, based on actual data from leading surgeons. An important issue in the aesthetic industry is the use of before and after photos showing the actual effect of the procedures.

Product Design & Lifecycle Management - We are a technology-driven company with the mission to develop innovative and life-changing technologies. Led by InMode Chief Technology Officer, Dr Michael Kreindel, the research and development process occurs in parallel with the regulatory path.

Business Ethics - As a publicly traded company, We adhere to strict business ethics and are obligated to comply with SEC reporting requirements.

Product Safety

As a manufacturer of medical devices, our management approaches the issue of product safety as a high priority. Management is aware that product defects may carry liabilities, especially in the field of medical health and well-being. Working with our clinical biologists, mechanical and electrical engineers, and clinical investigators, we design our products with safety features designed built-in.

Built-in Safety Features

Safety features are built in to the products even before the product design parameters are finalized. As a result of our dedication to developing and manufacturing safe and effective products, we report that, to our knowledge, there have been no serious adverse events for any of our products.

We have developed the ACE Technology to assure patient safety for all of our products. The ACE Technology was developed by us to safely optimize the peak energy emitted by the radiofrequency devices. The ACE Technology involves three stages:

ACQUIRE - Smart RF temperature sensors built into the handpiece reads skin temperature 1000x per second to acquire therapeutic skin contraction temperature without overheating. Measurements are clearly displayed on the system’s control screen and audible indicators alert the operator to critical changes in the temperature and impedance profile in real time.

66

CONTROL - This feature is a proprietary software algorithm that allows the clinician unprecedented safety and control by providing programmable “CUT-OFF” temperature between 35°C - 43°C.

EXTEND - Clinical evidence indicates that prolonged exposure at (41°C - 43°C) is advantageous for skin tightening. This feature provides practitioners with the confidence to expose patients’ skin and adipose tissue to clinically therapeutic temperatures for as long as necessary, without the risk of adverse incidents.

Our newest platforms, Evoke and Evolve, a hands-free solution for body shaping for the body and facial areas includes a unique safety button, enabling immediate cessation of product operation.

Supply Chain Management

Since 2010, we have launched nine product platforms: BodyTite, Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, Evolve, Evoke and Morpheus8. Each product consists of the following components: a platform that incorporates multiple energy sources, one or more handpieces or hands-free applicators, our proprietary software and a simple user interface with touch screen. Our platforms have a small footprint and are lightweight compared to our competitors’ systems, which are typically larger and heavier. Our products can be upgraded easily by the user in order to perform additional treatments by adding handpieces, hands-free applicators and/or installing software in the existing platform. The ease of upgrades enables our customers to meet demand for aesthetic solutions through additional service offerings.

Our management has made a strategic decision to work with approved Tier 1 sub-contractors and contract manufacturers locally in the understanding that their manufacturing expertise will assure continuous supply of high-quality product. Our supply chain and audit program ensures traceability and is essential to protect patients’ health and retain corporate value.

Our Quality Management System (QMS)

As a manufacturer of medical devices, we are required to participate in a physical bi-annual audit process for 100% of our products to fulfill regulatory requirements in the United States, Canada, Brazil, EU and Australia. The audit covers regulatory requirements for medical device manufacturers, and includes the ISO 13485:2016 requirements for a Quality Management System (“QMS”). Additionally, we have regulatory approvals received or are in process for our products in different countries around the world, such as China, Japan, Taiwan, Thailand. The annual audit is performed by DEKRA, independent auditors.

As our primary market is the United States, all of our products are usually first approved for marketing by the FDA. In accordance with FDA regulations, all of our products first undergo pre-approval inspection before going to market with a new product.

Regulatory approval for a product is given by the FDA for the design, production, labeling, promotion, manufacturing, and testing of our products. Regulatory approval is maintained by bi-annual audits, including a routine inspection of our facility, together with the manufacturing facilities of Flex and Medimor, our primary contract manufacturers, and a strict review of all enforcement policies.

Our Tier 1 Suppliers

We manufacture our products in four main facilities: Flex Ltd, B.Y. Medimor Ltd, Resonetics Israel Ltd , and in-house. Based on purchasing, Medimor supplies 40% of our product platforms and handpieces, Flex Ltd provides 22% of our product platforms and handpieces, InMode in-house manufacturing provides 22% of our product, Resonetics provides 15% of our product, and the remaining percentage is made up of an assortment of suppliers. In addition to audits by DEKRA, InMode’s notified body, these subcontractors are also audited by us to ensure quality control of the manufacturing processes, together with final product at their facilities.

67

One supplier, Resonetics, manufactures all of our minimally invasive handpieces. In addition to audits by DEKRA, our notified body and third-party auditor, this supplier is also audited by us to assure quality control of the manufacturing processes, together with final product at their facilities.

Flex Ltd (Migdal HaEmek, Israel)(“Flex”) - Flex Ltd provides us with a turnkey contract manufacturing solution. In this role, the company performs logistics, purchasing, material planning, production engineering, production, testing and supply of complete electronic systems.

Flex Ltd operates within ISO 13485:2016 manufacturing regulations and participates in annual audits. The contractor manufactures the following InMode systems and is responsible for approximately 22% of our manufacturing outputs.

B.Y. Medimor Ltd. (Tiberias, Israel) (“Medimor”) - Medimor provides us with logistics, purchasing, material planning, production engineering, production, testing and supply of components for disposables, and applicators. The contractor manufactures the following InMode systems and is responsible for approximately 40% of our manufacturing outputs. Medimor operates within ISO 13485:2016 manufacturing regulations and participates in annual audits.

Resonetics Israel Ltd.(Or Akiva, Israel) (“Resonetics”) - This supplier provides logistics, purchasing, material planning, production engineering, production, testing and final assembly of the company’s minimally invasive handpieces. Resonetics provides 15% of our manufacturing outputs.

Traceability efforts within the Distribution Chain

We are a medical device manufacturer, and require FDA approval for all of our products, and as such, are obligated to maintain traceability within the distribution chain. The InMode QMS as approved by the FDA mandates procedures of traceability and records from the MFG and traceability within the distribution chain, such that sales records shall be included.

This includes written procedures for traceability of components, assemblies, subassemblies, and final product, including distribution and sales records for every product sold.

Traceability in the Manufacturing Process

We manufacture platforms, applicators, handpieces, and disposable tips, and maintains a small inventory of spare parts. A ‘History File’ is prepared for each product, and includes a cover page with product label, process tag, subsystem history and fault history.

Traceability from the manufacturer to the end user

Our advanced ERP software (MFG from QAD) controls and monitors the entire manufacturing and distribution process.

Choosing local suppliers - InMode as an engine for local economic development

The State of Israel has established designated “Development A” areas in the periphery as a national priority for economic development and provides financial incentives to high technology companies that establish their headquarters in these locations. For this reason, InMode has been established in centrally located Yokneam, a designated “Development A” area in the periphery. In light of this government incentive, whenever possible, the Company chooses suppliers and contractors that are also located in the periphery, and together the companies create a local ecosystem of growth in priority areas for development.

Two suppliers, Flex and Medimor, provide 90% of our manufacturing capabilities, and were specifically chosen as suppliers due to their locations in “Development A” designated areas. Supporting local industry in the periphery is a core value for the company and is reflected in the choice of these Tier 1 suppliers, even while comparable companies in central Israel may have been “cheaper.”

Our focus on the use of local suppliers, especially these Tier 1 suppliers who manufacturer 90% of our products, significantly reduces air and sea transportation of components, parts, and finished product from abroad, significantly reducing transportation expenses, and associated environmental considerations.

68

Risks associated with the use of materials

Our products are manufactured by our suppliers according to ISO regulations for quality control and according to ROHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment) Directive 2011/65/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (recast). Certificates can be provided. Our two main contract suppliers perform redundancy operations and serve as mutual second sources. Our inventories are monitored using an advanced ERP system, assuring consistent supply of materials to the contractors and suppliers. Our products do not include any conflict minerals in the process (tin, tantalum, gold, tungsten).

People and Community Engagement

People

We currently have 311 employees, located throughout the world. There are 62 employees at our headquarters in Yokneam and 211 employees in North America, our largest market. The remaining employees are located in our subsidiaries around the world.

Community Involvement

We are involved in two ongoing volunteer projects in Yokneam, where the Company is located. We have adopted the local Senior Club, and provides ongoing support to the seniors, especially on holidays. Employees and management donate time and resources to prepare and deliver gift baskets and holiday treats.

Together with this important project, we regularly support ‘special projects’ in the Yokneam community, such as providing backpacks at the start of the school year for underprivileged students.

We are involved with an exciting project in robotics with the country’s high school students. Moshe Mizrahy, InMode’s CEO has personally become involved with the RoboActive group from the Zinman High School in Dimona, Israel. The city of Dimona, located in the southern part of Israel, is one of Israel’s lowest income cities. We have supported the robotic team of the Zinman High School with more than just financial resources. Our engineers provide ongoing mentoring, and experience in designing electromechanical devices. The RoboActive Group from Dimona has won awards in 2017, 2018, and 2019.

69

C. Organizational Structure

Our significant subsidiaries, the countries of their incorporation/residence and proportion of ownership interest are as follows:

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation	Percentage Ownership
Invasix Inc.	Delaware, USA	100%
Invasix Corp.	Canada	100%
InMode M.D. Ltd.	Israel	100%
Invasix UK Ltd.	United Kingdom	51%
InMode Japan KK	Japan	100%
Invasix Iberia S.L.	Spain	100%
Guangzhou InMode Medical Technology Ltd.	China	100%
InMode Asia Limited.	Hong Kong	100%
InMode India Private Limited	India	100%
InMode Australia Pty Ltd	Australia	100%
IMD France EURL	France	100%

D. Property, Plants and Equipment

We lease our main office, manufacturing and research and development facilities, located in the Industrial Zone in Yokneam, Israel, pursuant to a lease that expires in December 2021. In January 2019 and February 2020, we signed a supplemental lease agreement, expanding our headquarters in Israel. We currently lease approximately 18 thousand square feet in the Israeli facility. Our current monthly rent payment is approximately $35 thousand.

Our U.S. subsidiary leases an approximately seven thousand -square feet facility in Lake Forest, California pursuant to a lease that expires in August 2022. Our current monthly rent payment is approximately $10 thousand.

In August of 2020, our U.S. subsidiary, signed a new leasing agreement, for an approximately 24 thousand - square feet facility located in Orange County, California, to support our expanding operations in the U.S. The new lease agreement is for seven years and four months and occupation of the new facility will commence beginning in March or April of 2021. Monthly rent payment will begin at approximately $25 thousand.

Our Canadian subsidiary leases approximately six thousand square feet facility in Richmond Hill, Ontario pursuant to a lease that expires in June 2022 in consideration for a current monthly rent payment of approximately $6 thousand.

From time to time, we also lease small properties, mainly for offices for subsidiaries around the world which range for periods of up to 3 years. In February 2020, our subsidiary in Australia signed a new lease agreement for its offices that expires in January 2023.

We believe our current office space is sufficient to meet our anticipated needs for the foreseeable future and is suitable for the conduct of our business

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

70

ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

Overview

We design, develop, manufacture and commercialize innovative, energy-based, non-invasive, minimally-invasive surgical aesthetic and medical treatment solutions. Since 2010, we have launched nine product platforms (BodyTite, Optimas, Votiva, Contoura, Triton, EmbraceRF, Evolve, Evoke and Morpheus8) that we market and sell traditionally to plastic and facial surgeons, aesthetic surgeons, dermatologists and OB/GYNs.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a global installed base of approximately 7,250 product platforms capable of running various multi-use applicators and minimally-invasive consumables.

We anticipate that our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to several factors, including seasonality, unexpected delays in the introduction and market acceptance of our products, unexpected delays in our manufacturing operations, introduction of new and improved products by our competitors and the performance of our direct sales organization.

Components of Our Operating Results

Revenues

We generate our revenues primarily from the sale of energy-based medical aesthetic products, which consist of platforms and non-consumable handpieces and hands-free applicators. To a lesser extent, we generate revenue from the sale of consumables and from the sale of extended warranties. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we derived approximately 90% of our revenues from the sale of medical aesthetic products and approximately 10% of our revenues from the sale of consumables and extended warranties. We expect our revenues from the sale of consumables and extended warranties to increase over time as our installed base continues to grow. We have experienced growth in sales of consumables in the past four years. Recent revenue growth has been driven by, and we expect continued growth as a result of, increased patient and physician awareness of our medical aesthetic products and additional sales representatives. We have expanded our sales and marketing organization to help us drive and support revenue growth and intend to continue this expansion.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 we derived approximately $127.4 million, or 62% and $123.6 million, or 79%, respectively, of our total revenues from the sale of minimally-invasive platforms, we derived approximately $65.3 million, or 32% and $13.2 million, or 9%, respectively, of our total revenues from the sale of hands-free platforms and approximately $13.4 million, or 6% and $19.5 million, or 12%, respectively, of our total revenues from the sale of non-invasive platforms. This resulted in the year ended December 2020, in growth of $3.8 million, or 3% and $52.1 million, or 392% in revenues from the sale of minimally-invasive platforms and hands-free platforms, respectively, as appose to decrease of $6.1 million, or 31%, and non-invasive platforms. In the future, we expect that revenues from the sale of minimally-invasive platforms and hands-free platforms will continue to be a major contributor to our revenues. We anticipate that the platforms that are currently under development will contribute to our growth in revenues in 2021..Results for the year ended December 31, 2018 are provided in the consolidated financial statements and notes filed with this report on Form 20-F beginning on page F-1.

We sell our products directly in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, Spain, France, Australia and India, and indirectly through third-party distributors in other countries.

71

The following table provides information regarding the breakdown of our revenue by geographic region for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

	Years Ended December 31,
Geographic region	2020		2019
United States		73%		79%
International (non-U.S.)		27%		21%
Total		100%		100%

We believe that there are opportunities for us to generate additional revenue from existing customers who are already familiar with our products. We intend to continue to make significant investments in research and development activities, increase the number of sales representatives in our sales and marketing organization and introduce innovative next-generation pipeline products to our customers. As a result, we expect that certain existing customers will be candidates for technology upgrades to enhance the capabilities of their existing InMode products. In addition, as we continue to grow our support services program, we expect to increase the number of customers that enter into service contracts and extended warranties with us, which would result in additional recurring revenues. We also plan to expand our current product line in order to reach non-traditional customers, such as ENTs, ophthalmologists, general practitioners and aesthetic clinicians, and generate additional revenue.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of the expenses we incur to have our products manufactured and assembled by third parties and the direct costs we incur in order to obtain the materials, labor and overhead that are needed to manufacture and assemble our products.

Our cost of revenues also includes shipping, handling, service and warranty expenses, as well as salaries and personnel-related expenses for our operations management team, which is comprised of subcontractor supervisors and purchasing and quality control employees. We expect our cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.

Our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues has been, and we expect it to continue to be, affected by a variety of factors, including manufacturing costs, the average selling price of our products, the maturity of our existing products, promotional prices being offered to existing customers for our new products, and to a lesser extent the sales mix between the United States and the rest of the world as our average selling price in the United States tends to be higher than in the rest of the world. We expect our gross margin to be positively affected over time to the extent we are successful in reducing manufacturing costs as our sales volume increases and our average selling prices are maintained. However, our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period.

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expenses consist of salaries and personnel-related expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, for our employees that are primarily engaged in research, development and engineering activities. Our research and development expenses also include regulatory-related costs and expenses, external engineering fees, materials used and other overhead expenses that are incurred in connection with the design and development of our products. For further details with respect to government regulations we are subject to, see “Item 4B. Information on the Company-Business Overview-Government Regulations.” We expense all of our research and development costs as incurred. While we do not track our research and development spending by technology, product or application, we do expect that our overall research and development costs will increase in absolute dollars in the future as we develop more products and technologies. We expect research and development expenses as a percentage of our total revenue to vary over time depending on the level and timing of initiating new product development efforts.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions and personnel-related expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, for our employees that are engaged in sales and marketing activities, which include marketing and public support of our products, participation in trade shows and industry events, promotional and public relations activities, and administrative functions in support of sales and marketing. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to expand our marketing organization to both drive and support our planned growth in revenue. However, we expect sales and marketing expenses to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue primarily as, and to the extent, our revenue grows.

72

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel-related expenses, including share-based compensation expenses, for executive, accounting and administrative personnel, professional fees and other general corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to remain flat as a percentage of our total revenue due to the dismissal of all patent litigation following the entry into a settlement agreement in January 2019.

Income Taxes

We are subject to income taxes in Israel, the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions.

Our facilities in Israel were granted the status of “Benefited Enterprise” that provides us with a ten-year corporate tax exemption for undistributed income, provided that we meet certain conditions, including that the production of all of our products, directly or through subcontractors, is performed in Israel. The first year in which we were exempted from Israeli corporate tax was 2012 with the ten-year eligibility period of tax exemption expected to terminate in 2021. Starting from 2022, the Company’s corporate tax rate is expected to be between 7.5% to 9%, under the Encouragement of Capital Investments Regulations (Preferred Technology Income and Capital Profits for a Technological Enterprise), 2017.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations is based upon our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, sales and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience, authoritative pronouncements and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. On a periodic basis, we evaluate our estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The following are our critical accounting policies and the significant judgments and estimates affecting the application of those policies in our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, No. 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”) when our customers obtain control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

We apply the five-step model to contracts only when it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to our customer, after considering any price concession expected to be provided to the customer, when applicable. At contract inception, we assess the goods or services promised within each contract and determine those that are performance obligations, and assess whether each promised good or service is distinct. We then recognize as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

73

Product revenue

Revenues from product sales are recognized when the customer obtains control over our product, typically upon shipment to the customer. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenues.

Variable consideration includes price concessions related to installment sales contracts and other price concessions related to COVID-19. We estimate variable consideration using the most likely method. Amounts included in the transaction price are recognized only when it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues will not occur.

We do not grant any right of return, refund, cancelation or termination. From time to time, we participate in our customers’ marketing activities and deduct costs related to such activities from revenue.

Service Revenue

We also generate revenues from long-term maintenance contracts, or Extended Warranties. Revenue from Extended Warranties is recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the applicable service contract. Revenue from repairs performed in the absence of Extended Warranties is recognized when the related services are performed and it is probable that we will collect the consideration we are entitled to.

More information regarding revenue recognition is discussed in Note 2p in our consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC No. 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”), using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liability account balances are determined based on the differences between financial reporting and the tax basis for assets and liabilities, and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely-than-not to be realized.

ASC 740 also contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring a liability for uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes.

The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We accrue interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in our income taxes.

Share-Based Compensation

We account for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC No. 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation” (“ASC 718”) which requires that all share-based payments to employees and non-employees be recognized in our consolidated statements of income based on their fair values. The grant date fair value of share-based compensation is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period. The fair value of each share-based payment granted is estimated using the Binomial Model. We estimate forfeitures based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

We recognize compensation expense for awards conditioned only on continued service that have a graded vesting schedule using the straight-line method based on the multiple-option award approach. Performance-based option expenses are calculated based on the options valuation at the grant date, and recognized based on the probability of achieving those targets. We asses at what scale can the performance targets be reached at each balance sheet date, and expenses are recognized accordingly. We classify these amounts in our consolidated statements of income based on the department to which the related employee and non-employee reports.

74

Marketable Securities

We account for marketable securities in accordance with ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825‑10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”), which relates to certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments.

Our investments in marketable securities consist of government bonds, corporate debt securities and certificates of deposit measured at fair value in each reporting period. The fair value of quoted securities is based on current market value.

Since marketable securities represent a significant amount of our assets, we check, on periodic basis, the compliance of our investment portfolio with our investment policy.

More information regarding marketable securities is discussed in Note 2g in our consolidated financial statements.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance, or reserve, for doubtful accounts based upon known collectability issues. We review the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records an allowance when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances during the period in which such loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. While our credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the allowances established, we may not continue to experience the same credit losses that we have in the past, which could cause our provisions for doubtful accounts to increase. We work to mitigate bad debt exposure through our credit evaluation policies and geographical dispersion of sales.

Inventories Valuation

We state all inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We determine our finished products using a “moving average” method and we determine our raw materials using a “first in, first out” method. We review the need for inventory allowances when conditions indicate that the selling price could be less than cost due to physical deterioration, usage, obsolescence, reductions in estimated future demand and reductions in selling prices. We balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels with the risk of obsolescence due to changing technology and customer demand levels. Unfavorable changes in market conditions may result in a need for inventory reserves that could adversely impact our gross margins. Conversely, favorable changes in demand could result in higher gross margins when we sell products.

Product Warranty and Service Costs

We generally provide, as a standard, a one-year parts delivery and labor warranty on end-user sales of our aesthetic treatment systems. Distributors generally provide a one-year manufacturing warranty on parts only. We estimate and provide for future costs for initial product warranties at the time revenue is recognized. We base product warranty costs on related material costs, delivery cost, technical support labor costs and overhead.

We provide for the estimated cost of product warranties by considering historical material, delivery, labor and overhead expenses and applying the experience rates to the outstanding warranty period for products sold. As we sell new products to our customers, we exercise considerable judgment in estimating the expected failure rates and warranty costs. If actual product failure rates, material usage, service delivery costs or overhead costs differ from our estimates, we would be required to revise our estimated warranty liability.

75

Operating Results

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the periods presented:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2020					2019
	($)		(% of Revenues)			($)			(% of Revenues)
	(in thousands)
Revenues		206,107		100			156,361			100
Cost of revenues		30,849		15			20,238			13
Gross profit		175,258		85			136,123			87
Operating expenses:
Research and development		9,467		5			5,699			3
Sales and marketing		86,532		42			66,848			43
General and administrative		6,418		3			3,958			3
Total operating expenses		102,417		50			76,505			49
Income from operations		72,841		35			59,618			38
Finance income, net		3,291		(2	)		2,423			(2	)
Income before taxes		76,132		37			62,041			40
Income taxes		1,107		1			883			1
Net income		75,025		36			61,158			39
Add: Loss (net income) attributable to non-controlling interests		5		0			(13	)		0
Net income attributable to Inmode Ltd		75,030		36			61,145			39

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2020 to the Year Ended December 31, 2019

Revenues

Our revenues increased by approximately $49.7 million, or 32%, to approximately $206.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $156.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to a $52.1 million increase in sales of our hands-free platforms that were introduced in late 2019, as well as the expansion of our direct sales organization by 27%.

Our revenues in the United States increased by approximately $25.3 million, or 20%, to approximately $149.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $124.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in revenues of our hands-free platforms that were introduced in late 2019 in the amount of $46.0 million, as well as the expansion of our direct sales organization in the United States by 24%, which was offset by a $20.7 million decrease in sales of other platforms.

Our revenues outside of the United States increased by approximately $24.4 million, or 76%, to approximately $56.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in revenues in Asia of $11.2 million as result of new distributors and the establishment of a subsidiary in Australia at the end of 2019, an increase of $5.7 million in Europe due to an increase of distributors and of the sales team in the region and an increase of $4.9 million in Canada due to an increase in patients and physicians.

Our revenues from the sale of consumables and extended warranties for the year ended December 31, 2020, increased by approximately 46% compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth in our installed platform base by 2,450 platforms, as well as patients and physicians becoming more familiar with our products.

76

Cost of revenues

Our cost of revenues increased by approximately $10.6 million, or 52%, to approximately $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily due to increased costs to purchase manufactured products to support the higher sales volume in the amount of $7.9 million and increase in operations team expenses in the amount of $1.2 million. Our gross margin decreased to approximately 85% for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately 87% for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in higher percentage of revenues derived from sales through distributors which had increased by 109% in 2020.

Research and development expenses

Our research and development expenses increased by approximately $3.8 million, or 66%, to approximately $9.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to increased costs of share-based compensation in the amount of $2.1 million, as well as increase in cost of materials and sub-contractors used in research and development activities in the amount of $1.3 million.

Sales and marketing expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses increased by approximately $19.7 million, or 29%, to approximately $86.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $66.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in shared based-compensation in the amount of $8.2 million and approximately $8.6 million of costs relating to the expansion of our direct sales organization.

General and administrative expenses

Our general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $2.5 million, or 62%, to approximately $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase in the amount of $0.9 million was primarily attributable to an increase in legal costs and expenses and professional services associated with the company being public, increased costs associated with our product liability and directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies in the amount of $0.6 million, and an increase in share-based compensation in the amount of $0.5 million.

Finance income, net

Our finance income, net was approximately $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase in finance income, net was primarily attributable to an increase in changes in foreign currency translation in the amount of $0.7 million, and an increase in interest income from our growing portfolio of investments in government bonds and corporate debt securities and short-term bank deposits in the amount of $0.4 million.

Income taxes

Our income taxes increased by approximately $0.2 million, or 25%, to approximately $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to approximately $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. In 2020, the tax benefit derived from our “Benefited Enterprise” status was approximately $16.7 million, which represents approximately 22% of our income before taxes.

77

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for the periods indicated. We have prepared this quarterly information on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and we believe it includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the information shown. Operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.

	2020								2019
	Dec. 31		Sep. 30		Jun. 30		Mar. 31		Dec. 31		Sep. 30		Jun. 30		Mar. 31
Revenues	$	75,187	$	59,714	$	30,765	$	40,441	$	47,002	$	40,010	$	38,797	$	30,552
Cost of revenues		10,575		9,395		4,695		6,184		6,045		5,047		4,875		4,271
Gross profit		64,612		50,319		26,070		34,257		40,957		34,963		33,922		26,281
Operating expenses:
Research and development		2,260		1,959		1,816		3,432		1,587		1,329		1,584		1,199
Sales and marketing		25,239		23,758		14,536		22,999		20,127		16,726		15,898		14,097
General and administrative		1,673		1,309		1,613		1,823		1,265		927		713		1,053
Total operating expenses		29,172		27,026		17,965		28,254		22,979		18,982		18,195		16,349
Income from operations		35,440		23,293		8,105		6,003		17,978		15,981		15,727		9,932
Finance income, net		1,228		798		636		629		1,159		479		382		403
Income before taxes		36,668		24,091		8,741		6,632		19,137		16,460		16,109		10,335
Income taxes		598		207		161		141		165		267		274		177
Net income	$	36,070	$	23,884	$	8,580	$	6,491	$	18,972	$	16,193	$	15,835	$	10,158

Our quarterly revenues and operating results of operations have varied in the past and can be expected to vary in the future due to numerous factors. We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, we have funded our operations primarily from cash flows from operations, from private placements of our ordinary shares, from our initial public offering in August 2019 and from exercise of options. Since inception in January 2008, we have not received any debt financing from banks or issued any preferred or debt securities. We have received aggregate net proceeds of approximately $79.7 million from issuances of our ordinary shares, including approximately $69.8 million from our initial public offering.

In September 2020, we approved a share repurchase program of up to 1 million ordinary shares, to be purchased out of the Company's cash reserve and to be paid solely from our IPO proceeds. As of December 31, 2020, we purchased 393,441 shares in the amount of $17.2 million.

As of December 31, 2020, we had working capital of approximately $254.6 million, and our primary source of liquidity was approximately $260.5 million in cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and bank deposits.

If existing cash and cash generated from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or debt securities or obtain a credit facility. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, our shareholders would experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt financing or equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our shareholders. Financing may not be available at all, or in amounts or on terms unacceptable to us. If we are unable to obtain financing, we may be required to delay the development, commercialization and marketing of our aesthetic medical products.

78

Cash Flows

The following table represents a summary of our cash flow for the periods indicated

	Years ended December 31,
	2020			2019
Net cash provided by (used in):	(in thousands)
Operating activities	$	79,225		$	62,206
Investing activities		(43,305	)		(112,452	)
Financing activities		(12,442	)		70,173
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash		733			79
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	24,211		$	20,006

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash provided by operating activities was $79.2 million. The primary reason for net cash provided by operating activities was the net profit of $75.0 million. The outflow from operating assets and liabilities in the amount of $10.6 million was primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million in accounts receivable due to an increase in sales through distributors, $5.6 million in inventory to meet growth in anticipated sales, and a decrease of $5.6 million in contract liability, offset by an increase in other liabilities of $4.8 million, primarily in employee and related expenses due to expansion of our direct sales organization. Additionally, our net profit for the year ended December 31, 2020, included $14.8 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net cash provided by operating activities was $62.2 million. The primary reason for net cash provided by operating activities was the net profit of $61.1 million. The inflow from operating assets and liabilities in the amount of $0.5 million was primarily due to an increase of $2.4 million in inventory to meet growth in anticipated sales and decrease of $10.0 million in accrued contingencies due to payment of settlement agreement entered into in January 2019, offset by increase of $9.7 million in contract liability due to increase of new contract issued in 2019. Additionally, our net profit for the year ended December 31, 2019, included $0.5 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, offset by finance income and change in deferred income taxes.

As we expect our revenues to continue to grow, we anticipate our accounts receivables, inventory and accounts payable will similarly continue to grow, including our available working capital.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $43.3 million, which primarily related to short-term bank deposits and marketable securities of $225.4 million, and capital expenditures of $0.5 million. These outflows were partially offset by inflows of $182.5 million related to proceeds from short-term bank deposits and marketable securities.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $112.5 million, which primarily related to short-term bank deposits and marketable securities of $213.2 million, and capital expenditures of $0.7 million. These outflows were partially offset by inflows of $102.1 million related to proceeds from short-term bank deposits and marketable securities.

79

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in financing activities was $12.4 million, which consisted of $17.2 million outflow as part of our share repurchase program. This outflow was partially offset by inflow of $4.8 million related to proceeds from the exercise of options.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $70.2 million, which consisted of $69.8 million net proceeds of our initial public offering and $0.4 million related to proceeds from the exercise of options.

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

For a description of the Company’s research and development policies, see “Item 4B.-Information on the Company-Business Overview-Intellectual Property”.

Trend Information

Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events for the year ended December 31, 2020 that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our net revenues, income, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause the disclosed financial information to be not necessarily indicative of future results of operations or financial condition.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2020, we have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2020:

	Payments Due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1 – 3 years		3 – 5 years		More than 5 years
	($) (in thousands)
Operating lease (including imputed interest)		1,270		896		374		–		–
Subcontracting agreements		9,585		9,585		–		–		–

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Certain recently issued accounting pronouncements are discussed in Note 2aa in our consolidated financial statements.

80

ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and directors as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Name	Age	Position
Moshe Mizrahy	68	Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Board of Directors
Yair Malca	43	Chief Financial Officer
Dr. Michael Kreindel	54	Chief Technology Officer and Director
Shakil Lakhani	38	President, North America
Dr. Spero Theodorou, M.D.	49	Chief Medical Officer
Dr. Hadar Ron, M.D.(1)(2)	61	Director
Bruce Mann(1)(2)	86	Director
Dr. Michael Anghel(1)(2)	82	Director

(1) Member of Audit Committee

(2) Member of Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

A brief biography of each person who serves as an executive officer and/or director of the Company is set forth below:

Moshe Mizrahy. Moshe Mizrahy co-founded the Company in 2008 and has been our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors since inception. Prior to that, Mr. Mizrahy was co-founder and chief executive officer of Syneron Medical Ltd., a medical aesthetic device company based in Israel. Mr. Mizrahy was also the former chief executive officer of Home Skinovations Ltd., an international medical aesthetic consumer devices company active in the home use market, and is currently the chairman of its board since 2007. In addition to Home Skinovations Ltd., Mr. Mizrahy currently sits on the board of directors of the following companies: SipNose Ltd., Pet Novations Ltd., Peri-Ness Technologies Ltd., Easy-Lap Ltd, O.B.-Tools Ltd., Urifer Ltd., Easy Notes Ltd., Escape Rescue Systems Ltd., New Forest Wood Products (2012) Ltd., M.N. Business Strategy Ltd., Himalaya Family Office Advising Ltd., and Polimer Logistics (Israel) Ltd. Mr. Mizrahy has a B.S. in Engineering from the Tel Aviv University and an MBA from Pace University, New York.

Yair Malca. Yair Malca has served as our Chief Financial Officer since 2017. In his previous role, Mr. Malca was the Director of Finance for Jazz Semiconductor, Inc., a developer of integrated circuits and semiconductors, from 2013 to 2017. Before that, he served as the controller of Syneron from 2008 to 2013, as assistant controller of EZchip Semiconductor, a provider of network processors, from 2007 to 2008, as subsidiary controller of Bermad, a provider of hydraulic control valves, from 2005 to 2007, and began his career in public accounting at Ernst & Young from 2002 to 2005. Mr. Malca holds a B.A. in Accounting and Economics from Haifa University and an MBA from Tel Aviv University, and is a Certified Public Accountant in Israel.

Dr. Michael Kreindel. Dr. Michael Kreindel co-founded the Company in 2008 and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since inception. Dr. Kreindel became a director for the Company in August 2019. He previously was a co-founder of, and served as CTO of, Syneron Medical Ltd. from 2001 to 2007. Dr. Kreindel has a Ph.D. in physics and mathematics, and also graduated as an engineer and physicist in experimental and theoretical nuclear physics from Ural Politechnical Institute, Russia.

Shakil Lakhani. Shakil Lakhani has served as the President of InMode’s North America division since 2017. Prior to becoming the President of North America for the Company in August 2017, Mr. Lakhani was previously the Executive Vice President of Sales for North America since February 2017, where he managed all sales operations and established a new distribution strategy. He graduated with a B.A. from the University of Waterloo, and in 2006 he shifted career paths and moved into the technology space by joining Cynosure. He has held multiple roles at various levels at Cynosure, including Director of Sales from September 2013 through January 2017.

81

Dr. Spero Theodorou, M.D. Dr. Spero Theodorou is the Company’s Chief Medical Officer and is responsible for the development of all of the Company’s procedures, clinical studies and training. Dr. Theodorou received his training in plastic and reconstructive surgery at Rush Presbyterian St. Luke’s Medical Center at Rush University in Chicago, Illinois from 2001 to 2003. Upon completion, he underwent an additional year of training in cosmetic plastic surgery at the Manhattan Eye, Ear and Throat Hospital’s (MEETH) Aesthetic Plastic Surgery Fellowship Program affiliated with Hofstra University from 2003 to 2004. Dr. Theodorou is presently on the teaching faculty at MEETH and at the American Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgery (ASAPS) where he instructs plastic surgeons on the latest advancements in body contouring surgery. He holds an academic appointment as Clinical Assistant Professor of Surgery at Zucker School of Medicine, Hofstra University and is the founder and Surgical Director of bodySCULPT® since November 2007, which is an American Association for Accreditation of Ambulatory Surgery Facilities (AAAASF)-accredited plastic surgery practice in Manhattan, New York.

Dr. Hadar Ron, M.D. L.L.B. Dr. Hadar Ron became a director of the Company in August 2019. Since 2000, Dr. Ron has been the founding and managing partner of Israel Healthcare Ventures, an Israeli life science venture capital fund. Dr. Ron is also the chief executive officer of the management company for Israel Healthcare Ventures 2 LP Incorporated, or IHCV2, an Israeli life sciences venture capital fund. Dr. Ron serves as chairperson of G.I. View Ltd., a medical device company specializing in colorectal screenings, and CyTwist Ltd., an information technology start-up company, and as a board member of the following companies: Home Skinovations Ltd., SipNose Ltd., Pet Novations Ltd., Peri-Ness Technologies Ltd., Blender Ltd., O.G.D.H. Ltd., OrSense Ltd., and NanoPass Technologies Ltd. In addition, Dr. Ron serves as an external director of Together Pharma Ltd. In addition, Dr. Ron serves as a member of the advisory board of the Momentum Fund Tech Transfer of Tel Aviv University, a board member of BIRAD Ltd., the tech transfer company of Bar Ilan University, and is the chairperson of the scientific advisory board of Social Finance Israel’s Social Impact Bond for the prevention of diabetes and colon cancer. Dr. Ron is a physician and attorney by education. She holds M.D. and L.L.B. degrees from Tel Aviv University and has studied at the School of Business Administration at Tel Aviv University.

Bruce Mann. Mr. Bruce Mann became a director of the Company in August 2019. Bruce Mann is an independent advisor and consultant on corporate governance, corporate law, and capital markets matters, primarily for emerging technology companies. He was a senior partner, partner, or senior of counsel of Morrison & Foerster LLP for 30 years prior to his retirement in 2017. Mr. Mann has been a Governor-at-Large of the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) and a member of the New York Stock Exchange Legal Advisory Committee. He has held numerous positions in the American Bar Association, including chairing the Senior Lawyers Division, the Federal Regulation of Securities Committee and the Venture Capital and Private Equity Committee of the ABA Business Law Section. Mr. Mann holds a BBA from the University of Wisconsin and a JD from the University of Wisconsin Law School.

Dr. Michael Anghel. Dr. Michael Anghel became a director of the Company in August 2019. Dr. Anghel has served on the board of directors of BiolineRx Ltd. (Nasdaq: BLRX) since 2010 and on Bioline’s Investment Monitoring Committee since 2010. From 1977 to 1999, he led the Discount Investment Corporation Ltd. (of the IDB Group) activities in the fields of technology and communications. In 1999, he founded CAP Ventures, an advanced technology investment company. From 2004 to 2005, Dr. Anghel served as CEO of DCM, the investment banking arm of the Israel Discount Bank (TASE: DSCT). He currently serves on the board of directors of BiolineRx Ltd. (Nasdaq: BLRX). Until recently, he served as the chairman of the Center for Educational Technology. Prior to launching his business career, Dr. Anghel served as a full-time member of the Graduate School of Business Administration of the Tel Aviv University, where he taught finance and corporate strategy. He currently serves as Chairman of the Tel Aviv University’s Executive Program. Dr. Anghel holds a B.A. in Economics from the Hebrew University in Jerusalem and an MBA and Ph.D. in Finance from Columbia University, New York.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or officers.

82

B.Compensation

Employment and Consulting Agreements

We have entered into employment or consulting agreements with all of our executive officers and key employees. These agreements contain standard provisions for a company in our industry regarding non-solicitation, confidentiality of information, non-competition and assignment of inventions. Our executive officers will not receive benefits upon the termination of their respective employment with us, other than mandatory severance payments and payment of salary and benefits (and limited accrual of vacation days) during the required notice period for termination of their employment, which varies for each individual. The agreements are terminable by us at will, subject to prior notice, which varies for each individual.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

The table and summary below outlines the compensation granted to our five most highly compensated officers with respect to the year ended December 31, 2020. For purposes of the table and the summary below, “compensation” includes amounts accrued or paid in connection with salary costs, consulting fees, bonuses, equity-based compensation, retirement or termination payments, benefits and perquisites such as car, phone and social benefits and any undertaking to provide such compensation. All amounts reported in the table are in terms of cost to the Company, as recognized in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, plus compensation paid to such officers following the end of the year in respect of services provided during the year.

Name and Principal Position	Salary (USD in thousands)		Bonus (USD in thousands)		Equity-Based Compensation (USD in thousands)		Total (USD in thousands)
Shakil Lakhani President, North America	$	779	$	1,275	$	1,531	$	3,585
Dr. Spero Theodorou, M.D. Chief Medical Officer	$	503	$	1,120	$	1,827	$	3,450
Yair Malca Chief Financial Officer	$	309	$	120	$	465	$	894
Dr. Michael Kreindel Chief Technology Officer and Director	$	217	$	-	$	-	$	217
Moshe Mizrahy Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Board of Directors	$	216	$	-	$	-	$	216

83

Employee Benefit Plans

2008 Plans

On January 30, 2008, our board of directors adopted the 2008 Israeli Option Plan, or 2008 Israeli Plan, pursuant to the Companies Law and Section 102 of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, 1961, or the Tax Ordinance, allowing us to grant options to purchase our ordinary shares to our and our current and future affiliates’ Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. Under Israeli law, no shareholder approval was required to approve the 2008 Israeli Plan.

On January 30, 2008, concurrently with the adoption of the 2008 Israeli Plan, our board of directors also adopted the 2008 Rest of the World Options Plan, or 2008 ROW Plan, allowing us to grant options to purchase our ordinary shares to our and our current and future affiliates’ non-Israeli employees, consultants and service providers. The 2008 ROW Plan was approved by our shareholders on March 16, 2008.

Options granted under the 2008 Israeli Plan and 2008 ROW Plan generally vest over a period of three years, but shorter or longer vesting schedules have been set. Any option that is canceled or forfeited before expiration of its vesting period was available for future grants until the expiration of these plans in January 2018. Since that date, shares underlying any option that is canceled or forfeited under these plans return to the authorized and un-issued share capital of the company. Additionally, options under the 2008 Israeli Plan and 2008 ROW Plan generally expire seven years after the initial grant date, unless extended by the board of directors. Our board of directors has previously extended the expiration period of certain options prior to their original expiration date. Under the 2008 Israeli Plan, as of December 31, 2020, we have granted options to purchase a total of 2,091,342 ordinary shares, of which 1,376,245 ordinary shares have been issued upon the exercise of such options and 221,836 options have been expired and forfeited. Under the 2008 ROW Plan, as of December 31, 2020, we have granted options to purchase a total of 9,602,355 ordinary shares, of which 4,933,011 ordinary shares have been issued upon the exercise of such options and 2,030,997 options have been expired and forfeited. As of December 31, 2020, 3,131,608 options are exercisable.

For more information, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Israeli tax law allows us to choose from among three alternative sets of tax treatment for our 2008 Israeli Plan and for future plans. In approving the 2008 Israeli Plan, our board of directors selected the capital gains tax treatment under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance described below for grants to Israeli employees and other office holders, including directors. In accordance with the capital gains tax treatment under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance, the 2008 Israeli Plan allowed for beneficial tax treatment for options issued through a trustee to Israeli employees and other office holders, including directors, provided that options granted thereunder or, upon their exercise, the underlying ordinary shares, are held by a trustee for at least two years following the date of the option grant. Under Section 102 of the Tax Ordinance, Israeli employees and other office holders, including directors, are (i) entitled to defer any taxable event with respect to the options until the underlying ordinary shares are sold or withdrawn from the trust, and (ii) subject to capital gains tax of 25% on the sale of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition, we may not recognize expenses pertaining to the options for Israeli tax purposes.

Under the 2008 ROW Plan, we were able to grant our non-Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers options to purchase our ordinary shares. The 2008 ROW Plan did not allow favorable tax treatment for our U.S., Canadian and other non-Israeli directors, officers, employees and consultants.

The 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2008 ROW Plan expired in January 2018 and additional grants may not be made thereunder; however, options granted under such plans prior to their expiration remain valid following such expiration.

84

2018 Incentive Plan

On June 17, 2018, our board of directors adopted a new Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Incentive Plan, allowing us to grant options to purchase our ordinary shares, restricted shares or other awards to our and our current and future affiliates’ Israeli and other non-U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. In approving the 2018 Incentive Plan, our board of directors selected the capital gains tax treatment described above for grants to Israeli employees and other office holders, including directors, under the 2018 Incentive Plan. The 2018 Incentive Plan also includes as an appendix a sub-plan, or the U.S. Sub-Plan, allowing us to grant options to purchase our ordinary shares, restricted shares or other incentive awards to our and our current and future affiliates’ U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers.

Under the 2018 Incentive Plan, as of December 31, 2020, we have granted options to purchase a total of 2,579,635 ordinary shares, of which 280,606 ordinary shares have been issued upon exercise of such options and 184,182 options have been forfeited and returned to the reserved authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the company under the 2018 Incentive Plan. The grant above does not include 1,266,650 options, which we granted during January and February 2020, of which 1,259,150 were canceled and regranted, in March 2020, following repricing of exercise price, and 7,500 were forfeited prior to the repricing of those options.

As of December 31, 2020, 960,576 options are exercisable.

As of December 31, 2020, up to 2,589,000 of our authorized and unissued ordinary shares may be issued pursuant to awards under the 2018 Incentive Plan. Upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, our board of directors resolved that the number of reserved authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the company for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan, shall automatically increase on an annual basis in such manner that on the first business day of each calendar year beginning in 2019 such number of reserved ordinary shares equal to the lesser of (i) 800,000 ordinary shares, (ii) three percent (3%) of the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of such date, or (iii) a lesser number of ordinary shares determined by the board of directors, will be added to the reserved authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the company for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan. Accordingly, in January 2020, the number of reserved authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the company for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan was increased by an additional 800,000 ordinary shares from 1,789,000 to 2,589,000. Awards will be made pursuant to agreements and may be subject to vesting and other restrictions as determined by the board of directors or the compensation committee. In January 2021, we approved the automatic increase in the number of reserved, authorized and unissued ordinary shares available for issuance pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan by an additional 800,000 ordinary shares to a total of 3,389,000.

The following paragraphs summarize the terms of the 2018 Incentive Plan:

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or the compensation committee acts as the plan administrator.

Types of Awards. The 2018 Incentive Plan permits grants of options, ordinary shares, restricted stock or restricted stock units.

Exercise Period. Options granted under the 2018 Incentive Plan are exercisable for a period of seven years following the date of grant, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee.

Exercise Price. Our board of directors or compensation committee has discretion in determining the exercise price of awards, subject to certain limitations. The 2018 Incentive Plan provides procedures for the cashless exercise of options.

Transactions. The 2018 Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a “Transaction” (which is defined as (i) a merger, acquisition or consolidation of the Company with one or more other entities in which the Company is not the surviving entity; or (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by our board of directors in its discretion, of the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company; or (iii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by our board of directors in its discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its affiliates), if the unexercised awards then outstanding under the 2018 Incentive Plan are assumed or substituted for securities of the successor company pursuant to the Transaction, then the board of directors or compensation committee, in their sole discretion and subject to applicable laws, may adjust the exercise price and number and type of shares of such unexercised awards to reflect such assumption and/or substitution. All other terms and conditions of the award agreements shall remain unchanged, including but not limited to the vesting period. The 2018 Incentive Plan further provides that our board of directors shall have full power and authority to determine that all outstanding awards shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed or substituted as aforesaid. In the event that awards are not assumed or substituted by the successor company, our board of directors may provide the participant the right to exercise the vested awards under such terms and conditions as our board of directors shall determine prior to the Transaction. In addition, our 2018 Incentive Plan further provides that, subject to any applicable law, our board of directors or our compensation committee shall have full power and authority to determine that in certain option awards there shall be a clause providing different provisions with respect to the vesting period of awards underlying such award agreement or any portion thereof in the event of a Transaction.

Termination. The 2018 Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a participant’s termination of services as an employee, director, consultant or contractor of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, other than by reason of such participant’s death or disability or due to termination for cause, all awards which are vested upon the date of termination shall be exercisable during a period of 90 days from the date of termination, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee. All awards that are not vested upon the date of termination shall terminate immediately. The participant shall forfeit any ordinary shares acquired pursuant to an award of restricted stock that remains unvested as of the date of termination.

Plan Term. Unless terminated earlier, the 2018 Incentive Plan will continue in effect for a term of ten years from the date of its adoption.

85

C.Board Practices

Board of Directors

Under the Companies Law, our board of directors is responsible for setting our general policies and supervising the performance of management. Our board of directors may exercise all powers and may take all actions that are not specifically granted to our shareholders or to management. Our executive officers are responsible for our day-to-day management and have individual responsibilities established by our board of directors. Our Chief Executive Officer is appointed by, and serves at the discretion of, our board of directors, subject to the terms of the consultancy agreement that we have entered into with him. All other executive officers who are not directors are appointed by our Chief Executive Officer, and are subject to the terms of any applicable employment or consultancy agreements that we may enter into with each of them.

Under our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors must consist of at least three directors and not more than seven directors. Our board of directors consists of five directors. Our directors are elected in three staggered classes by the vote of a majority of the ordinary shares present, in person or by proxy, at a shareholders’ meeting (excluding abstentions). Each class of directors consists, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors (other than the external directors, if applicable). At each annual general meeting of our shareholders, the election or re-election of directors following the expiration of the term of office of the directors of that class of directors will be for a term of office that expires on the third annual general meeting following such election or re-election, such that from 2020 and after, at each annual general meeting the term of office of only one class of directors will expire. Each director holds office until the third annual general meeting of our shareholders, unless the tenure of such director expires earlier pursuant to the Companies Law or unless removed from office as described below.

Our directors are divided among three classes as follows: the Class I director, consisting of Dr. Hadar Ron, will hold office until our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held in 2023; the Class II directors, consisting of Dr. Michael Anghel and Mr. Bruce Mann, will hold office until our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held in 2021; and the Class III directors, consisting of Mr. Moshe Mizrahy and Dr. Michael Kreindel, will hold office until our annual general meeting of shareholders to be held in 2022.

The provisions of our amended and restated articles of association relating to the number of directors, staggered board and election and removal of a director from office prior to the lapse of their tenure may be changed only by a resolution adopted by two-thirds of our ordinary shares voting on the proposed change.

Under the Companies Law, our board of directors is required to employ independent judgment and discretion when voting, and is prohibited from entering into any voting arrangements with respect to actions taken at meetings of the board. Further, the Companies Law provides that in the event a director learns about an alleged breach of law or improper conduct of business relating to a company matter, said director must promptly take action to summon a meeting of the board of directors to address any such breach.

In accordance with the exemptions available to foreign private issuers under Nasdaq rules, we do not intend to follow the requirements of Nasdaq rules with regard to the process of nominating directors. Instead, we intend to follow Israeli law and practice, in accordance with which our board of directors (or a committee thereof) is authorized to recommend to our shareholders director nominees for election.

In addition, our amended and restated articles of association allow our board of directors to appoint directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors, including filling empty board seats up to the maximum number of directors permitted under our amended and restated articles of association, for a term of office equal to the remaining period of the term of office of each director whose office has been vacated. Vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a vote of a simple majority of the directors then in office even if they do not constitute a quorum (subject to the limitation on the number of directors and their qualifications). A director so appointed will hold office until the next applicable annual general meeting of our shareholders in which such director’s class is to be replaced.

86

Directors may be removed from office by a resolution at a general meeting of shareholders adopted by holders of two-thirds of our ordinary shares voting on the proposed removal, provided that the director being removed from office is given a reasonable opportunity to state his or her case before the general meeting, or under other circumstances set forth in our amended and restated articles of association. If a director is removed from office as set forth above, the general meeting will be entitled, in the same session, to elect another director in his or her place subject to the maximum number of directors permitted as stated above. Should it fail to do so, the board of directors will be entitled to do so. Any director who is appointed in this manner will serve in office for the remainder of the removed director’s term in office, and will be eligible for re-election.

Under the Companies Law, we would be required to include on our board of directors at least two members, each of whom qualifies as an external director, and as to whom special qualifications, voting requirements and other provisions would be applicable. We would also be required to include one such external director on each of our board committees.

However, under regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, Israeli companies whose shares are traded on stock exchanges such as Nasdaq that do not have a controlling shareholder (as defined therein) and which comply with the requirements of the jurisdiction where the company’s shares are traded with respect to the appointment of independent directors and the composition of an audit committee and compensation committee, may elect not to follow the Companies Law requirements with respect to the composition of its audit committee and compensation committee and the appointment of external directors (provided that in the event that upon the appointment of a certain director all members of the board of directors of the company are from one and the same gender only, a director from the opposite gender will be appointed). As we do not have a controlling shareholder, we have elected to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq with respect to the composition of our board and such committees, and therefore we are exempt from the Companies Law requirements with respect thereto, including the appointment of external directors.

Leadership Structure of the Board

In accordance with the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors is required to appoint one of its members to serve as chairman of the board of directors. Mr. Moshe Mizrahy currently serves as the Chairman of our board of directors.

Under the Companies Law, the chairman of the board of directors or his relatives cannot be vested with the authority of the chief executive officer of a company, without the approval of a special majority of such company’s shareholders. The shareholders’ approval can be provided for a period of five years following an initial public offering, and subsequently, for additional periods of up to three years. The shareholders’ special majority consists of a majority vote of the shares present and voting at a shareholders meeting, provided that either:

•

such majority includes at least a majority of the shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in approving such resolution that are voted at the meeting, excluding abstentions; or

•

the total number of shares voted by non-controlling shareholders and by shareholders who do not have a personal interest against approving such resolution does not exceed 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company.

Our shareholders have duly approved Mr. Moshe Mizrahy serving as both our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors and such approval will be valid for a period of five years following our initial public offering. The Companies Law also prohibits a direct or indirect subordinate to the chief executive officer of a company from serving as the chairman of such company’s board of directors.

87

Committees of the Board of Directors

Under the Companies Law and our amended and restated articles of association, our board of directors is permitted to form committees, and to delegate to any such committee powers allotted to the board of directors, subject to certain exceptions. In general, the board of directors may overturn a resolution adopted by a committee it has formed; however, the board’s decision shall not affect the ability of third parties, who were not aware of such decision, to rely on the committee’s resolution prior to the time it is overturned. Only members of the board of directors can be members of a board committee, unless the committee is solely advisory.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Dr. Michael Anghel, Dr. Hadar Ron and Mr. Bruce Mann. Dr. Anghel serves as chairperson of the audit committee.

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Companies Law, we are required to maintain an audit committee.

Nasdaq Listing Requirements

Under Nasdaq rules, we are required to maintain an audit committee consisting of at least three independent directors, each of whom is financially literate and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise.

All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Michael Anghel is an audit committee financial expert as such term is defined by the SEC rules and has the requisite financial experience as defined by Nasdaq rules. Each of the members of our audit committee is “independent” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and satisfies the independent director requirements under Nasdaq rules.

Audit Committee Role

Our audit committee charter sets forth the responsibilities of the audit committee consistent with the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq rules, as well as the requirements for such committee under the Companies Law, including the following:

•

oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm and recommending the engagement, compensation or termination of engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm to the board of directors in accordance with Israeli law;

•

recommending the engagement or termination of the person filling the office of our internal auditor; and

•

recommending the terms of audit and non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm for pre-approval by our board of directors.

Our audit committee provides assistance to our board of directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations in matters involving our accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance functions by pre-approving the services performed by our independent accountants and reviewing their reports regarding our accounting practices and systems of internal control over financial reporting. Our audit committee also oversees the audit efforts of our independent accountants and takes those actions that it deems necessary to satisfy itself that the auditors are independent of management.

88

Under the Companies Law, our audit committee is responsible for:

•

determining whether there are deficiencies in the business management practices of the Company, including in consultation with our internal auditor or the independent auditor, and making recommendations to the board of directors to improve such practices;

•

determining whether to approve certain related party transactions (including transactions in which an office holder has a personal interest and whether such transaction is extraordinary or material under the Companies Law) (see “—Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law—Office Holders”);

•

establishing the approval process for certain transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest;

•

where the board of directors approves the working plan of the internal auditor, examining such working plan before its submission to the board of directors and proposing amendments thereto;

•

examining our internal audit controls and internal auditor’s performance, including whether the internal auditor has sufficient resources and tools to fulfill his responsibilities;

•

examining the scope of our auditor’s work and compensation and submitting a recommendation with respect thereto to our board of directors or shareholders, depending on which of them is considering the appointment of our auditor; and

•

establishing procedures for the handling of employees’ complaints as to deficiencies in the management of our business and the protection to be provided to such employees.

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee

Following our initial public offering, we established a compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee. The members of this committee are Mr. Bruce Mann, Dr. Michael Anghel and Dr. Hadar Ron. Mr. Mann serves as chairperson of the committee.

Israeli Companies Law Requirements

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint a compensation committee. The duties of the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee include the recommendation to our board of directors of a policy regarding the terms of engagement of office holders (as defined in the Companies Law), to which we refer as a compensation policy. The term “office holder” is defined under the Companies Law as a chief executive officer (referred to in the Companies Law as the general manager), chief business manager, deputy general manager, vice general manager, any other person assuming the responsibilities of any of these positions regardless of that person’s title, a director and any other manager directly subordinate to the general manager. That policy must be adopted by the board of directors, after considering the recommendations of the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee, and needs to be approved by the company’s shareholders, which approval requires what we refer to as a Special Majority Approval for Compensation. A Special Majority Approval for Compensation requires shareholder approval by a majority vote of the ordinary shares present and voting at a meeting of shareholders called for such purpose, provided that either: (i) such majority includes at least a majority of the ordinary shares held by all shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and do not have a personal interest in such compensation arrangement, excluding abstentions; or (ii) the total number of ordinary shares of non-controlling shareholders and shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the compensation arrangement and who vote against the arrangement does not exceed 2% of the company’s aggregate voting rights.

Even if the shareholders do not approve the compensation policy, the board of directors may resolve to approve the compensation policy if and to the extent the compensation committee and the board determine, in its judgment following internal discussions and after reconsidering the compensation policy, that approval of the compensation policy is in the best interests of the company.

89

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, if a company adopts a compensation policy in advance of its initial public offering and describes it in its prospectus, then the compensation policy shall be deemed a validly adopted policy and will remain in effect for a term of five years from the date the company becomes a public company. Our compensation policy has been approved by our shareholders and, in accordance with the regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, will be in effect for a period of five years from our initial public offering. In light of revisions to our compensation practices and policies, in January 2020, our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors approved an amended and restated compensation policy, or the Revised Compensation Policy, which was approved by our shareholders at the 2020 Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders. The compensation policy will be reviewed from time to time by our compensation committee and our board of directors, according to the requirements of the Companies Law.

The compensation policy must serve as the basis for decisions concerning the financial terms of employment or engagement of office holders, including exculpation, insurance, indemnification or any monetary payment or obligation of payment in respect of employment or engagement. The compensation policy must relate to certain factors, including advancement of the company’s long-term objectives, business plan and policies, and creation of appropriate incentives for office holders. It must also consider, among other things, the company’s risk management, size and the nature of its operations. The compensation policy must furthermore consider the following additional factors:

•

the education, skills, expertise and accomplishments of the relevant office holder;

•

the office holder’s roles and responsibilities and prior compensation agreements with him or her;

•

the ratio between the cost of the terms offered and the cost of the employment of other employees of the company, including those employed through outsourcing firms, in particular the ratio between such cost to the average and median salary of such employees of the company;

•

the impact of disparities in salary upon work relationships in the company;

•

the possibility of reducing variable compensation at the discretion of the board of directors;

•

the possibility of setting a limit on the exercise value of non-cash variable equity-based compensation; and

•

as to severance compensation, the period of service of the office holder, the terms of his or her compensation during such service period, the company’s performance during that period of service, the person’s contribution towards the company’s achievement of its goals and the maximization of its profits, and the circumstances under which the person is leaving the company.

The compensation policy must also include the following principles:

•

with the exception of office holders who report directly to the chief executive officer, determining the link between variable compensation and long-term performance and measurable criteria; however, the company may determine that an immaterial part of the variable components of an office holder's compensation package shall be awarded based on non-measurable criteria, if such amount is not higher than three months' salary per annum, while taking into account such office holder's contribution to the company;

•

the ratio between variable and fixed compensation, and the ceiling for the value of variable compensation at the time of their payment, or in the case of share-based compensation, at the time of grant;

•

the conditions under which an office holder would be required to repay compensation paid to him or her if it was later shown that the data upon which such compensation was based was inaccurate and was restated in the company’s financial statements;

90

•

the minimum holding or vesting period for variable, equity-based compensation while referring to an appropriate long-term perspective based incentives; and

•

maximum limits for retirement payments.

Our compensation policy is designed to promote retention and motivation of directors and executive officers. Additionally, our compensation policy is designed to align the interests of our directors and executive officers with our long-term performance and serves as a risk management tool. Under our compensation policy, a portion of an executive officer’s compensation package is targeted to reflect our short- and long-term goals, as well as the executive officer’s individual performance. Our compensation policy also includes measures designed to reduce an executive officer’s incentives to take excessive risks that may harm us in the long term. Such measures include limits on the value of cash bonuses and equity-based compensation for executive officers, limits on the ratio between an executive officer’s variable and total compensation, and minimum vesting periods for equity-based compensation.

Our compensation policy takes into account an executive officer’s individual characteristics, such as his or her respective position, educational background, scope of responsibilities and contributions to the attainment of our goals, as the basis for compensation variation among our executive officers and considers the internal ratios between compensation of our executive officers and directors and other employees.

Pursuant to our compensation policy, compensation that may be granted to an executive officer may include base salary, an annual bonus, other cash bonuses (such as a signing bonus or special bonus for special achievements, such as an outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort or outstanding company performance), equity-based compensation, benefits and retirement compensation and termination of service arrangements. All cash bonuses are limited to a maximum amount linked to the executive officer’s base salary. In addition, the total variable compensation components (cash bonuses and equity-based compensation) may not exceed 90% of each executive officer’s total compensation package with respect to any given calendar year.

An annual cash bonus may be awarded to executive officers upon the attainment of pre-set periodic objectives and individual targets. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to our executive officers (excluding our chief executive officer) will be based on performance objectives and a discretionary evaluation of the executive officer’s overall performance by our chief executive officer and is subject to minimum thresholds. The annual cash bonus that may be granted to executive officers (excluding our chief executive officer) may be based entirely on a discretionary evaluation. Furthermore, our chief executive officer will be entitled to recommend performance objectives, and such performance objectives will be approved by our compensation committee and, if required by law, by our board of directors.

The performance-measurable objectives of our chief executive officer will be determined annually by our compensation committee and board of directors. Such objectives will include the weight assigned to each achievement in the overall evaluation. A less significant portion of the chief executive officer’s annual cash bonus may be based on a discretionary evaluation of the chief executive officer’s overall performance by the compensation committee and the board of directors based on quantitative and qualitative criteria.

Under our compensation policy, equity-based compensation for executive officers (including members of our board of directors) is designed in a manner consistent with the underlying objectives in determining such person’s annual cash bonus; namely, to enhance the alignment between such person’s interests with the company’s long-term interests and those of our shareholders and to strengthen the retention and motivation of such persons in the medium to long term.

Our compensation policy provides for executive officer’s compensation to be in the form of share options or other equity-based awards, such as restricted shares and restricted share units, in accordance with our share incentive plan then in place. All equity-based incentives granted to executive officers shall be subject to vesting periods in order to promote long-term retention of the awarded executive officers.

91

Equity-based compensation shall be granted from time to time and will be individually determined and awarded based on the performance, educational background, prior business experience, qualifications, role and the personal responsibilities of the executive officer.

In addition, our compensation policy contains compensation recovery provisions that allow the company, under certain conditions, to recover bonuses paid in excess. Moreover, the compensation policy enables our chief executive officer to approve immaterial changes to the terms of an executive officer’s employment (provided that the changes of the terms of employment are in accordance our compensation policy) and allows the company to exculpate, indemnify and insure our executive officers and directors subject to certain limitations.

Our compensation policy also provides for compensation for the members of our board of directors to be determined either (i) in accordance with the amounts set forth in the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an External Director) of 2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel) of 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to time, or (ii) in accordance with the amounts determined in our compensation policy.

Compensation, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Roles

The compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for (i) recommending the compensation policy to our board of directors for its approval (and subsequent approval by our shareholders) and (ii) undertaking duties related to the compensation policy and to the compensation of our office holders, including:

•

recommending whether a compensation policy should continue in effect, if the then-current policy has a term of greater than five years from the company’s initial public offering, or otherwise three years (approval of either a new compensation policy or the continuation of an existing compensation policy must in any case occur five years from the company’s initial public offering, or otherwise every three years);

•

recommending to the board of directors periodic updates to the compensation policy;

•

assessing implementation of the compensation policy;

•

determining whether to approve the terms of compensation of certain office holders which, according to the Companies Law, require the committee’s approval; and

•

determining whether the compensation terms of a candidate for the position of the chief executive officer of the company needs to be brought to approval of the shareholders according to the Companies Law.

Our compensation, nominating and corporate governance charter sets forth the responsibilities of the compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee, which include:

•

the responsibilities set forth in the compensation policy;

•

reviewing and approving the granting of options and other incentive awards to the extent such authority is delegated by our board of directors; and

•

reviewing, evaluating and making recommendations regarding the compensation and benefits for our non-employee directors.

In addition, our compensation, nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for:

•

overseeing our corporate governance functions on behalf of the board;

•

making recommendations to the board regarding corporate governance issues;

92

•

identifying and evaluating candidates to serve as our directors consistent with the criteria approved by the board;

•

reviewing and evaluating the performance of the board;

•

serving as a focal point for communication between director candidates, non-committee directors and our management;  

•

selecting or recommending to the board for selection candidates to the board; and

•

making other recommendations to the board regarding affairs relating to our directors.

Internal Auditor

Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of an Israeli public company must appoint an internal auditor recommended by the audit committee. An internal auditor may not be:

•

a person (or a relative of a person) who holds more than 5% of the company’s outstanding shares or voting rights;

•

a person (or a relative of a person) who has the power to appoint a director or the general manager of the company;

•

an office holder (including a director) of the company (or a relative thereof); or

•

a member of the company’s independent accounting firm, or anyone on its behalf.

The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, our compliance with applicable law and orderly business procedures, and to report to the chief executive officer, the chairman of the board and the chairman of the audit committee. The internal auditor is entitled to receive notice of audit committee meetings and to participate in them. In addition, the internal auditor may request that the chairman of the audit committee convene a meeting within a reasonable time to discuss an issue raised by the internal auditor. The internal auditor is responsible for preparing a proposal for an annual or periodical audit plan and submit such plan to the board of directors or the audit committee for their approval. We appointed an internal auditor following the closing of our initial public offering.

Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law

Office Holders

The Companies Law codifies the fiduciary duties that office holders owe to a company. Each person listed in the table above under “Item 6A. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Directors and Senior Management” who is engaged by us is an office holder under the Companies law.

Fiduciary duties. An office holder’s fiduciary duties consist of a duty of loyalty and a duty of care. The duty of loyalty requires the office holder to act in good faith and for the benefit of the company, and includes, among other things, the duty to avoid any conflict of interest between the office holder’s position in the company and personal affairs, and proscribes any competition with the company or the exploitation of any business opportunity of the company in order to receive personal advantage for himself or herself or others. This duty also requires him or her to reveal to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s affairs that the office holder has received due to his or her position as an office holder. The duty of care requires an office holder, among other things, to act with a level of care that a reasonable office holder in the same position would employ under the same circumstances. This includes the duty to use reasonable means to obtain information regarding the advisability of a given action submitted for his or her approval or performed by virtue of his or her position and all other relevant information pertaining to these actions. We may approve an act specified above which would otherwise constitute a breach of an office holder’s duty of loyalty, provided that the office holder acted in good faith, the act or its approval does not harm the Company, and the office holder discloses his or her personal interest, including any related material information or document, in a timely manner before the date for discussion of approval of such act. Any such approval is subject to the terms of the Companies Law, setting forth, among other things, the appropriate parties of the company entitled to provide such approval, and the methods of obtaining such approval.

93

Disclosure of personal interest. The Companies Law requires that an office holder promptly disclose to the company any personal interest that he or she may have and all related documents and material information known to him or her, in connection with any existing or proposed transaction by the company. “Personal interest,” as defined by the Companies Law, includes a personal interest of any person in an act or transaction of the company, including a personal interest of his or her relative or of a corporate body in which that person or a relative of that person is a 5% or greater shareholder, a holder of 5% or more of the voting rights, a director or general manager, or in which he or she has the right to appoint at least one director or the chief executive officer. “Personal interest” does not apply to a personal interest stemming merely from one’s ownership of shares in the company. A personal interest also includes (1) a personal interest of a person who votes according to a proxy of another person, including in the event that the other person has no personal interest, and (2) a personal interest of a person who gave a proxy to another person to vote on his or her behalf regardless of whether or not the discretion of how to vote lies with the person voting.

The office holder must make the disclosure of his personal interest promptly and no later than the first meeting of the company’s board of directors that discusses the particular transaction. This duty to disclose such information does not apply if the personal interest of the office holder derives solely from the personal interest of a relative of the office holder in a transaction unless it is an “extraordinary transaction”. The Companies Law defines an extraordinary transaction as a transaction not in the ordinary course of business, not on market terms or that is likely to have a material impact on the company’s profitability, assets or liabilities, and defines a relative as a spouse, sibling, parent, grandparent, descendent, spouse’s descendant, sibling or parent, and the spouse of any of the foregoing.

Approvals of related party transactions. The Companies Law provides that a transaction with an office holder or a transaction in which an office holder has a personal interest may not be approved if it is adverse to the company’s interest. In addition, such a transaction generally requires board approval, unless the transaction is an extraordinary transaction or the articles of association provide otherwise and provided that the transaction is in the company’s interest and is performed by the office holder in good faith. If the transaction is an extraordinary transaction, first the audit committee and then the board of directors, in that order, must approve the transaction. Under certain circumstances, shareholder approval may also be required. Generally, a director (and any person in general) who has a personal interest in an extraordinary transaction that is considered at a meeting of the board of directors or the audit committee may not attend that meeting or vote on that matter, unless a majority of the board of directors or the audit committee, as the case may be, also has a personal interest in the matter then, in such event, all directors may participate in discussions of the audit committee or the board of directors (as applicable) on such transaction and the voting on approval thereof. If a majority of the board of directors or the audit committee has a personal interest in the transaction, shareholder approval also would be required for the approval of such transaction. See “-Approval of Related Party Transactions under Israeli Law-Office Holders-Approval of office holders’ compensation”.

Approval of office holders’ compensation. The compensation of, or an undertaking to indemnify or insure, an office holder who is not a director generally requires approval first by our compensation committee, then by our board of directors. If the compensation arrangement or undertaking to indemnify or insure is inconsistent with our compensation policy, or if the office holder is the chief executive officer (apart from a number of specific exceptions), then the arrangement is further subject to a Special Majority Approval for Compensation. If the shareholders of a company do not approve the compensation terms of office holders at a meeting of the shareholders, other than directors, the compensation committee and board of directors may override the shareholders’ decision, subject to certain conditions. Arrangements regarding the compensation, indemnification or insurance of a director require the approval of the compensation committee, board of directors and shareholders by simple majority, in that order, and under certain circumstances, a Special Majority Approval for Compensation.

Controlling Shareholders

The Companies Law imposes the same disclosure requirements, as described above, on a controlling shareholder of a public company that it imposes on an office holder. For these purposes, a controlling shareholder is any shareholder that has the ability to direct the company’s actions, including any shareholder holding 25% or more of the voting rights if no other shareholder owns more than 50% of the voting rights in the company. Two or more shareholders with a personal interest in the approval of the same transaction are deemed to be one shareholder.

94

Approval of the audit committee or the compensation committee (with respect to compensation arrangements) as the case may be, the board of directors and our shareholders is required for:

•

extraordinary transactions with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest, including a private placement in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest; and

•

transactions for the provision of services, whether directly or indirectly, by a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, or a company such controlling shareholder controls, and transactions concerning the terms of engagement of a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative, whether as an office holder or an employee.

The shareholder approval must include the majority of shares voted at the meeting. In addition, either:

•

at least a majority of the shares held by the shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and are present and voting at the meeting must be voted in favor of approving the transaction, excluding abstentions; or

•

the total shareholdings of those who have no personal interest in the transaction and who vote against the transaction must not represent more than 2% of the aggregate voting rights in the company.

In addition, any extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder or in which a controlling shareholder has a personal interest with a term of more than three years, and under certain conditions, five years from a company’s initial public offering, requires the abovementioned approval at the end of such period; however, such transactions not involving the receipt of services or compensation can be approved for a longer term, provided that the audit committee determines that such longer term is reasonable under the circumstances.

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Companies Law, certain transactions with a controlling shareholder or his or her relative, or with directors or other office holders, that would otherwise require approval of a company’s shareholders, may be exempt from shareholder approval upon certain conditions.

Shareholder Duties

Under the Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary manner towards the company and other shareholders and to refrain from abusing his or her power in the company including, among other things, when voting in a general meeting of shareholders or in a class meeting on the following matters:

•

an amendment to the articles of association;

•

an increase in the company’s authorized share capital;

•

a merger; or

•

approval of related party transactions and acts of office holders that require shareholder approval.

A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.

95

The remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply to a breach of the shareholder duties mentioned above, and in the event of discrimination against other shareholders, additional remedies may be available to the injured shareholder.

In addition, any controlling shareholder, any shareholder who knows that it possesses the power to determine the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, under the company’s articles of association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder in the company, or has any other power with respect to the company, is under a duty to act with fairness towards the company. The Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty of fairness except to state that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty to act with fairness, taking the shareholder’s position in the company into account. There is limited case law available to assist in understanding the nature of these duties or the implications of these provisions.

Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated articles of association allow us to indemnify, exculpate and insure our office holders, either pursuant to an undertaking made in advance of an event or following an event, to the fullest extent permitted by the Companies Law, the Israeli Securities Law, 5738-1968, or the Securities Law, and the Economic Competition Law, 5748-1988, or the Economic Competition Law, in respect of liabilities, payments and expenses incurred for acts performed and omissions committed as an office holder. Our articles of association also allow us to exculpate, insure or indemnify any person who is not an office holder, including any employee, agent, consultant or contractor who is not an office holder.

Under the Companies Law, the Securities Law and the Economic Competition Law, a company may indemnify an office holder against the following liabilities, payments and expenses incurred in his or her capacity as an office holder, either in advance of the act or following the act, provided its articles of association authorize such indemnification:

•

a monetary liability incurred by or imposed on him or her in favor of another person pursuant to a judgment, including a settlement or arbitration award approved by a court. However, if an undertaking to indemnify an office holder with respect to such liability is provided in advance, then such an undertaking must be limited to events which, in the opinion of the board of directors, can be foreseen based on the company’s activities when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and to an amount, or according to criteria, determined by the board of directors as reasonable under the circumstances. Such undertaking shall detail the foreseen events and amount or criteria mentioned above;

•

reasonable litigation expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder (i) as a result of an investigation or proceeding instituted against him or her by an authority authorized to conduct such investigation or proceeding, provided that (a) no indictment was filed against such office holder as a result of such investigation or proceeding, and (b) no financial liability was imposed upon him or her as a substitute for a criminal proceeding against them as a result of such investigation or proceeding or, if such financial liability was imposed, it was imposed with respect to an offense that did not require proof of criminal intent; and (ii) in connection with a monetary sanction;

•

reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by the office holder or imposed by a court in proceedings instituted against him or her by the company, on its behalf, or by a third party, or in connection with criminal proceedings in which the office holder was acquitted, or as a result of a conviction for an offense that does not require proof of criminal intent;

•

expenses incurred by the office holder with respect to proceedings held pursuant to certain provisions of the Economic Competition Law;

96

•

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a payment for a breach offended at an Administrative Procedure (as defined below) as set forth in Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Securities Law;

•

expenses expended by the office holder with respect to an Administrative Procedure under the Securities Law, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees; and

•

any other obligation or expense in respect of which it is permitted or will be permitted under applicable law to indemnify an office holder, including, without limitation, matters referenced in Section 56H(b)(1) of the Securities law.

An “Administrative Procedure” is defined as a procedure pursuant to Chapters H3 (Monetary Sanction by the Israeli Securities Authority), H4 (Administrative Enforcement Procedures of the Administrative Enforcement Committee) or Il (Arrangement to Prevent Procedures or Interruption of Procedures Subject to Conditions) of the Securities Law.

Under the Companies Law, the Securities Law and the Economic Competition Law, a company may obtain insurance for an office holder against the following liabilities incurred in his or her capacity as an office holder, to the extent provided in the company’s articles of association:

•

a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;

•

a breach of the duty of care to the company or to a third party, to the extent such a breach arises out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

•

a financial liability imposed on the office holder in favor of a third party;

•

expenses incurred by the office holder with respect to proceedings held pursuant to certain provisions of the Economic Competition Law;

•

a monetary liability imposed on the office holder in favor of an injured party at an Administrative Procedure pursuant to Section 52(54)(a)(1)(a) of the Securities Law; and

•

expenses incurred by an office holder in connection with an Administrative Procedure, including reasonable litigation expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees.

Under the Companies Law, a company may not exculpate an office holder from liability for a breach of the duty of loyalty. A company may exculpate an office holder in advance from liability to the company, in whole or part, for damages caused to the company as a result of a breach of the duty of care, but only if a provision authorizing such exculpation is included in its articles of association. A company may not exculpate in advance a director from liability arising out of a breach of a duty of care with respect to a distribution.

Under the Companies Law, however, a company may not indemnify, exculpate or insure an office holder against any of the following:

•

a breach of the duty of loyalty, except for indemnification and insurance for a breach of the duty of loyalty to the company to the extent that the office holder acted in good faith and had a reasonable basis to believe that the act would not harm the company;

•

a breach of the duty of care committed intentionally or recklessly, excluding a breach arising out of the negligent conduct of the office holder;

•

an act or omission committed with intent to derive illegal personal benefit; or

•

a fine, civil fine, monetary sanction or forfeit levied against the office holder.

The Securities Law and the Economic Competition Law also provide certain limitations on the ability of a company to indemnify, exculpate and insure office holders.

97

We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our office holders and intend to continue to maintain such coverage and pay all premiums thereunder to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. In addition, we have entered into agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, exculpating them from a breach of their duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law, and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law. Such indemnification is in addition to any amounts available under our directors’ and office holders’ liability insurance policy. Each office holder who agreed to receive this letter of indemnification also agreed to give his or her approval to terminate all previous letters of indemnification that we have provided to him or her, if any. The maximum and aggregate indemnification amount for all current and future indemnified persons under such agreements is the greater of (i) an amount equal to 25% of our shareholders’ equity on a consolidated basis, based on our most recent financial statements made publicly available before the date on which the indemnity payment is made and (ii) $40 million.

D.Employees

As of December 31, 2020, we had 311 employees worldwide, across five departments, including five employees on the executive team, nine employees in finance and administration, 218 employees in sales and marketing, 17 employees in research and development and 62 employees in manufacturing and assembly and supply chain. As of December 31, 2020, 211 of our employees are located in the United States and Canada, 62 are located in Israel and the remainder are located in Europe, Asia and Latin America. We believe our employee relations are good. As of December 31, 2019 we had 251 employees worldwide, including five employees on the executive team., seven employees in finance and administration, 177 in sales and marketing, 17 in research and development, and 45 employees in manufacturing and assembly and supply chain.

Israeli labor laws govern the length of the workday, minimum wages for employees, procedures for hiring and dismissing employees, determination of severance pay, annual leave, sick days, advance notice of termination of employment, equal opportunity and antidiscrimination laws, and other conditions of employment. Subject to certain exceptions, Israeli law generally requires severance pay upon the retirement, death or dismissal of employees and requires us and our employees to make payments to the National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Our Israeli employees have pension plans that comply with applicable Israeli legal requirements.

While none of our Israeli employees work under any collective bargaining agreements, certain provisions of the collective bargaining agreements between the Histadrut (General Federation of Labor Law in Israel) and the Coordination Bureau of Economic Organizations (including the Industrialists' Associations) are applicable to our employees in Israel by extension orders issued by the Israeli Ministry of Economy and Industry. These provisions primarily affect such matters as length of working hours and week, recuperation pay, travel expenses, and pension rights with respect to our Israeli employees.

All of our employment and consulting agreements include employees’ and consultants’ undertakings with respect to confidentiality, noncompetition and assignment to us of intellectual property rights developed in the course of their employment or engagement with us. However, there can be no assurance that these agreements will be enforceable or that they will provide us with adequate protection.

E.Share Ownership

The beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of the security. For purposes of the table below, we deem ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, if any, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

98

Unless otherwise noted below, each shareholder’s address is do InMode Ltd., Tavor Building, Sha’ar Yokneam, P.O. Box 533, Yokneam 2069200, Israel.

Name of Beneficial Owner:	Number of Ordinary Shares		Percentage(1)
Directors and Named Executive Officers
Dr. Michael Kreindel(2)		4,147,443		10.48	%
Moshe Mizrahy(3)		4,847,345		12.25	%
Dr. Hadar Ron(4)		100,700		*
Bruce Mann(5)		26,835		*
Dr. Michael Anghel (6)		11,250		*
Yair Malca(7)		100,183		*
Shakil Lakhani(8)		719,846		1.82	%
Dr. Spero Theodorou(9)		674,697		1.71	%
Total for all directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons)		10,628,299		26.86	%

*	Represents less than 1.0%.
(1)	Percentage ownership is based on 37,783,777 ordinary shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares) as of December 31, 2020, and options to purchase 1,783,617 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, of our officers, directors and major shareholders (see “Item 7A. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions-Major Shareholders”).
(2)	Consists of 4,147,443 ordinary shares.

(3)	Consists of 4,847,345 ordinary shares.
(4)	Consists of 89,450 ordinary shares and options to purchase 11,250 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, with an exercise price of $14. These options expire on August 13, 2026.
(5)	Consists of 26,835 ordinary shares.
(6)	Consists of options to purchase 11,250 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, with an exercise price of $14. These options expire on August 13, 2026.
(7)	Consists of 73,519 ordinary shares options to purchase 26,664 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, with an exercise prices of $19.69. These options expire on March 15, 2027.
(8)	Consists of options to purchase 344,500; 195,896; 89,450 and 90,000 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, with respective exercise prices of $0.56, $0.56, $7.49 and $19.69. These options expire on February 16, 2024; June 1, 2024; January 7, 2026 and March 15, 2027, respectively.
(9)	Consists of options to purchase 26,835; 2,730; 412,012 53,670; 89,450 and 90,000 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, with respective exercise prices of $0.56, $056, $0.56, $6.32; $7.49 and $19.69. These options expire on April 4, 2024; February 16, 2024; June 1, 2024; September 17, 2025; January 7, 2026 and March 15, 2027, respectively.

99

ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A.Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding ordinary shares, as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, by each person or entity who we know beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding ordinary shares. For purposes of the table below, we deem ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, if any, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but we do not treat them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Percentages for table below are based on 37,783,777 ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares) outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and options to purchase 1,783,617 ordinary shares exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2020, of our officers, directors and major shareholders (see “Item 6E. Directors, Senior Management and Employees-Share Ownership”).

As of January 15, 2021, we have approximately 20,893 shareholders of record of our ordinary shares, approximately 19,745 of which are U.S. persons. These U.S. persons hold approximately 28.5% of our outstanding share capital. The actual number of beneficial owners is substantially greater than the number of shareholders of record because a large portion of our ordinary shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of shareholders of record also does not include shareholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

None of our shareholders has different voting rights from other shareholders. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of the Company.

	Number of Ordinary Shares		Percentage
SpaMedica International SRL(1)		4,436,720		11.21	%

(1) SpaMedica International SRL is wholly-owned by The SMFT Trust (The Stephen Mulholland Family Trust), a Barbados trust that is wholly owned by Stephen Mulholland and controlled and managed by its independent trustee. Stephen Mulholland has voting and dispositive rights over the ordinary shares beneficially owned by SpaMedica International SRL and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own such ordinary shares. The shareholder’s registered business address is Suite 203, Building No. 8, Harbour Road, Bridgetown, St. Michael, Barbados W.I. BB11145. The beneficial ownership includes options to purchase 339,910 our ordinary shares within 60 days of the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

B.Related Party Transactions

Relationship with Home Skinovations Ltd.

Mr. Moshe Mizrahy, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors, is a substantial shareholder and board member of Home Skinovations, and Dr. Hadar Ron, one of our directors, serves on the board of directors of Home Skinovations.

Home Skinovations is involved in the development, manufacture and distribution of home-use light-based devices for aesthetic applications, which include hair removal, anti-aging, microdermabrasion, cellulite and acne treatments. Except as detailed below, we have no commitments to or agreements with Home Skinovations or any of its subsidiaries, including with respect to any mutual research and development, indebtedness, financing, debt or credit lines, or any jointly-owned intellectual property or like arrangements, and we do not share tangible or intangible assets with Home Skinovations or any of its subsidiaries. Any future agreements with Home Skinovations must be reviewed and approved by our audit committee and board of directors.

Service Agreements

We receive certain services from, and provides certain services to, Home Skinovations. We do not consider these services to be material. The services include mobile phone services, use of certain computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses and limited personnel services. In relation to these services, Home Skinovations invoiced us approximately $82 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020, and the Canadian subsidiary of Home Skinovations invoiced our Canadian subsidiary approximately $379 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020, for these services.

100

Relationship with SpaMedica International SRL

We receive certain marketing services from SpaMedica International SRL, one of our shareholders, and its related party, SpaMedica Corp. We recorded expenses related to those services in the amount of $307 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Relationship with Himalaya Family Office Consulting Ltd.

Mr. Moshe Mizrahy, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors, is a minor shareholder and board member of Himalaya Family Office Consulting Ltd., a company engaged in providing global investment portfolio management and risk management & analysis services.

We receive certain investment portfolio management services from Himalaya Family Office Consulting Ltd., with respect to part of our investment portfolio, and recorded expenses related to those services in the amount of $94 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of our current office holders and other executives exculpating them from a breach of their duty of care to us to the fullest extent permitted by law and undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law. See “Item 6C. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Board Practices—Exculpation, Indemnification and Insurance of Directors and Officers” for additional information.

C.Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A.Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information

See “Item 18. Financial Statements”.

Legal Proceedings

In April 2018, Syneron-Candela filed claims with the International Trade Commission and with MGH in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts against our U.S. and Israeli subsidiaries, alleging that our fractional RF products infringed two U.S. patents owned by Syneron-Candela and MGH that purport to cover systems and methods for treating skin and arranging electrodes on skin therapy devices. In January 2019, we entered into a settlement agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange for a one-time cash payment that we made to Syneron-Candela and MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, we entered into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that granted us and our affiliates a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted pursuant to the sublicense agreement.

We may be party from time to time to various other lawsuits, claims and other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. There can be no assurance that matters that arise in the future, individually or in aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

B.Significant Changes

Since December 31, 2020, no significant changes have occurred.

101

ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

A.Offer and Listing Details

Our ordinary shares have been trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “INMD” since August 8, 2019. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our ordinary shares.

B.Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C.Markets

Our ordinary shares trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “INMD”.

D.Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E.Dilution

Not applicable.

F.Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.Share Capital

Not applicable.

B.Articles of Association

The information set forth in our prospectus dated August 7, 2019, filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b), under the heading “Description of Share Capital” is incorporated herein by reference.

102

C.Material Contracts

For agreements with related parties, see “Item 7B. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions”.

D.Exchange Controls

There are no Israeli government laws, decrees or regulations that restrict or that affect our export or import of capital or the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our securities, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us and our wholly-owned subsidiaries, except or otherwise as set forth under “Item 10E. Additional Information — Taxation”.

E.Taxation

The following description is not intended to constitute a complete analysis of all tax consequences relating to the ownership or disposition of our ordinary shares, both referred to in this Item 10E as the ordinary shares. You should consult your own tax advisor concerning the tax consequences of your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state, local, foreign, including Israeli, or other taxing jurisdiction.

Material Israeli Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of the material Israeli tax laws applicable to us, and some Israeli Government programs benefiting us. This section also contains a discussion of some Israeli tax consequences to persons acquiring ordinary shares. This summary does not discuss all the acts of Israeli tax law that may be relevant to a particular investor in light of his or her personal investment circumstances or to some types of investors subject to special treatment under Israeli law. Examples of this kind of investor include residents of Israel, traders in securities or persons that own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding voting capital, all of whom are subject to special tax regimes not covered in this discussion. To the extent that the discussion is based on new tax legislation which has not yet been subject to judicial or administrative interpretation, we cannot assure you that Israeli governmental and tax authorities or the Israeli courts will accept the views expressed below. The discussion below is subject to amendment under Israeli law or changes to the applicable judicial or administrative interpretations of Israeli law, which could affect the tax consequences described below. The discussion should not be construed as legal or professional tax advice and does not cover all possible tax considerations.

Potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the Israeli or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel

Israeli companies are generally subject to tax on their taxable income at the corporate tax rate of 23% in 2018 and thereafter (which was reduced from 24% and 25% in 2017 and 2016, respectively). However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from a Benefited Enterprise (as discussed below) may be considerably less. Capital gains derived by an Israeli resident company are subject to tax at the regular corporate tax rate.

103

Tax Benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959

The Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 5719-1959, or the Investment Law, provides certain incentives for capital investments in production facilities (or other eligible assets) by “Industrial Enterprises” (as defined under the Investment Law).

Tax Benefits Under the 2005 Amendment

An amendment to the Investment Law, which became effective as of April 1, 2005, or the 2005 Amendment, changed certain provisions of the Investment Law. An eligible investment program under the 2005 Amendment qualifies for benefits as a “Benefited Enterprise”. Prior to the 2005 Amendment, investment programs under the Investment Law were called “Approved Enterprises”. According to the 2005 Amendment, only Approved Enterprises receiving cash grants require the prior approval of the Investment Center. Rather, a company may claim the tax benefits offered by the Investment Law directly in its tax returns, provided that its facilities meet the criteria for tax benefits set forth in the 2005 Amendment. A company that has a Benefited Enterprise may, in its discretion, approach the Israel Tax Authority for a pre-ruling confirming that it is in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Law.

The duration of the tax benefits for a Benefited Enterprise is limited to the earlier of seven or ten years (depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise within Israel) from the Commencement Year (as described below) or 12 years from the first day of the year of election. Commencement Year is defined as the later of the first tax year in which a company had derived taxable income for tax purposes from the Benefited Enterprise, or the year of election, which is the year in which a company requested to have the tax benefits apply to the Benefited Enterprise. The tax benefits granted to a Benefited Enterprise are determined, depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise within Israel, according to one of the following:

(i) Exemption from corporate tax may be available on undistributed income for a period of two to ten years, depending on the geographic location of the Benefited Enterprise within Israel, and a reduced corporate tax rate of 10% to 25% for the remainder of the benefits period, depending on the level of foreign investment in each year.

In addition, a company that has a Benefited Enterprise program is eligible for further tax benefits if it qualifies as a Foreign Investors’ Company, or FIC. The level of foreign investment is measured as the percentage of rights in the company (in the terms of shares, rights to profits, voting and appointment of directors) and of combined share capital and shareholder loans that are owned, directly or indirectly, by persons who are not residents of Israel. The determination as to whether a company qualifies as an FIC is made on an annual basis.

The 2011 Amendment as described below has eliminated the definition of a FIC. However, according to the 2011 Amendment’s transitional provisions, the tax benefits of companies with Benefited Enterprise plans that opt to remain under the Benefited Enterprise regime in accordance with the Investment Law prior to the 2011 Amendment will be preserved.

104

If the company pays a dividend out of income derived from the Benefited Enterprise during the tax exemption period, such income will be subject to deferred corporate tax with respect to the amount distributed (grossed up to reflect such pre-tax income that it would have had to earn in order to distribute the dividend) at the corporate tax rate which would have otherwise been applied. The company is required to withhold tax on such distribution at a rate of 15%, or such lower rate may be provided in an applicable tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate); or

(ii) Reduced corporate tax rates for companies with facilities in certain geographical locations in Israel.

Our facilities in Israel were granted Benefited Enterprise status and thereunder we enjoy a ten-year tax exemption from corporate tax on our undistributed income derived from the Benefited Enterprise. The first year in which we were exempted from tax was 2012 and the ten-year eligibility period of tax exemption ends in 2021. In order to remain eligible for the tax benefits of a Benefited Enterprise, we must continue to meet certain conditions stipulated in the Investment Law and its regulations, as amended, and with the conditions set forth in a tax ruling we received in connection therewith. If we do not meet these requirements, the tax benefits could be reduced or canceled and we could be required to refund any tax benefits we might already have enjoyed.

Tax Benefits Under the 2011 Amendment

In December 2010, the Israeli Parliament approved amendment 68 to the Investment Law, or the 2011 Amendment. The 2011 Amendment significantly revised the tax incentive regime in Israel and it commenced on January 1, 2011.

The 2011 Amendment provided for a new and additional status of a “Preferred Enterprise,” which introduced new benefits for income generated by a “Preferred Company” through its Preferred Enterprise. The definition of a Preferred Company, includes, inter alia, a company incorporated in Israel that (1) is not wholly owned by a government entity, (2) owns a Preferred Enterprise and (3) is controlled and managed from Israel and is subject to further conditions set forth in the Investment Law. Moreover, a Preferred Company needs to meet certain condition stipulated in the Investment Law such as being an industrial company (including a minimum threshold of 25% export).

A Preferred Company is entitled to a reduced corporate tax rate of 16% with respect to income attributable to its Preferred Enterprise, unless the Preferred Enterprise is located in a specified development zone, known as Development Zone “A,” in which case the rate is currently 7.5%.

Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Preferred Enterprise are generally subject to tax at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty. Claim of tax benefits afforded by an applicable tax treaty is subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority, allowing for a reduced tax rate. However, if such dividends are paid to an Israeli company, no tax is required to be withheld (although, if the funds are subsequently distributed to individuals or non-Israeli residents (individuals and corporations), withholding tax would apply when distributing the dividend to such individuals or non-Israeli residents).

Tax Benefits Under the 2017 Amendment

Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2017, or the 2017 Amendment. Under the 2017 Amendment, and provided the conditions stipulated therein are met, income derived by Preferred Companies from “Preferred Technological Enterprises,” or PTE (as defined in the 2017 Amendment), would be subject to reduced corporate tax rates of 7.5% in Development Zone “A” and 12% elsewhere in Israel, or 6% in the case of a “Special Preferred Technological Enterprise,” or SPTE (as defined in the 2017 Amendment) regardless of the company’s geographical location within Israel. A Preferred Company distributing dividends from income derived from its PTE or SPTE, would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty). The 2017 Amendment further provides that, in certain circumstances, a dividend distributed to a corporate shareholder who is not an Israeli resident for tax purposes would be subject to a 4% tax (inter alia, if the amount of foreign investors in the distributing company exceeds 90%). Such taxes would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company.

105

On June 14, 2017, the Encouragement of Capital Investments Regulations (Preferred Technology Income and Capital Profits for a Technological Enterprise), 2017, or the Regulations, were published, which adopted Action 5 under the base erosion and profit shifting, or BEPS, regulations. The Regulations describe, inter alia, the mechanism used to determine the calculation of the benefits under the PTE and under the SPTE regimes and determine certain requirements relating to documentation of intellectual property for the purpose of a PTE. According to these provisions, a company that complies with the terms under the PTE regime may be entitled to certain tax benefits with respect to income generated during the company’s regular course of business and derived from the preferred intangible asset (as determined in the Investment Law), excluding income derived from intangible assets used for marketing and income attributed to production activity. In the event that intangible assets used for marketing purposes generate over 10% of the PTE’s income, the relevant portion, calculated using a transfer pricing study, would be subject to regular corporate income tax. If such income does not exceed 10%, the PTE will not be required to exclude the marketing income from the PTE’s total income. The Regulations set a presumption of direct production expenses plus 10% with respect to income related to production, which can be countered by the results of a supporting transfer pricing study. Tax rates applicable to such production income expenses will be similar to the tax rates under the Preferred Enterprise regime, to the extent such income would be considered as eligible. In order to calculate the preferred income, the PTE is required to take into account the income and the research and development expenses that are attributed to each single preferred intangible asset. However, the transitional provisions allow companies to take into account the income and research and development expenses attributed to all of the preferred intangible assets they have. Under the Regulations, our corporate tax rate is expected to be between 7.5% to 9%.

Under the transitional provisions of the 2017 Amendment, a company is allowed to continue to enjoy the tax benefits available under the Investment Law prior to the 2017 Amendment until the end of the period of benefits, as defined in the Investment Law. In each year during the period of benefit under its Benefited Enterprise status, the Company will be able to opt-in for application of the 2017 Amendment, thereby making itself available to the tax rates described above. A company’s decision to opt-in for application of the 2017 Amendment is irrecoverable.

Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969

We believe that we currently qualify as an “Industrial Company” within the meaning of the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 5729-1969, or the Industry Encouragement Law. The Industry Encouragement Law defines an “Industrial Company” as an Israeli-resident company, incorporated in Israel, of which 90% or more of its income in any tax year, other than of income from defense loans, capital gains, interest and dividends, is derived from an “Industrial Enterprise” owned by it and located in Israel or in the “Area,” in accordance with the definition in section 3a of the Tax Ordinance. An “Industrial Enterprise” is defined as an enterprise which is held by an Industrial Company whose principal activity in a given tax year is industrial production.

The following tax benefits, among others, are available to Industrial Companies:

•

amortization of the cost of purchased know-how, patents and certain other intangible property rights (other than goodwill), which are used for the development or promotion of the Industrial Enterprise, over an eight-year period for tax purposes, commencing in the year where the Industrial Company began to utilize them;

•

accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings;

•

under specified conditions, an election to file consolidated tax returns with additional related Israeli Industrial Companies; and

•

expenses related to a public offering are deductible in equal amounts over three years, beginning from the year of the offering.

Eligibility for the benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from any governmental authority. We cannot assure that we will continue to qualify as an “Industrial Company” or that the benefits described above will be available to us in the future.

106

Capital Gains Taxes Applicable to Israeli Resident and Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders

Capital gains tax is imposed on the sale of capital assets by an Israeli resident and on the sale of such assets by non-Israeli residents if those assets are either: (i) located in Israel, (ii) shares or rights to shares in Israeli resident companies, or (iii) represent, directly or indirectly, rights to assets located in Israel, unless a specific exemption is available under Israeli tax law or unless a treaty between Israel and the country of the nonresident provides otherwise. The Tax Ordinance distinguishes between “Real Capital Gain” and the “Inflationary Surplus”. Real Capital Gain is the excess of the total capital gain over Inflationary Surplus computed generally on the basis of the increase in the Israeli Consumer Price Index or, in certain circumstances, a foreign currency exchange rate, between the date of purchase and the date of disposition. You should consult with your own tax advisor as to the method you should use to determine the Inflationary Surplus. Inflationary Surplus is not subject to tax in Israel.

Generally, the tax rate applicable to real capital gains derived by individuals on the sale of our ordinary shares will be taxed at the rate of 25%, unless such shareholder claims a deduction for interest and linkage differences expenses in connection with such shares, in which case the gain will generally be taxed at a rate of 30%. If the individual shareholder is a Controlling Shareholder at the time of the sale or at any time during the 12-month period preceding such sale, such gain will be taxed at the rate of 30%. A “Controlling Shareholder” is defined as a person who holds, directly or indirectly, including together with others, at least 10% of any means of control in the company (including, among other things, the right to receive profits of the company, voting rights, the right to receive the proceeds upon the company’s liquidation and the right to appoint a director).

Real capital gains derived by corporations will be generally subject to the regular corporate tax rate (23% in 2018 and thereafter). Individual and corporate shareholders dealing in securities are taxed at the tax rates applicable to business income: 23% for corporations in 2018 and thereafter and a marginal tax rate of up to 47% in 2018 and thereafter for individuals plus an additional excess tax of 3% as described below.

Non-Israeli Resident Shareholders

Non-Israeli residents (individuals and corporations) are generally exempt from Israeli capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale, exchange or disposition of shares of Israeli companies publicly traded on a recognized stock exchange outside of Israel, provided, among other things, that such shareholders did not acquire their shares prior to the company’s initial public offering and the gains were not derived from a permanent establishment of such shareholders in Israel. However, shareholders that are non-Israeli entities will not be entitled to such exemption if Israeli residents: (1) have directly or indirectly, alone or together with another, a controlling interest of more than 25% of any of the means of control in such non-Israeli corporation or (2) are the beneficiaries of or are entitled to 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli entity, whether directly or indirectly. This exemption is not applicable to a person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the shares are deemed to be business income.

In addition, a sale of shares may be exempt from Israeli capital gains tax under the provisions of an applicable tax treaty and subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israeli tax authorities allowing of such exemption.

For example, pursuant to the Convention Between the Governments of the United States and Israel with respect to Taxes of Income, as amended, or the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares by a person who qualifies as a resident of the United States within the meaning of the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty and who holds the shares as a capital asset and is entitled to claim the benefits afforded to such person by the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty generally will not be subject to the Israeli capital gains tax unless: (i) the capital gain arising from such sale, exchange or disposition is attributed to real estate located in Israel; (ii) the capital gain arising from such sale, exchange or disposition is attributed to royalties; (iii) such person holds, directly or indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of our voting power during any part of the 12-month period preceding such sale, exchange or disposition, subject to certain conditions; (iv) the capital gains arising from such sale, exchange or disposition can be allocated to a permanent establishment of the shareholder in Israel, under certain terms or (v) such person is an individual and was present in Israel for a period or periods of 183 days or more in the aggregate during the relevant tax year. In any such case, the sale, exchange or disposition of such shares would be subject to Israeli tax, to the extent applicable. Eligibility to benefit from tax treaties is conditioned upon the shareholder presenting a withholding certificate issued by the Israel Tax Authority prior to the applicable payment.

107

Withholding and Reporting

Either the purchaser, the Israeli stockbrokers or financial institutions through which the shares are held is obliged to withhold tax on the amount of consideration paid upon the sale of our ordinary shares (or on the capital gain realized on the sale, if known), at the Israeli corporate tax rate for Israeli companies (23% in 2018 and thereafter). In case the seller is an individual, the applicable withholding tax rate would be 25% of the amount of consideration paid upon the sale of shares (or on the capital gain realized on the sale, if known).

In some instances where our shareholders may be liable for Israeli tax on the sale of our ordinary shares, the payment of the consideration may be subject to the withholding of Israeli tax at source. Shareholders, including non-Israeli resident shareholders, may be required to demonstrate that they are exempt from tax on their capital gains in order to avoid withholding at source at the time of sale. In transactions involving a sale of all of the securities of an Israeli resident company, in the form of a merger or otherwise, the Israel Tax Authority may require non-Israeli resident shareholders who are not liable for Israeli tax to sign a declaration in a form specified by the Israel Tax Authority or obtain a specific exemption from the Israel Tax Authority to confirm their status as a non-resident of Israel, and, in the absence of such declarations or exemptions, may require the purchaser of the securities to withhold taxes at source.

The sale of securities traded on a stock exchange, requires that a detailed return, including a computation of the tax due, be filed and an advanced payment must be paid on January 31 and July 31 of every tax year in respect of sales of securities made within the previous six months. However, if all tax due was withheld at source according to applicable provisions of the Tax Ordinance and the regulations promulgated thereunder, then the aforementioned return need not be filed and no advance payment must be made.

Taxation of Dividend Distributions

A distribution of dividends from income, which is not attributed to an Approved Enterprise/Benefited Enterprise/Preferred Enterprise/Technology Enterprises to an Israeli resident individual, will generally be subject to income tax at a rate of 25%. However, a 30% tax rate will apply if the dividend recipient is a “Controlling Shareholder” (as defined above) at the time of the distribution or at any time during the preceding 12-month period.

The Tax Ordinance generally provides that a non-Israeli resident (either individual or corporation) is subject to Israeli income tax on the receipt of dividends at the rate of 25% (30% if the dividends recipient is a “Controlling Shareholder” (as defined above), at the time of the distribution or at any time during the preceding 12 months).

Generally, Israeli resident corporations are not subject to Israeli tax on the receipt of dividends paid on shares of Israeli corporations, other than with respect to dividends distributed from income that has accrued during the benefits period and attributed to a Benefited Enterprise as described above.

Payers of dividends on our shares, including the Israeli stockbrokers or the financial institutions through which the shares are held, are generally required, subject to reduced tax rates and the demonstration of a shareholder of his, her or its foreign residency, to withhold taxes upon the distribution of dividends at a rate of 25% (whether or not the recipient is a “Controlling Shareholder”) provided that the shares are registered with a nominee company in Israel (for corporations and individuals), unless a reduced tax rate under the provisions of an applicable double tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority allowing for a reduced tax rate) is available.

108

Dividends paid out of income attributed to a Benefited Enterprise are generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 15% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable tax treaty.

For example, under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the following rates will apply in respect of dividends distributed by an Israeli resident company to a U.S. resident (for purposes of the U.S.-Israel Treaty): (i) with regard to a dividend distributed from income which is not attributed to an Approved Enterprise/Benefited Enterprise/Preferred Enterprise/Preferred Technology Enterprise or Special Preferred Technology Enterprise, if the U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion of the taxable year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of its prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation and not more than 25% of the gross income of the Israeli resident paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any) consists of certain types of interest or dividends - the maximum tax rate of withholding is 12.5% if a certificate for a reduced withholding tax rate would be provided in advance from the Israel Tax Authority, (ii) with regard to a dividend distributed from income derived from an Approved Enterprise/Benefited Enterprise/Preferred Enterprise under the Investment Law, if the U.S. resident is a corporation which holds during that portion of the taxable year which precedes the date of payment of the dividend and during the whole of its prior taxable year (if any), at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the voting stock of the Israeli resident paying corporation and not more than 25% of the gross income of the Israeli resident paying corporation for such prior taxable year (if any) consists of certain types of interest or dividends, the tax rate of withholding 15% will be applicable if a certificate for a reduced withholding tax rate would be provided in advance from the Israel Tax Authority, and (iii) in all other cases, the tax rate is 25%, or the domestic rate (if such is lower). The aforementioned rates under the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty will not apply if the dividend income was derived through a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel.

If the dividend is attributable partly to income derived from an Approved Enterprise, Benefited Enterprise or Preferred Enterprise, and partly from other sources of income, the income tax rate will be a blended rate reflecting the relative portions of the types of income.

A non-Israeli resident who receives dividend income derived from or accrued from Israel, from which the full amount of tax was withheld at source, is generally exempt from the obligation to file tax returns in Israel with respect to such income, provided that (i) such income was not generated from a business conducted in Israel by the taxpayer, and (ii) the taxpayer has no other taxable sources of income in Israel with respect to which a tax return is required to be filed.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends to our shareholders and currently we do not intend to distribute cash or other dividends in the foreseeable future. We cannot assure you that, in the event we declare a dividend, we will designate the profits that are being distributed in a way that will reduce shareholders’ tax liability.

Foreign Exchange Regulations

Non-residents of Israel who hold our ordinary shares are able to receive any dividends, and any amounts payable upon the dissolution, liquidation and winding up of our affairs, freely repayable in non-Israeli currency at the rate of exchange prevailing at the time of conversion. However, Israeli income tax is generally required to have been paid or withheld on these amounts. In addition, the statutory framework for the potential imposition of currency exchange controls has not been eliminated, and may be restored at any time by administrative action.

Excess Tax

Individuals who are subject to tax in Israel are also subject to an additional tax at a rate of 3% on annual income exceeding a certain threshold (NIS 661,600 for 2020), which amount is linked to the annual change in the Israeli consumer price index, including, but not limited to income derived from dividends, interest and capital gains, subject to the provisions of an applicable tax treaty.

109

Estate and Gift Tax

Israeli law presently does not impose estate or gift taxes.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations to U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a description of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to an investment in our ordinary shares by U.S. Holders who hold the ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (generally, property held for investment). As used in this section, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of an ordinary share who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

•

a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, including the District of Columbia;

•

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•

a trust if the trust has elected validly to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes or if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions.

This description is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, referred to in this discussion as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as available and in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These sources may change and are open to differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect in a manner that could adversely affect a U.S. Holder. This description does not discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be applicable to investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors who are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law, including:

•

insurance companies;

•

dealers in stocks, securities or currencies;

•

financial institutions and financial services entities;

•

real estate investment trusts;

•

regulated investment companies;

•

partnerships and other pass-through entities, and investors in such entities;

•

persons that receive ordinary shares as compensation for the performance of services;

•

tax-exempt organizations;

•

persons that hold ordinary shares as a position in a straddle or as part of a hedging, conversion or other integrated instrument or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ordinary shares;

•

persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;

•

individual retirement and other tax-deferred accounts;

•

expatriates of the United States;

•

persons having a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar; and

•

direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our ordinary shares and/or other equity by vote or value.

110

This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences or any U.S. federal gift or estate tax or alternative minimum tax considerations.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status and activities of such entity or arrangement and the particular partner and certain determinations made at the partner level. Any such entity or arrangement should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to it and its partners of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares.

We urge you to consult with your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of investing in the ordinary shares, including the effects of federal, state, local, foreign and other tax laws.

Distributions Paid on the Ordinary Shares

We have never paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares and we do not anticipate distributing cash or other dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Subject to the discussion below under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as ordinary dividend income the amount of any distributions paid on the ordinary shares, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld, to the extent that those distributions are paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Subject to the discussion below under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be applied against and will reduce the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares and, to the extent they exceed that tax basis, will be treated as gain from a sale or exchange of those ordinary shares. Our dividends will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction applicable in some cases to U.S. corporations. Dividends paid in NIS, including the amount of any Israeli taxes withheld, will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder in a U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day they are received by the U.S. Holder. Any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is includible in the income of the U.S. Holder to the date that payment is converted into U.S. dollars generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Because we may not account for our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. Holders should expect all distributions to be reported to them as dividends. Distributions on ordinary shares that are treated as dividends generally will constitute income from sources outside the United States for foreign tax credit purposes and generally will constitute passive category income. Subject to certain complex conditions and limitations, Israeli taxes withheld on any distributions on ordinary shares may be eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability. The rules relating to the determination of the U.S. foreign tax credit are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular circumstances and the possibility of claiming an itemized deduction (in lieu of the foreign tax credit) for any foreign taxes paid or withheld.

Dividends paid by a “qualified foreign corporation” to non-corporate U.S. Holders are eligible for taxation at a reduced capital gains rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income provided that certain requirements are met. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends with regard to its particular circumstances. Distributions on ordinary shares that are treated as dividends generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received” deduction generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from U.S. corporations.

A corporation organized outside of the United States, or a non-U.S. corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on ordinary shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We believe that we qualify as a resident of Israel for purposes of, and are eligible for the benefits of, the U.S.-Israel Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, has determined that the U.S.-Israel Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes an exchange of information provision. Therefore, subject to the discussion below under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” if the U.S.-Israel Treaty is applicable, such dividends will generally be “qualified dividend income” in the hands of individual U.S. Holders, provided that certain conditions are met, including holding period and the absence of certain risk reduction transaction requirements. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends with regard to its particular circumstances.

111

Disposition of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion below under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realized (i.e., the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received) on the sale, exchange or other disposition and such U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain taxable at a reduced rate for non-corporate U.S. Holders or long-term capital loss if, on the date of sale, exchange or other disposition, the ordinary shares were held by the U.S. Holder for more than one year. Any capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Holder that is not long-term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized from the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares will generally be gain or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

We believe that we were not a PFIC for our taxable year ended December 31, 2020, and we do not expect to be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the current year ending December 31, 2021 or the foreseeable future. However, the determination of whether we are a PFIC is a factual determination made annually based on all the facts and circumstances and thus is subject to change. The relevant rules for determining whether or not we are a PFIC as applied to our business are not entirely clear and certain aspects of the relevant tests will be outside our control. Therefore, no assurance can be given that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be treated as a PFIC, for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income,” referred to as the PFIC income test, or (2) on average at least 50% of its assets, determined on a quarterly basis, are assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income, referred to as the PFIC asset test. Passive income for this purpose generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, royalties, rents, and gains from the sale or exchange of property that gives rise to passive income. Assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income generally include cash, even if held as working capital or raised in a public offering, marketable securities, and other assets that may produce passive income. Generally, in determining whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC, a proportionate share of the income and assets of each corporation in which it owns, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest (by value) is taken into account.

A separate determination must be made after the close of each taxable year as to whether we were a PFIC for that year. Because the value of our assets for purposes of the PFIC test will generally be determined by reference to the market price of our ordinary shares, fluctuations in the market price of our ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, changes in the composition of our income or assets may cause us to become a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC in any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder could be liable for additional taxes and interest charges under the “PFIC excess distribution regime” upon (1) a distribution paid during a taxable year that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares, and (2) any gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a pledge, of the ordinary shares, whether or not we continue to be a PFIC. Under the PFIC excess distribution regime, the tax on such distribution or gain would be determined by allocating the distribution or gain ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for ordinary shares. The amount allocated to the current taxable year (i.e., the year in which the distribution occurs or the gain is recognized) and any year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income earned in the current taxable year. The amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxed at the highest marginal rates in effect for individuals or corporations, as applicable, to ordinary income for each such taxable year, and an interest charge, generally applicable to underpayments of tax, will be added to the tax.

112

If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds ordinary shares, we must generally continue to be treated as a PFIC by such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds the ordinary shares, unless we cease to meet the requirements for PFIC status and such U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ordinary shares. If the election is made, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to sell the ordinary shares it holds at their fair market value on the last day of the last taxable year in which we qualified as a PFIC, and any gain recognized from such deemed sale would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime. After the deemed sale election, the U.S. Holder’s ordinary shares would not be treated as shares of a PFIC unless we subsequently become a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds ordinary shares and one of our non-U.S. corporate subsidiaries is also a PFIC (i.e., a lower-tier PFIC), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC and would be taxed under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions by the lower-tier PFIC and on gain from the disposition of shares of the lower-tier PFIC even though such U.S. Holder would not receive the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions. Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will not be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime on distributions or gain recognized on ordinary shares if such U.S. Holder makes a valid “mark-to-market” election for our ordinary shares. A mark-to-market election is available to a U.S. Holder only for “marketable stock.” Our ordinary shares will be marketable stock as long as they remain listed on Nasdaq and are regularly traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. There can be no assurance that the ordinary shares will be “marketable stock” for purposes of the mark-to-market election. If a mark-to-market election is in effect, a U.S. Holder generally would take into account, as ordinary income for each taxable year of the U.S. Holder, the excess of the fair market value of ordinary shares held at the end of such taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder would also take into account, as an ordinary loss each year, the excess of the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the excess of amounts previously included in income over ordinary losses deducted as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss recognized as a result of the mark-to-market election. Any gain from a sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC would be treated as ordinary income and any loss from such sale, exchange or other disposition would be treated first as ordinary loss (to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains previously included in income) and thereafter as capital loss.

A mark-to-market election will not apply to ordinary shares for any taxable year during which we are not a PFIC, but will remain in effect with respect to any subsequent taxable year in which we become a PFIC. Such election will not apply to any non-U.S. subsidiaries that we may organize or acquire in the future. Accordingly, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to tax under the PFIC excess distribution regime with respect to any lower-tier PFICs that we may organize or acquire in the future notwithstanding the U.S. Holder’s mark-to-market election for the ordinary shares.

The tax consequences that would apply if we are a PFIC would also be different from those described above if a U.S. Holder were able to make a valid qualified electing fund, or QEF, election. At this time, we do not expect to provide U.S. Holders with the information necessary for a U.S. Holder to make a QEF election. Prospective investors should assume that a QEF election will not be available.

Each U.S. person that is an investor of a PFIC is generally required to file an annual information return on IRS Form 8621 containing such information as the U.S. Treasury Department may require. The failure to file IRS Form 8621 could result in the imposition of penalties and the extension of the statute of limitations with respect to U.S. federal income tax.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are very complex. Prospective U.S. investors are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the ordinary shares and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares of a PFIC.

113

Medicare Tax

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their net investment income, which may include their gross dividend income and net gains from the disposition of ordinary shares. If you are a U.S. person that is an individual, estate or trust, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of this Medicare tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in ordinary shares.

Information Reporting and Back-up Withholding

U.S. Holders may be required to file certain U.S. information reporting returns with the IRS with respect to an investment in ordinary shares, including, among others, IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets). As described above under “- Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations,” each U.S. Holder who is a shareholder of a PFIC must file an annual report containing certain information. U.S. Holders paying more than $100,000 for ordinary shares may be required to file IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) reporting this payment. Substantial penalties may be imposed upon a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with the required information reporting.

Dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares may be reported to the IRS unless the U.S. Holder establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding may apply to amounts subject to reporting if the holder (1) fails to provide an accurate United States taxpayer identification number or otherwise establish a basis for exemption (usually on IRS Form W-9), or (2) is described in certain other categories of persons. However, U.S. Holders that are corporations generally are excluded from these information reporting and backup withholding tax rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by the U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the backup withholding tax and information reporting rules.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

F.Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

G.Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H.Documents on Display

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers and under those requirements will file reports with the SEC. Those reports may be inspected without charge at the locations described below. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Nevertheless, we will file with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 20-F containing financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with and opinion expressed by an independent registered public accounting firm, and we intend to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the SEC’s Form 6‑K.

114

We maintain a corporate website at www.inmodemd.com. We intend to post our Annual Report on Form 20-F on our website promptly following it being filed with the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F. We have included our website address in this Annual Report on Form 20-F solely as an inactive textual reference.

Our SEC filings are available to you on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. This site contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The information on that website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

With respect to references made in this Annual Report on Form 20-F to any contract or other document of InMode, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached or incorporated by reference to this Annual Report on Form 20-F for copies of the actual contract or document.

I.Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ON MARKET RISK

Foreign Currency Risk

Our consolidated revenues are generated primarily in U.S. dollars. In addition, a substantial portion of our consolidated costs are incurred in dollars. We believe that the U.S. dollar is the primary currency of the economic environment we operate in. Thus, the U.S. dollar is our primary functional and reporting currency.

Our transactions and balances originally denominated in dollars are presented at their original amounts. Balances in non-dollar currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using historical and current exchange rates for non-monetary and monetary balances, respectively. For non-U.S. dollar transactions and other items in the consolidated statements of income (indicated below), the following exchange rates are used: (i) for transactions, exchange rates at transaction dates or average rates; and (ii) for other items (derived from non-monetary balance sheet items such as depreciation and amortization), historical exchange rates. Currency translation gains and losses are presented in finance income or expenses, as appropriate.

A significant portion of our operations is conducted through operations in countries other than the United States and Israel. Revenues from our global operations that were recorded in U.S. dollars represented approximately 81%, 83% and 84% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The functional currencies of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. For purposes of consolidation, the financial statements of the Foreign Subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with ASC No. 830, “Foreign Currency Matters” (“ASC 830”).

Interest Rate Risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while maximizing the interest income we receive from our investments, without increasing risk. Currently, we do not have any outstanding borrowings. We intend to invest our cash balances primarily in bank deposits and fixed-income securities issued by corporations, the United States and non-U.S. governments. We are exposed to market risks resulting from changes in interest rates relating primarily to our financial investments in cash, cash equivalents, deposits and marketable securities. We do not use derivative financial instruments to limit exposure to interest rate risk. Our interest gains may decline in the future as a result of changes in the financial markets; however, we believe any such potential loss would be immaterial to us.

115

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

A.Debt Securities

Not applicable.

B.Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

C.Other Securities

Not applicable.

D.American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

Not applicable.

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have performed an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide a reasonable level of assurance that the information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on our evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

116

Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020 using criteria described in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on its assessment, management concluded that the internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020 based on the criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 20-F that have materially affected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Ltd., has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, appearing under “Item 18. Financial Statements” on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERTS

Our board of directors has determined that all members of our audit committee are financially literate as determined in accordance with Nasdaq rules and that Dr. Michael Anghel is qualified to serve as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by SEC rules.

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our directors and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller or principal accounting officer, or other persons performing similar functions. The full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics has been posted on our website at www.inmodemd.com. If we make any amendment to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code of ethics, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website to the extent required by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

117

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees billed by Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Ltd., our independent registered public accounting firm.

	Year ended December 31,
	2020		2019
	USD, in thousands
Audit fees(1)		315		230
Audit-related fees(2)		–		–
Tax fees(3)		23		24
Other fees		–		–
Total		338		254

(1)	Audit fees consist of fees billed or expected to be billed for the annual audit services engagement and other audit services, which are those services that only the external auditor can reasonably provide, and include the Company audit; statutory audits; comfort letters and consents; attest services; and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.
(2)	Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements or that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards; internal control reviews of new systems, programs and projects; review of security controls and operational effectiveness of systems; review of plans and control for shared service centers, due diligence related to acquisitions; accounting assistance and audits in connection with proposed or completed acquisitions; and employee benefit plan audits.
(3)	Tax fees include fees billed for tax compliance services that were rendered during the most recent fiscal year, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refund; tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers and acquisitions, transfer pricing, and requests for rulings or technical advice from taxing authority; tax planning services; and expatriate tax planning and services.
	Our Audit Committee, in accordance with its charter, reviews and pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and other terms) to be provided by our independent auditors.

ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

118

ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Nasdaq Listing Rules and Home Country Practices

Companies incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, whose shares are publicly traded, including companies with shares listed on Nasdaq, are considered public companies under the Companies Law and are required to comply with various corporate governance requirements relating to such matters as the composition and responsibilities of the audit committee and the compensation committee (subject to certain exceptions that we intend to utilize), and a requirement to have an internal auditor. This is the case even if our ordinary shares are not listed on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, which our ordinary shares are not expected to be. These requirements are in addition to the corporate governance requirements imposed by Nasdaq rules and other applicable provisions of U.S. securities laws to which we are subject (as a foreign private issuer). Under Nasdaq rules, a foreign private issuer may generally follow its home country rules of corporate governance in lieu of the comparable requirements of Nasdaq rules, except for certain matters including the composition and responsibilities of the audit committee and the independence of its members within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the SEC.

In accordance with Israeli law and practice and subject to the “home country practice exemption” set forth in Rule 5615 of the Nasdaq rules, we follow the provisions of the Companies Law, rather than the Nasdaq requirements, with respect to the following requirements:

•

Quorum. As permitted under the Companies Law and pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association, the quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, by proxy or by other voting instrument in accordance with the Companies Law, who hold at least 25% of the voting rights in the Company (and in an adjourned meeting, with some exceptions, at least one shareholder holding any number of the voting rights in the Company), instead of 33 1/3% of the issued share capital required under Nasdaq rules. A proxy may be deemed to be two (2) or more shareholders pursuant to the number of shareholders represented by the proxy holder.

•

Nomination of Directors. Our directors are elected through a staggered board mechanism. The nominations for directors, which are presented to our shareholders by our board of directors, are generally made by the board of directors itself or a duly authorized committee thereof, in accordance with the provisions of our amended and restated articles of association and the Companies Law. Nominations need not be made by a nominating committee of our board of directors consisting solely of independent directors, as required under Nasdaq rules.

•

Proxy Statements. We are not required to and, in reliance on home country practice, we do not intend to, comply with certain Nasdaq rules regarding the provision of proxy statements for general meetings of shareholders. Israeli corporate law does not have a regulatory regime for the solicitation of proxies. We intend to provide notice convening an annual general meeting, including an agenda and other relevant documents.

•

Shareholder Approval. We are not required to and, in reliance on home country practice, we do not intend to, comply with certain Nasdaq rules regarding shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities under Nasdaq Rule 5635. In accordance with the provisions of our amended and restated articles of association and the Companies Law, our board of directors is authorized to issue securities, including ordinary shares, warrants and convertible notes.

•

Executive Sessions. We are not required to and, in reliance on home country practice, we do not intend to, comply with certain Nasdaq rules regarding regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Other than as stated above, we currently intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq’s listing standards.

We may in the future elect to follow home country corporate governance practices in Israel with regard to other matters.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Registrant has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this Item.

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

See the financial statements beginning on page F-1. The following financial statements are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm.

119

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.	Description
1.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Association of InMode Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 6-K filed with the SEC on August 12, 2019).
4.1	Invasix Ltd. 2008 ROW Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019).
4.2	Invasix Ltd. 2008 Israeli Option Plan (English translation) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019).
4.3	InMode Ltd. 2018 Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 29, 2019).
4.4	Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019).
4.5	Consultancy Agreement, dated August 1, 2018, by and between InMode Ltd. and Mr. Moshe Mizrahy (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019).
4.6	Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 2017, by and between Invasix Corp. and Dr. Michael Kreindel (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019).
4.7	Form of Option Award for Israeli Employees, Officers and Directors and Form of Option Award for Consultants, Service Providers and Non-Israeli Employees, Officers and Directors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019).
4.8	Turn-Key Manufacturing Agreement, dated April 1, 2011, by and between Invasix Ltd. and Flextronics Israel Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333¬232615) filed with the SEC on July 29, 2019).
4.9	Turn-Key Manufacturing Agreement, dated November 7, 2013, by and between Invasix Ltd. and STI Laser Industries Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 29, 2019).
4.10	Lease Agreement, dated April 16, 2018, by and between Sha’ar Yokneam Limited Partnership and InMode Ltd. (English translation). Supplemental Lease Agreement, dated January 13, 2019, by and between Sha’ar Yokneam Limited Partnership and InMode Ltd. (English translation) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019). Second Supplemental Lease Agreement, dated February 16, 2020, by and between Sha’ar Yokneam Limited Partnership and InMode Ltd. (English translation) (filed herewith)
4.11	Founders Memorandum of Understanding dated March 4, 2014, by and between Invasix Ltd. and Wigmore Medical Limited (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-232615) filed with the SEC on July 11, 2019).
4.12	Compensation Policy (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Form 6-K filed with the SEC on February 18, 2020). Amended and Restated Compensation Policy dated April 2, 2020 (filed herewith).
4.13	Share Exchange Agreement, dated November 11, 2020, by and between the Company, The Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-Industry Investment Fund (LLP) and Guangzhou InMode Medical Technology Ltd. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 12, 2020).
8.1	List of Subsidiaries (filed herewith)
12.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. as amended (filed herewith).
12.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (filed herewith).
13.1	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (filed herewith).
13.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
15.1	Consent of Kesselman & Kesselman, a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inter-national Limited, an independent registered public accounting firm.

120

SIGNATURES

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

INMODE LTD.
By:	/s/ Yair Malca
	Yair Malca
	Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 10, 2021

121

INMODE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

	Page
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:	F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-5
Consolidated Statements of Income	F-6
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity	F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	F-9
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-10

  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of InMode Ltd.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of InMode Ltd and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Kesselman & Kesselman, Derech Menachem Begin 146, Tel-Aviv 6492103, Israel,

P.O Box 7187 Tel-Aviv 6107120, Telephone: +972 -3- 7954555, Fax:+972 -3- 7954556, www.pwc.com/il

F - 2

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Uncertain Tax Positions

As described in Notes 2 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recorded a provision of $2.9 million for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2020. The estimate of the Company’s tax provision relating to uncertain tax positions requires management to assess uncertainties and to make judgments about the application of complex tax laws and regulations. The Company operates on a global basis and is subject to tax laws and regulations mainly in Israel and US, as well as numerous foreign jurisdictions. Accounting for income taxes requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. The Company’s income tax filings are regularly under audit in multiple federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions and income tax audits may require an extended period of time to reach resolution and may result in significant income tax adjustments when interpreting tax laws. As management has further disclosed, changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate and consequently, affect the operating results of the Company.

F - 3

 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to uncertain tax positions is a critical audit matter are the fact that there was significant judgment by management when determining the reserve, including a high degree of estimation uncertainty related to the Israel and US complex tax laws, and potential for significant adjustments as a result of such audits. This in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, effort, and subjectivity in performing procedures to evaluate the timely identification and accurate measurement of uncertain tax positions. Also, the evaluation of audit evidence available to support the tax provision for uncertain tax positions is complex and required significant auditor judgment as the nature of the evidence is often highly subjective, and the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skills and knowledge to assist in evaluating the audit evidence obtained.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to identification and recognition of the provision for uncertain tax positions, controls addressing completeness of the uncertain tax positions, as well as controls over measurement of the provision. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing the completeness of management’s assessment of both the identification of uncertain tax positions and possible outcomes of each uncertain tax position; (ii) testing the information used in the calculation of the provision for uncertain tax positions, including intercompany agreements, Israel, federal, and state filing positions, and the related final tax returns in Israel and in the US; (iii) testing the calculation of the provision for uncertain tax positions in Israel and in the US; and (iv) utilizing professionals with specialized skills and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the completeness and measurement of the Company’s uncertain tax positions, including evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assessment of whether tax positions are more-likely-than-not of being sustained and the amount of potential benefit to be realized and the application of relevant tax laws.

/s/ Kesselman & Kesselman

Certified Public Accountants (lsr.)

A member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited

Tel-Aviv, Israel

February 10, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.

F - 4

INMODE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)

	December 31
	2020			2019
Assets
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents		68,938			44,727
Marketable securities (amortized cost of $141,544 and $119,983, respectively)		142,007			120,144
Short-term bank deposits		49,589			28,491
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $672 and $432, respectively		10,499			6,628
Other receivables		3,575			3,810
Inventories		14,983			9,408
T O T A L CURRENT ASSETS		289,591			213,208
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Accounts receivable		477			374
Other receivables		2,894			-
Deferred income taxes, net		64			1,899
Operating lease right-of-use assets		1,153			1,369
Property and equipment, net		982			935
Other investments		600			600
T O T A L NON-CURRENT ASSETS		6,170			5,177
T O T A L ASSETS		295,761			218,385
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable		6,410			3,702
Contract liabilities		11,900			15,587
Other liabilities		16,720			13,205
T O T A L CURRENT LIABILITIES		35,030			32,494
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Contract liabilities		1,988			3,813
Other liabilities		2,910			1,494
Operating lease liabilities		358			744
Deferred income taxes, net		-			37
T O T A L NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES		5,256			6,088
T O T A L LIABILITIES		40,286			38,582
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (note 11)
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
InMode Ltd. shareholders’ equity:
Ordinary shares, NIS 0.01 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019
Issued 38,177,218 and 32,799,082 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Outstanding 37,783,777 and 32,799,082 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively		108			93
Additional paid-in capital		101,701			81,863
Retained earnings		169,016			93,986
Accumulated other comprehensive income		356			124
Less treasury shares, at cost at December 31, 2020: 393,441 Ordinary Shares		(17,218	)		-
		253,963			176,066
Non-controlling interests		1,512			3,737
T O T A L SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY		255,475			179,803
T O T A L LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY		295,761			218,385

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F - 5

INMODE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019			2018
REVENUES		206,107		156,361			100,162
COST OF REVENUES		30,849		20,238			15,057
GROSS PROFIT		175,258		136,123			85,105
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Research and development		9,467		5,699			4,180
Sales and marketing		86,532		66,848			44,622
General and administrative		6,418		3,958			4,814
Legal settlements and loss contingencies		-		-			8,000
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES		102,417		76,505			61,616
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS		72,841		59,618			23,489
Finance income, net		3,291		2,423			136
INCOME BEFORE TAXES		76,132		62,041			23,625
INCOME TAXES		1,107		883			1,260
NET INCOME		75,025		61,158			22,365
Add: Loss (net income) attributable to non-controlling interests		5		(13	)		6
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO INMODE LTD		75,030		61,145			22,371
NET INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic		2.08		2.09			0.82
Diluted		1.78		1.60			0.62
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING USED IN COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
Basic		36,057,182		29,231,476			26,613,942
Diluted		42,092,299		38,058,625			35,006,644

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 6

INMODE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019			2018
NET INCOME		75,025		61,158			22,365
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment		-		(34	)		(153	)
Change in net unrealized gains of marketable securities, net of tax		232		86			(1	)
T O T A L COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, net		75,257		61,210			22,211
Add: Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests		5		(7	)		1
T O T A L COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO INMODE LTD		75,262		61,203			22,212

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 7

INMODE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except for per share data)

	InMode Ltd. Shareholders’ Equity																Non-controlling Interests			Total
	Ordinary Shares					Additional paid-in capital		Retained earnings			Accumulated other comprehensive income			Treasury shares
	Number of shares issued			Amount
BALANCE AS OF JANUARY 1, 2018		26,350,484			74		8,019		11,135			225			-			-			19,453
CHANGES DURING 2018:
Net income		-			-		-		22,371			-			-			(6	)		22,365
Other comprehensive income,  net		-			-		-		-			(159	)		-			5			(154	)
Share-based compensation		-			-		1,947		-			-			-			-			1,947
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest		-			-		-		(535	)		-			-			-			(535	)
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interests (see note 12b)		-			-		-		-			-			-			1,414			1,414
Exercise of  options		331,929			*		186		-			-			-			-			186
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2018		26,682,413			74		10,152		32,971			66			-			1,413			44,676
CHANGES DURING 2019:
Net income		-			-		-		61,145			-			-			13			61,158
Other comprehensive income,  net		-			-		-		-			58			-			(6	)		52
Share-based compensation		-			-		1,557		-			-			-			-			1,557
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest		-			-		-		(130	)		-			-			-			(130	)
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interests (see note 12b)		-			-		-		-			-			-			2,317			2,317
Initial public offering of ordinary shares, net of offering costs		5,500,000			16		69,768		-			-			-			-			69,784
Exercise of  options		616,669			3		386		-			-			-			-			389
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2019		32,799,082			93		81,863		93,986			124			-			3,737			179,803
CHANGES DURING 2020:
Net income		-			-		-		75,030			-			-			(5	)		75,025
Other comprehensive income,  net		-			-		-		-			232			-			-			232
Share-based compensation		-			-		12,845		-			-			-			-			12,845
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in exchange of ordinary shares (see note 12b)		-			-		2,220		-			-			-			(2,220	)		-
Repurchase of ordinary shares		(393,441	)		-		-		-			-			(17,218	)		-			(17,218	)
Exercise of  options		5,378,136			15		4,773		-			-			-			-			4,788
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2020		37,783,777			108		101,701		169,016			356			(17,218	)		1,512			255,475

* Representing an amount less than one thousand.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 8

INMODE LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019			2018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income		75,025			61,158			22,365
Adjustments required to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		416			302			184
Share-based compensation expenses		12,845			1,557			1,947
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts		442			78			(33	)
Loss (gains) on marketable securities, net		5			3			(21	)
Changes in fair value of marketable securities, net		-			-			291
Finance income, net		(625	)		(835	)		(45	)
Deferred income taxes, net		1,729			(594	)		(592	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable		(4,416	)		449			(571	)
Increase in other receivables		(2,647	)		(1,316	)		(1,171	)
Increase in inventories		(5,575	)		(2,445	)		(1,891	)
Increase in accounts payable		2,708			92			541
Increase in other liabilities		4,830			4,094			2,631
Increase (decrease) in contract liabilities		(5,512	)		9,663			5,251
Increase (decrease) in accrued contingencies		-			(10,000	)		8,000
Net cash provided by operating activities		79,225			62,206			36,886
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Investment in short-term deposit		(55,699	)		(47,810	)		(10,000	)
Proceeds from short-term deposit		34,810			29,500			-
Purchase of fixed assets		(463	)		(693	)		(381	)
Other Investments		-			(600	)		-
Purchase of marketable securities		(169,689	)		(165,423	)		(38,346	)
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities		147,736			72,574			18,988
Net cash used in investing activities		(43,305	)		(112,452	)		(29,739	)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from initial public offering of ordinary shares, net of offering costs		-			69,784			-
Repurchase of ordinary shares		(17,218	)		-			-
Exercise of options		4,776			389			186
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(12,442	)		70,173			186
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH		733			79			(205	)
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		24,211			20,006			7,128
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT    BEGINNING OF THE YEAR		44,727			24,721			17,593
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT    END OF THE YEAR		68,938			44,727			24,721
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:
Income taxes paid		217			1,415			1,800
Interest received		2,771			1,525			662
NON-CASH ACTIVITIES
Deferred offering costs in accounts payable		-			-			895
Recognition of operating lease ROU and liabilities		566			417			-
Exercise of Options		12			-			-

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 9

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 1 - GENERAL:

InMode Ltd. (separately and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated on January 2, 2008 and commenced operations shortly thereafter. The Company’s headquarters are located in Israel.

The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets innovative minimally-invasive aesthetic medical products based on its proprietary radio frequency assisted lipolysis and deep subdermal fractional radio frequency technologies. These technologies are used to remodel subdermal adipose, or fatty, tissue in a variety of procedures including liposuction with simultaneous skin tightening, body and face contouring and ablative skin rejuvenation treatments. In addition to the minimally-invasive technologies, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets non‑invasive medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures including permanent hair reduction, facial skin rejuvenation, wrinkle reduction, cellulite treatment, skin appearance and texture and superficial benign vascular and pigmented lesions. The Company also designs, develops, manufactures and markets hands-free medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures such as skin tightening, fat reduction and muscle stimulation.

In August 2019, the Company completed an initial public offering (the “IPO“) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the "Nasdaq"), in which it issued 5,500,000 ordinary shares, NIS 0.01 par value per share, at a price per share of $14. The net proceeds received from the IPO were approximately $69,784, after deducting underwriting commissions and other offering expenses. See also note 12a.

The Company has ten wholly-owned subsidiaries located in the United States and Canada (“North America”), Hong-Kong, Japan, Spain, Israel, India, Australia, China and France. The wholly owned subsidiary in France was established in June 2020. In addition, the Company holds 51% interests in a subsidiary located in the United Kingdom. The Company’s eleven subsidiaries are referred to collectively herein as the “Subsidiaries.” The Company sells its products primarily through its Subsidiaries. See note 12b for an update regarding change in ownership of the China subsidiary.

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

a.Basis of presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

b.Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.

F - 10

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

c.Functional currency

The U.S. dollar (“U.S. dollar” or “$“) is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company is conducted. Substantial revenues and a substantial portion of the operational costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, the functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar (“primary currency”).

Transactions and balances originally denominated in U.S. dollars are presented at their original amounts. Balances in non-U.S. dollar currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using historical and current exchange rates for non-monetary and monetary balances, respectively. For non-U.S. dollar transactions and other items in the statements of income (indicated below), the following exchange rates are used: (i) for transactions - exchange rates at transaction dates or average exchange rates; and (ii) for other items (derived from non-monetary balance sheet items such as depreciation and amortization) - historical exchange rates. Currency transaction gains and losses are presented in financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

The functional currency of each of the Subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.

d.Principles of consolidation and presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries represent the equity in subsidiaries not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented in equity separately from the equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company. Profit or loss and components of other comprehensive income are attributed to the Company and to non-controlling interests. Losses are attributed to non-controlling interests even if they result in a negative balance of non-controlling interests in the consolidated balance sheet.

The carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests were based on the higher of: (a) the non-controlling interests based on the initial fair value with the addition of its share in the operating results of the relevant subsidiary net of dividend paid; or (b) the redemption value of the put option. Adjustment of the carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests was charged to retained earnings.

The Company treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with its equity owners. Accordingly, for purchases of shares from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the portion acquired of the carrying value of the net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.

Gains or losses on disposals of shares to non-controlling interests were recorded in equity.

e.Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers cash equivalents to be all short-term, highly liquid investments, which include money market instruments, that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use, and short-term bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

f.Short-term bank deposits

Bank deposits with maturities of more than three months but less than one year are included in short-term deposits. Such short-term deposits bear interest at an average annual rate of approximately 0.35%-2.90% in 2019 and 0.15%-2.35% in 2020.

F - 11

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

g.Marketable securities

AFS Securities

Marketable securities consist of government bonds and corporate debt securities (together “debt securities”) and certificates of deposit measured at fair value in each reporting period. The fair value of quoted securities is based on current market value.

Debt securities and certificates of deposit are classified as available-for-sale (together “AFS securities”). Changes in fair value, excluding credit losses and impairments, net of taxes (if applicable), are reflected in other comprehensive income or loss. Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable debt securities as well as premium or discount amortization are included in the consolidated statements of income as finance income or expense. Fair value is calculated based on publicly available market information. If the amortized cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, the Company evaluates, among other factors, general market conditions, credit quality of debt instrument issuers, and the extent to which the fair value is less than cost. To determine credit losses, the Company evaluates, among other, available quantitative and qualitative evidence. In addition, the Company considers specific adverse conditions related to the financial health of, and business outlook for, the investee. The decline in fair value below cost is recorded as an impairment charge in finance income or expense, net.

The Company classifies investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have stated maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase as cash equivalents and those with stated maturities of greater than three months as marketable securities.

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase.

Equity Securities

The Company applies ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825‑10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”), which relates to certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments.

Changes in fair value of marketable equity securities and mutual funds, are reflected in the consolidated statements of income as finance income or expense.

h.Other Investments

For other investments, the Company applies the measurement alternative upon the adoption of ASU 2016-01, and elected to record equity investments without readily determinable fair values at cost, less impairment, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. In this measurement alternative method, changes in the carrying value of the equity investments are reflected in current earnings. Changes in the carrying value of the equity investment are required to be made whenever there are observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer.

Investment in convertible debt is measured at cost, less any impairment (see also note 8).

F - 12

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

i.Inventories

Inventories include raw materials and finished products and are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value.

Cost is determined as follows:

•

Raw materials: first in, first out (“FIFO”) method.

•

Finished products: using the “moving average” basis. The moving average is calculated as each additional inventory unit is purchased.

The Company regularly evaluates its ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales or usage, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions.

j.Leases

On January 1, 2019 the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Balances related to operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, other current liabilities, and operating lease liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company also elected to combine lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized as of the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The discount rate for the lease is the rate implicit in the lease unless that rate cannot be readily determined. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company’s uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term (see also note 9).

Upon adoption, the Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed to carryforward the Company’s historical lease classification, the Company’s assessment on whether a contract was or contains a lease, and the Company’s initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to January 1, 2019. The new standard resulted in an increase of $1,585 in operating lease ROU assets and corresponding liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income or consolidated statement of cash flows and did not have an impact on the comparative figures.

F - 13

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

k.Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Computers	3 - 4 years
Molds	4 - 10 years
Equipment and furniture	10 - 17 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, which is typically shorter than the estimated useful life of the improvements.

l.Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company tests long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss, which is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the asset, using the expected future discounted cash flows.

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss on its long-lived assets.

m.Legal and other contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management assesses such contingent liabilities, if any, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s management evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought.

Management applies the guidance in ASC 450-20, “Loss Contingencies” when assessing losses resulting from contingencies. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is recorded as accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a provision of $10,000 in relation to litigation that was resolved in January 2019 (see also note 11b).

F - 14

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

n.Income taxes:

1)

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 prescribes the use of the liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value if it is more likely than not that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as non-current in accordance with ASU 2015‑17.

2)

Upon the distribution of dividends from the tax-exempt income of a Benefited Enterprise (see also note 13a(2)), the amount distributed is subject to tax at the rate that would have been applicable had the Company not been exempted from payment thereof. The tax amount will be recorded as an income tax expense in the period in which the Company declares the dividend. As to the amount of tax that would be owed if the Company distributed all of the retained earnings that would be subject to the tax exemption, see note 13a.

3)

The Company may incur an additional tax liability in the event of an inter-company dividend distribution from Foreign Subsidiaries; no additional deferred income taxes have been provided, since the Company does not expect to distribute inter-company dividends in the foreseeable future that may result in additional tax liability.

4)

Taxes that would apply in the event of disposal of investments in Subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing the deferred income taxes, as it is the Company’s intent and ability to hold these investments.

5)

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740-10. ASC 740‑10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit of the largest amount that is more than 50% (cumulative probability) likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits under taxes on income (tax benefit).

F - 15

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

o.Share-based compensation

The Company grants share options to its employees, directors and non-employees in consideration for services rendered. See note 12(a)(2)for details on outstanding share capital.

The Company accounts for share-based payment awards classified as equity awards using the grant-date fair value method. The fair value at grant-date of the issued equity award is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of each share-based payment granted is estimated using the Binomial Model. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company elected to recognize share-based compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule using the straight-line method based on the multiple-option award approach. Performance-based option expenses are calculated based on the options valuation at the grant date, and recognized based on the probability of achieving those targets. The Company assess at what scale can the performance targets be reached at each balance sheet date, and expenses are recognized accordingly.

The Company applies ASU 2018-07 (Topic 718) that expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the provision of the amendment, the Company measures share-based compensation to non-employees in the same manner (except for certain exceptions) as share-based compensation to employees.

p.Revenue recognition

The Company applies ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the entity performs the following five steps:

(i)

Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

(ii)

Identify the performance obligations in the contract. The Company determined that its arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate performance obligations: products, consumables and extended warranties;

(iii)

Determine the transaction price;

(iv)

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;

The Company estimates the standalone selling prices of the services to be provided based on actual sales transactions of service contract purchased on a standalone basis and uses the residual approach to estimate the selling price of the products; and

F - 16

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

(v)	Recognize revenue when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.
	The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer, after considering any price concession expected to be provided to the customer, when applicable. At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.
	The Company uses the following practical expedients that are permitted under the rules:
		• The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in sales and marketing expenses. • The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected length of one year or less.
	The following is a description of the principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue.

Product Revenue, Net

Revenues from product sales are recognized when the customer obtains control over the Company’s product, typically upon shipment to the customer. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenues.

Payment terms and conditions vary by customer. The Company’s standard terms for end users usually require of payment upon delivery and for distributors require a down payment and payments made within several month from the invoice date.

The Company may enter into installment sales contracts with end users in North America that provide them with long-term (generally up to 60 months) financing for the purchase of the Company’s products. The interest rate used in these contracts reflects the credit characteristics of the party receiving financing in the contract, as well as any collateral or security provided by the customer. Interest income on these receivables is recognized as finance income and earned over the terms of the contract.

Variable consideration includes price concessions related to installment sales contracts and other price concessions related to COVID-19 (see also note 3). The Company estimates variable consideration using the most likely method. Amounts included in the transaction price are recognized only when it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues will not occur.

The Company does not grant a right of return, refund, cancelation or termination. From time to time, the Company participates in its customers' marketing activities and deducts such amounts from revenue.

F - 17

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

Service Revenue

The Company also generates revenues from long-term maintenance contracts (“Extended Warranty”). Revenue from Extended Warranty is recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the applicable service contract. These maintenance agreements are included in contract liabilities. Revenue from repairs performed in the absence of Extended Warranty is recognized when the related services are performed.

The Company classifies the portion of contract liabilities not expected to be earned in the subsequent 12 months as long-term.

q.Allowance for doubtful accounts and financial instruments - credit loss

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records an allowance when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances during the period in which such loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. Doubtful account balances are written off and deducted from the allowance when the receivable is deemed uncollectible, after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Starting from January 1, 2020, the Company applies ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“the Standard”).

The Company uses the Standard as part of the allowance for doubtful accounts estimated losses which takes into account a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This information includes among other the historic experience, the extent and amount of the account and geographical characteristics of the account.

The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

r.Warranty reserve

The Company provides a one-year standard warranty for its products. The Company records a provision for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty reserve include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty repairs and the cost per repair. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

The following table sets forth activity in the Company’s accrued warranty account for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively:

	2020		2019		2018
Balance at beginning of year	472		706		380
Cost incurred	(1,127	)	(756	)	(1,009	)
Expense recognized	1,360		522		1,335
Balance at end of year	705		472		706

F - 18

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

s.Cost of revenues

Cost of revenue consists of products purchased from turnkey sub-contractors which are responsible for the production of most of the Company’s products under the Company’s directions and supervision, raw materials for in-house assembly line, shipping and handling costs to customers and to subsidiaries, salary, employee-related expenses and overhead expenses of internal assembly line and service costs associate with warranty.

t.Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and includes salaries and employee-related expenses, overhead expenses, material and third-party contractor’s charges related to product development, regulatory affairs and clinical studies.

u.Net income per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributed to InMode Ltd. shareholders by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, outstanding for each period.

For the diluted earnings per share calculation, the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year is adjusted for the average number of shares that are potentially issuable in connection with employee share-based payment, using the treasury stock method.

The Company deducted the accretion of the redeemable non-controlling interest in computing the basic and diluted earnings per share.

v.Fair value measurement

The Company measures fair value and discloses fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. Fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions.

The fair value of the financial instruments included in the working capital of the Company is usually identical or close to their carrying value.

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.

Level 2 - Observable prices that are based on identical or similar instruments not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by observable market data, or quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

The Company maintains policies and procedures to determine the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using what it considers to be the most relevant and reliable market data available.

F - 19

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

w.Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management does not segregate its business for internal reporting. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of its business based on financial data consistent with the presentation in the accompanying financial statements. The Company concluded that its unified business is conducted globally and accordingly represents one operating segment.

Entity-wide disclosures on revenue and long-lived assets are presented in note 14.

x.Employee severance benefits

The Company is required to make severance payments upon dismissal of an employee or upon termination of employment in certain circumstances.

In accordance with the current employment terms with all of its employees (Section 14 of the Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963) located in Israel, the Company makes regular deposits with certain insurance companies for accounts controlled by each applicable employee in order to secure the employee’s full retirement benefit obligation. The Company is relieved from any severance pay liability with respect to each such employee after it makes the payments on behalf of the employee. The liability accrued in respect of these employees and the amounts funded, as of the respective agreement dates, are not reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, as the amounts funded are not under the control and management of the Company and the pension or severance pay risks have been irrevocably transferred to the applicable insurance companies.

The amounts of severance payment expenses were $329, $242 and $174 and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $337 in the year ending December 31, 2021 to insurance companies in connection with its expected severance liabilities for the year.

y.Offering costs

Deferred offering costs relating to the IPO, were capitalized and offset against proceeds upon the consummation of IPO in shareholders’ equity.

z.Treasury Shares

Treasury shares are presented as a reduction of equity, at their cost to the Company.

F - 20

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

aa.Newly issued and recently adopted accounting pronouncements

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements:

1)In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. This guidance replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The guidance became effective for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2020, including interim periods within that year. This guidance did not have significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Recently issued Accounting Pronouncements, not yet adopted

2)In December 2019, the FASB issued a new standard to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences related to changes in ownership of equity method investments and foreign subsidiaries. The standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020., with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that this standard will have material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 3 - COVID-19:

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 to be a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic is having widespread, rapidly evolving, and unpredictable impacts on global society, economies, financial markets, and business practices. Governments around the world have implemented measures in an effort to contain the virus, including social distancing, travel restrictions, border closures, limitations on public gatherings, work from home, supply chain logistical changes and closure of non-essential businesses. To protect the health and well-being of the Company’s employees, suppliers, and customers, the Company have made substantial modifications to employee travel policies, implemented office closures as employees are advised to work from home only when shutdowns were declared, and cancelled or shifted the Company’s conferences and other marketing events to virtual-only through 2020. Though the Company sees great progress to overcome the COVID-19 pandemic, with distribution of vaccines, still the COVID-19 may continue to impact the Company’s business operations, including its employees, customers, partners, and communities, and there is uncertainty in the nature and degree of its continued effects over time.

The uncertainty to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s business, affects management’s judgment and assumptions relating to accounting estimates in a variety of areas that depend on these estimates and assumptions, including variable consideration related to price concessions resulted an immaterial influence at the end of the year. COVID-19 also resulted in re-pricing of the Company’s existing share-based compensations (see also note 12a).

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact the Company’s business going forward will depend on numerous evolving factors that cannot be reliably predicted, including the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business, and individuals' actions in response to the pandemic; and the impact on economic activity including the possibility of recession or financial market instability.

F - 21

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 4 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS:

AFS securities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consisted of government bonds, corporate debt securities and certificates of deposit. These marketable securities are recorded at fair value.

The following table sets forth the Company’s marketable securities for the periods indicated:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Government bonds *	124,821	104,349
Corporate debt securities	15,118	14,023
Certificates of deposit	2,068	1,772
Total	142,007	120,144

* As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consists of $2,555 and $2,104 non-U.S. government bonds, respectively.

The Company classifies AFS securities within Level 2 because it uses alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs to determine their fair value. See also note 2(v).

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period:

	December 31, 2020
	Fair value	Cost or amortized cost	Gross unrealized holding loss		Gross unrealized holding gains
Level 2 securities:
Government bonds	124,821	124,462	(12)		371
Corporate debt securities	15,118	15,040	(16)		94
Certificates of deposit	2,068	2,042	-		26
Total	142,007	141,544	(28	)	491

	December 31, 2019
	Fair value	Cost or amortized cost	Gross unrealized holding loss		Gross unrealized holding gains
Level 2 securities:
Government bonds	104,349	104,230	(38	)	157
Corporate debt securities	14,023	13,985	(15	)	53
Certificates of deposit	1,772	1,768	-		4
Total	120,144	119,983	(53	)	214

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company considered, based on its evaluation, that the decreases in market value on relevant marketable securities were temporarily impaired and therefore did not result in an impairment charge in finance income or expense, net.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s debt securities had the following maturity dates:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Due within one year	21,662	32,642
1 to 2 years	91,401	41,784
2 to 3 years	28,944	45,718
Total	142,007	120,144

F - 22

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

Accounts receivable consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020		2019
Trade	9,396		6,186
Notes receivable	2,252		1,248
Less - allowance for doubtful debt	(672	)	(432	)
	10,976		7,002
Less - non-current accounts receivable	(477	)	(374	)
Total accounts receivable	10,499		6,628

NOTE 6 - INVENTORIES:

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Raw materials	3,642	2,725
Finished products	11,341	6,683
Total inventories	14,983	9,408

NOTE 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:

Composition of property and equipment grouped by major classifications is as follows:

	December 31
	2020			2019
Computers		658			392
Office furniture and equipment		151			132
Molds		1,527			1,398
Leasehold improvements		283			234
		2,619			2,156
Less: accumulated depreciation		(1,637	)		(1,221	)
Total property and equipment, net		982			935

Total depreciation and amortization in respect of property and equipment were $416, $302 and $184 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively.

F - 23

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 8 - OTHER INVESTMENTS:

In November 2019, the Company signed a Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement (the “SPA”) with Medimor Ltd., one of the Company’s turnkey manufacturing subcontractors (“Medimor”). Pursuant to the SPA, the Company has committed to invest an aggregate amount of $600 (the “Investment Amount”), in several closings, in consideration for up to 1,369,863 ordinary shares of Medimor (which reflects a 10.34% ownership interest in Medimor at the signing date, on a fully diluted basis), of which 414,384 ordinary shares, in the amount of $181.5 (the “Initial Shares Investment Amount”), were issued upon consummation of the initial closing on December 31, 2019, and additional 955,479 ordinary shares (the “Milestone Shares”) in the amount of $418.5 (the “Milestone Shares Investment Amount”) were to be issued upon, and subject to the occurrence of, any of the milestone events (each, a “Milestone Event”) as stated in the SPA. In July 2020 the Milestone Event has been met and, accordingly, the Milestone Shares were issued to the Company. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has paid Medimor the full Investment Amount and was issued with 1,369,863 ordinary shares of Medimor, which reflects a 14.78%ownership interest in Medimor, and 10.34% ownership interest in Medimor on a fully diluted basis, upon the last of such issuances.

The Initial Shares Investment Amount is measured at cost, less impairment and adjusted for subsequent observable price changes, and starting from July 2020, the Milestone Shares Investment Amount is measured in the same way.

NOTE 9 - LEASES:

The Company’s main leasing properties are located in Israel, USA and Canada as detailed below:

a.In May 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement for its headquarters in Israel. On January 13, 2019, the Company signed a supplement lease agreement, expanding its headquarters in Israel (“Supplement Lease Agreement”), and in February 2020, the Company signed an additional supplement lease agreement, further expanding its headquarters in Israel (“Additional Supplement Lease Agreement”, and collectively, the “Lease Agreement”). The Lease Agreement will expire in December 2021.

The costs under the Lease Agreement in Israel are linked to the Israeli Consumer Price Index. For purposes of ensuring the Company’s obligation towards the lessor, the Company has provided the lessor with a bank guarantee of NIS 339 thousand (approximately $105).

The Company also leases vehicles for several employees in Israel for a period of three years.

b.The Company’s U.S. subsidiary has a lease agreement for its offices that expires in August 2022. In August 2020, the Company’s U.S. subsidiary, has signed a new lease agreement, for additional property for its offices (“Additional U.S Lease”). The Additional U.S Lease is for 7 years and 4 months and will commence at the beginning of 2021 according to terms of the agreement.

c.The Company’s Canadian subsidiary has a lease agreement for its offices that expires in June 2022. The lease is with a related party (see also note 15b).

From time to time the Company also leases small properties, mainly for offices for subsidiaries around the world which range for periods of up to 3 years. In February 2020, one of the Company’s subsidiaries signed a new lease agreement for its offices that expires in January 2023.

F - 24

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 9 - LEASES (continued):

The lease cost was as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Operating lease cost		930		766

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Operating cash flows from operating leases		963		786

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Operating Leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets		1,153		1,369
Other current liabilities		880		672
Operating lease liabilities		358		744
Total operating lease liabilities		1,238		1,416
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
Operating leases		1.33 years		2.08 years
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating leases	2.75%		2.75%

As of December 31, 2020, the maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

	Operating Leases
Year Ending December 31,
2021		896
2022		316
2023		58
Total lease payments		1,270
Less imputed interests		(32	)
Total		1,238

F - 25

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 10 - OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020		2019
Employees and related expenses		10,022		8,164
Government institutions		1,224		1,539
Income tax		758		202
Other		4,716		3,300
Total other current liabilities		16,720		13,205

NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:

a.Subcontracting agreements

The Company has an existing turnkey manufacturing agreement with one of its major subcontractors provider in Israel in connection with manufacturing and assembling the Company’s products. The agreement is renewed automatically every year, unless either the Company or the turnkey manufacturer gives written notice three months prior to the expiration of the term. Additionally, the Company or the turnkey manufacturer have the ability to terminate the contract at any time and for any reason with a prior written notice of four months.

In October 2019, the Company entered into a turnkey manufacturing agreement with another of its major subcontractors provider in Israel, Medimor Ltd. The agreement is for three years and renewed automatically every year afterwards, unless either the Company or the turnkey manufacturer gives written notice three months prior to the expiration of the term. See also note 8.

According to the agreements above, the Company does not have a minimum order obligation, but the Company provides the subcontractors a six-month rolling forecast with the projected demand for products. In case of termination of the agreement with each subcontractor, the Company has to compensate that subcontractor for non-returnable inventory, materials in orders that cannot be cancelled and finished products inventory. As of December 31, 2020, the subcontractors’ finished goods inventory, raw material and open orders amounted to approximately $9,585.

b.Litigation and contingencies

The Company was involved in various claims, legal proceedings and investigations.

In January 2019, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Syneron Medical Ltd. and Candela Corporation (“Syneron-Candela”) and Massachusetts General Hospital (“MGH”) that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange for a one-time cash payment that the Company made to Syneron-Candela and MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, the Company entered into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that granted the Company and its subsidiaries a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted pursuant to the sublicense agreement.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has accrued a provision of $10,000 in connection with its legal proceedings and settlements, which was paid in February 2019.

F - 26

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

a.Share Capital:

1)Ordinary shares

Each holder of the Company’s ordinary shares is entitled to one vote. The holders of ordinary shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since inception, the Company has not declared any dividends.

In June 2019, the Company's shareholders resolved to increase the authorized share capital of the Company to NIS 1,000,000 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares par value 0.01 NIS each.

On July 24, 2019, the Company executed a 1-for-1.789 stock split (“Stock Split”) of the Company's shares by way of an issuance of bonus shares for each share. Upon the effectiveness of the Stock Split, (i) 0.789 bonus shares were issued for each outstanding share, (ii) the number of ordinary shares into which each outstanding option to purchase ordinary shares is exercisable was proportionally increased, (iii) the exercise price of each exercisable share under such outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares was proportionately decreased, and (iv) the number of shares reserved under the Company's options plans was proportionally adjusted to accommodate the adjustment to the number of exercisable options under the Company's respective option plans.

Unless otherwise indicated, and except for authorized capital, all of the share numbers, number of options to purchase ordinary shares, net income per share amounts, share prices and option exercise prices in these financial statements have been adjusted, on a retroactive basis, to the Stock Split.

In August 2019, the Company completed an IPO on the Nasdaq, in which it issued 5,000,000 ordinary shares at a price per share of $14. During August 2019 the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and purchased an additional 500,000 ordinary shares at the same price per share. The net proceeds received from the IPO were approximately $69,784, after deducting underwriting commissions and other offering expenses of approximately $7,216 in aggregate.

In September 2020, the Company approved a share repurchase program of up to 1 million ordinary shares, to be purchased out of the Company's cash reserve and to be paid solely from the Company's IPO proceeds.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company purchased 393,441 shares in the amount of $17,218.

2)Share-based compensation

On January 30, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted two share option plans as follows (collectively, the “2008 Plans”):

a)2008 Israeli Option Plan (“2008 Israeli Plan”) allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares to Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. Each option under 2008 Israeli Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.

b)2008 ROW Option Plan (“2008 ROW Plan”) allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares to non-Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. Each option under 2008 ROW Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.

F - 27

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

In June 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a new incentive plan (“2018 Incentive Plan”), allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares, restricted shares or other awards to Israeli and other non-U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The 2018 Incentive Plan also includes as an appendix a sub-plan allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares, restricted shares or other incentive awards to U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Each option under 2018 Incentive Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.

The grant of options to Israeli employees, officers and directors under the 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2018 Incentive Plan is subject to the terms stipulated by Sections 102 and 102A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance. Each option grant is subject to the track chosen by the Company, either Section 102 or Section 102A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, and pursuant to the terms thereof, the Company is not allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes the amounts credited to employees as benefits, including amounts recorded as salary benefits in the Company’s accounts, in respect of options granted to employees under the 2008 Israeli Plan, with the exception of the work-income benefit component, if any, determined on grant date. For consultants and service providers, grants under the 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2018 Incentive Plan are subject to Section 3(i) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance.

Upon the adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, the then-current pool of options available for future grants under the 2008 Plans was canceled and returned to the Company’s authorized and un-issued share capital. In addition, any shares returning to the free pool of options under the 2008 Plans, due to options expirations or otherwise, are automatically returning to the Company's authorized and un-issued share capital.

Upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, up to 1,789,000 of the Company’s authorized and unissued ordinary shares could have been issued pursuant to awards under the 2018 Incentive Plan. In addition, upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, the Board and the shareholders resolved to approve an evergreen mechanism with respect to the 2018 Incentive Plan, under which the number of reserved, authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the Company available for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan shall automatically increase on an annual basis, by such number of options as follows: on the first business day of each calendar year beginning in 2019, the number of options equal to the lesser of (i) 800,000 ordinary shares, (ii) three percent of the number of shares outstanding as of such date or (iii) a lesser number of ordinary shares as shall be determined by the board of directors. In January 2020, the Company approved the automatic increase of the number of reserved, authorized and unissued available for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan by additional 800,000 ordinary shares (total amount of 2,589,000 ordinary shares). In January 2021, the Company approved the automatic increase of the number of reserved, authorized and unissued available for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan by additional 800,000 ordinary shares (total amount of 3,389,000 ordinary shares).

As of December 31, 2020, 193,547 options were available for grant under the 2018 Incentive Plan.

F - 28

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

Details Regarding Grant of Options:

	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Award amount	Exercise price range	Vesting period	Expiration
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants:
January 7, 2020	16,000*	$35.04	1 Year	7 Years
February 17, 2020	209,500*	$19.69**	0-3 Years	7 Years
March 15, 2020	1,286,150*	$19.69**	0-3 Years	7 Years
May 5, 2020	75,500	$24.32	0-3 Years	7 Years
November 11, 2020	6,500***	$43.23	0-1 Year	7 Years

	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Award amount	Exercise price	Vesting period	Expiration
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants:
January 6, 2019	169,956	$7.49	0-3 Years	7 Years
January 7, 2019	305,919	$7.49	0-3 Years	7 Years
April 1, 2019	30,413	$10.23	0-2 Years	7 Years
April 5, 2019	67,982	$10.23	0-3 Years	7 Years
April 6, 2019	14,313	$10.23	0-3 Years	7 Years
August 8, 2019	30,000	$14.00	0-2 Years	7 Years
November 25, 2019	20,500*	$19.69**	1 Year	7 Years

*	Net of options granted in March 2020
**	Modification of share-based compensation

On March 15, 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved: (i) the re-pricing of such outstanding options under Section 102 to the Israeli Tax Ordinance that were granted during November 2019 and February 2020, to a lower exercise price of $19.69 (as further approved by a respective tax-ruling received from the Israeli Tax Authorities), and (ii) the cancellation of all other outstanding options granted to Non-Israeli grantees in November 2019, January 2020 and February 2020, and the grant of replacement options thereof under the same terms as originally granted but with a lower exercise price of US $19.69. The cancellation and grant of replacement options thereof with respect to such options granted to executive officers of the Company was ratified and approved by the Company's shareholders on June 16, 2020.

As a result, for 224,500 outstanding options (of which 15,000 options granted on November 25, 2019 at an exercise price of $41.55 and the rest granted on February 17, 2020, at an exercise price of $43.96) that were granted to Israeli grantees under Section 102 to the Israeli Tax Ordinance the exercise price was re-priced and reduced to $19.69, and 1,259,150 options (of which 112,250 options granted on November 25, 2019 at an exercise price of $41.55, 953,000 options granted on January 7, 2020 at an exercise price of $35.04, 42,500 options granted on January 28, 2020 at an exercise price of $43.9 and the rest granted on February 17, 2020 at an exercise price of $43.96) were cancelled and 1,259,150 options were granted (under the same terms as originally granted but with a lower exercise price of $19.69) simultaneously to non-Israeli grantees.

F - 29

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

The reduction of the exercise price of the options was considered a Type I modification. The total incremental fair value of these options amounted to $3,283. The incremental fair value of the options granted, that were fully vested on March 15, 2020, in the amount of $666 were recognized immediately, and the remaining incremental fair value will be recognized over the remaining vesting period and until December 31, 2022.

*** GIBF Options

Such options are subject to the consummation of the closing of the transaction contemplated under the share exchange agreement entered into by and between the Company and Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-Industry Investment Fund (LLP). See note 12(b)(i) below.

The following tables summarize information concerning options as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

	Year ended December 31
	2020					2019
	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise price*		Number of Options			Weighted average exercise price*
Outstanding at beginning of year		9,300,858		$	1.80		9,392,215		$	0.74
Changes during the year:
Granted		1,593,650	**		20.16		751,333			14.18
Cancelled		(112,250	)**		41.55		-			-
Exercised		(5,378,136	)		0.88		(616,669	)		0.63
Forfeited		(138,300	)		22.55		(35,492	)		8.93
Expired		(19,367	)		0.56		(190,529	)		0.56
Outstanding at end of year		5,246,455		$	6.86		9,300,858		$	1.80
Exercisable at end of year		4,092,184		$	3.37		8,932,276		$	1.03

* In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share

** Net of options granted and cancelled in connection with modification as described above

As of December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 3.52 years. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $190,498, $7,702 and $1,505, respectively.

F - 30

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the binomial option-pricing model, with the following assumptions:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019	2018
Fair value of one ordinary share		$19.69-$43.96	$7.49-$41.55	$4.86-$6.32
Dividend yield		0%	0%	0%
Expected volatility		46.07%-49.22%	46.03%-51.91%	51.2%
Risk-free interest rate		0.53%-1.74%	1.62%-2.60%	2.96%
Early exercise multiple (“EEM”)		0% - 250%	0% - 250%	0% - 250%
Contractual term		6.7-7 years	7 years	7 years

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the options granted in dollar terms.

The employee termination exit rate assumption is based on current geographical data of the Company.

At the time of the option grants in 2020, the Company’s ordinary shares have been publicly traded for only a short period of time, and therefore the early exercise multiple (“EEM”) was based on academic empirical findings and the expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of comparable companies.

The total fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $16,345, $2,798 and $915, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 1,154,271 unvested options. The total unrecognized compensation cost of employee options as of December 31, 2020 is $4,345, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.85 years.

F - 31

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

a)  The following tables summarize information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2020:

December 31, 2020
Options outstanding			Options exercisable
	Number of	Weighted	Number of	Weighted
	options	average	options	average
	outstanding	remaining	exercisable	remaining
Exercise	at end of	contractual	at end of	contractual
prices *	year	Life	year	life
$0.20	109,859	1.20	109,859	1.20
$0.44	42,936	2.00	42,936	2.00
$0.56	2,978,813	3.04	2,978,813	3.04
$6.32	145,169	4.71	145,169	4.71
$7.49	376,320	5.02	335,080	5.02
$10.23	111,708	5.26	84,101	5.26
$14.00	30,000	5.62	22,500	5.62
$19.69	1,390,150	6.19	347,350	6.19
$24.32	55,000	6.35	26,376	6.35
$43.23	6,500	6.87	-	-

* In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share.

The aggregate intrinsic value of total vested and exercisable options as of December 31, 2020 is $180,509.

b) The following table illustrates the effect of share-based compensation on the statements of income:

	Year ended December 31
	2020	2019	2018
Cost of sales	520	94	25
Research and development expenses	2,264	179	63
Selling and marketing expenses	9,398	1,158	1,817
General and administrative expenses	663	126	42
	12,845	1,557	1,947

F - 32

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

b.Non-Controlling Interests

i.In December 2016, the Company signed a joint venture agreement with Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-Industry Investment Fund (LLP) (“GIBF”), an investment fund established by the Guangzhou government, to invest in Israeli companies, pursuant to which an Equity Joint Venture Company (“JVC”) was established. According to the agreement, the Company would provide to the JVC a license to use the Company’s knowledge in exchange for a 51% interest in the JVC, and GIBF would invest (in a Chinese local currency “RMB”) an amount of RMB 50 million (approximately $7.2 million), in exchange for a 49% interest in the JVC. The investment was to be made in three installments following the achievement of specified milestones: (i) 25% of the investment was to be made 30 days following the investment’s closing, (ii) 35% of the investment was to be made following the initiation of a production and manufacturing line, and (iii) 40% of the investment was to be made following the sale of 10 platforms in China. The JVC was to distribute the Company's products in China and develop and manufacture new products for the Chinese market under the Company’s license. In 2017, the JVC satisfied the first milestone and GIBF invested approximately $1.7 million.

Additionally, GIBF, the non-controlling partner in JVC had the right to convert its equity interest in the JVC in connection with an initial public offering of the Company into shares of the Company, based upon the aggregate investment made in the JVC and the price range established as part of the initial public offering process. On May 5, 2019, GIBF, the non-controlling partner in the JVC signed an agreement in which it has waived any and all rights, privileges and interests with regards to such conversion right (“JVC Waiver”). The JVC Waiver was conditional upon the completion of an initial public offering on or before August 31, 2019.

Upon completion of the IPO on August 7, 2019, the JVC Waiver became effective.

The non-controlling partner in the Company's U.K. subsidiary ("Invasix UK") had the right to convert its equity interests in Invasix UK in connection with an initial public offering of the Company into shares of the Company. The number of the Company’s ordinary shares that would have been issued to the non-controlling partner upon the conversion of its equity interest in Invasix UK would have been based on the percentage of Invasix UK's sales in relation to the total sales of the Company. On August 30, 2018, the non-controlling partner of Invasix UK waived any and all rights, privileges and interests with regards to such conversion right (“UK Waiver”).

The non-controlling partners' conversion rights were presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as part of the redeemable non-controlling interest, which were classified as “mezzanine”. The Company adjusted the carrying amount of its redeemable non-controlling interest to its redemption value to retained earnings.

As a result of the UK Waiver, the Company reclassified into non-controlling interests the balance of UK redeemable non- controlling interest in the amount of $1,414. The remaining “mezzanine” balance as of December 31, 2018, represents the JVC’s partner right to convert. From August 30, 2018, the non-controlling partner in Invasix UK has been considered and treated as a non-controlling interest.

As a result of the JVC Waiver, the Company reclassified into non-controlling interests the balance of JVC redeemable non- controlling interest in the amount of $2,317. From August 8, 2019, the non-controlling partner equity interests in JVC has been considered and treated as a non-controlling interest.

F - 33

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

On November 11, 2020 (the “Signing Date”), the Company, GIBF and JVC entered into a share exchange agreement (the "Agreement") whereby, GIBF agreed to sell to the Company all of its outstanding share capital in the JVC (thereby making the JVC a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) and all of its rights pursuant to the equity joint venture agreement, dated January 11, 2017, by and between GIBF and the Company, in exchange for a purchase consideration of $2,700 (the "Purchase Consideration") which will be paid by the Company at the closing of such Agreement in January 2021, by way of issuance to GIBF by the Company, in a private placement, of 62,457 of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01, which reflects the Purchase Consideration amount at the time of approval of the Agreement by the Company.

For certain future services to be provided by GIBF to the JVC, the Company has approved the grant of 6,500 options to purchase ordinary shares of the Company, at an exercise price of US $43.23, subject to the closing of the transaction contemplated under the Agreement.

The Agreement became effective at the Signing Date and thus was recognized in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. In January 2021, 62,457 of the Company’s ordinary shares were issued to GIBF from the Company’s treasury shares.

ii.The changes in redeemable non-controlling interest are as follow:

	Year ended December 31
		2019		2018
Balance as of January 1		2,187		3,066
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest		130		535
Increases due to additional investment of redeemable non-controlling interest		-		-
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interest		(2,317	)	(1,414	)
Balance as of December 31		-		2,187

F - 34

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME:

a.InMode Ltd.

The Company is taxed according to Israeli tax laws:

1)Measurement of results for tax purposes

Since 2008 until 2019, the Company has measured the results of InMode Ltd. (the "Israeli Company") for tax purposes in nominal terms in NIS. Starting from 2020, the Company’s results for tax purposes are measured in U.S dollars.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. The changes in the exchange rate of the dollar, both on an annual and a cumulative basis cause a difference between taxable income and income reflected in these consolidated financial statements. ASC 740-10-25 prohibits the recognition of deferred tax liabilities or assets that arise from differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities that are re-measured from the local currency into dollars using historical exchange rates, and that result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax purposes. Consequently, the above-mentioned differences were not reflected in the computation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

2)Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (hereinafter - the law)  

Under the Encouragement of Capital Investments Law, including Amendment No. 60 thereof as published in April 2005, by virtue of the “Approved Enterprise” or “Benefited Enterprise” status, the Israeli Company is entitled to various tax benefits as follows:

a)Reduced tax rates

Income derived from the Benefited Enterprise during a 10-year period commencing upon the year in which the enterprise first realizes taxable income is tax exempt, provided that the maximum period to which it is restricted by the Encouragement of Capital Investments Law has not elapsed.

In 2009, the Israeli company received a tax ruling (the “Ruling”) approving its activity as a Benefited Enterprise, provided that the Israeli company meets the requirements under the Ruling. The Israeli company’s facility obtained the status of a Benefited Enterprise, which made it eligible for tax benefits for a period of up to ten years.

The period of benefits of the Benefited Enterprise of the Company commenced in 2012. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s retained earnings derived mostly from the benefits of Benefited Enterprise.

In the event of a distribution of dividends (or deemed dividends) from income that was tax exempt as discussed above, the Company will be required to pay the applicable corporate tax that would otherwise have been payable on such income. In addition, upon distribution of dividends from tax-exempt income, the recipient shall be subject to tax at the rate of 15% (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), which would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company.

F - 35

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

b)Conditions for entitlement to the benefits

The Israeli company entitlement to the benefits described above is subject to its fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the law, rules and regulations published thereunder, in its Benefited Enterprise as determined on the ruling received. These conditions include, among other things, that the production, directly or through subcontractors, of all the Company’s products should be performed in certain areas of Israel. If there is any failure by the Israeli company to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be cancelled and the Israeli company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, with interest.

c)Amendments of the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959

Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2011 and were further amended in August 2013 (the “2011 Amendment”). Under the 2011 Amendment, income derived by ‘Preferred Companies’ from ‘Preferred Enterprises’ (both as defined in the 2011 Amendment) would be subject to a uniform rate of corporate tax for an unlimited period as opposed to the incentives prior to the 2011 Amendment that were limited to income from Approved or Benefited Enterprises during their benefits period. According to the 2011 Amendment, the tax rate applicable to such income, referred to as ‘Preferred Income,’ would be 10% in areas in Israel that are designated as Development Zone “A” and 15% elsewhere in Israel in 2011 and 2012, 7% and 12.5%, respectively, in 2013, 9% and 16% respectively, in 2014, 2015 and 2016, and 7.5% and 16%, respectively, from 2017 and thereafter. Income derived by a Preferred Company from a ‘Special Preferred Enterprise’ (as defined in the Investment Law) would enjoy further reduced income tax rates for a period of ten years of 5% in Development Zone A and 8% elsewhere. As of January 1, 2014, dividends distributed from Preferred Income would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), which would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company; provided, however, that dividends distributed from ‘Preferred Income’ from one Israeli corporation to another would not be subject to tax. Under the transitional provisions of the 2011 Amendment, companies may elect to irrevocably implement the 2011 Amendment with respect to their existing Approved and Benefited Enterprises while waiving benefits provided under the legislation prior to the 2011 Amendment or keep implementing the legislation prior to the 2011 Amendment.

F - 36

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

While the Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of distribution of dividends from tax exempt income generated from its Approved and Benefited Enterprises as previously described, no additional tax liability will be incurred by the Company in the event of distribution of dividends from Preferred Income.

Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2017 (the “2017 Amendment”). Under the 2017 Amendment, and provided the conditions stipulated therein are met, income derived by Preferred Companies from ‘Preferred Technological Enterprises’ (“PTE”) (as defined in the 2017 Amendment), would be subject to reduced corporate tax rates of 7.5% in Development Zone “A” and 12% elsewhere, or 6% in case of a ‘Special Preferred Technological Enterprise’ (“SPTE”) as defined in the 2017 Amendment) regardless of the company’s geographical location within Israel. A Preferred Company distributing dividends from income derived from its PTE or SPTE, would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty). The 2017 Amendment further provides that, in certain circumstances, a dividend distributed to a corporate shareholder who is not an Israeli resident for tax purposes would be subject to a 4% tax (inter alia, if the amount of foreign investors in the distributing company exceeds 90%). Such taxes would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company.

On June 14, 2017, the Encouragement of Capital Investments Regulations (Preferred Technology Income and Capital Profits for a Technological Enterprise), 2017 (the “Regulations”) were published, which adopted Action 5 under the base erosion and profit shifting (“BEPS”) regulations. The Regulations describe, inter alia, the mechanism used to determine the calculation of the benefits under the PTE and under the SPTE Regime and determine certain requirements relating to documentation of intellectual property for the purpose of the PTE. According to these provisions, a company that complies with the terms under the PTE regime may be entitled to certain tax benefits with respect to income generated during the company’s regular course of business and derived from the preferred intangible asset (as determined in the Investments Law), excluding income derived from intangible assets used for marketing and income attributed to production activity. In the event that intangible assets used for marketing purposes generate over 10% of the PTE’s income, the relevant portion, calculated using a transfer pricing study, would be subject to regular corporate income tax. If such income does not exceed 10%, the PTE will not be required to exclude the marketing income from the PTE’s total income. The Regulations set a presumption of direct production expenses plus 10% with respect to income related to production, which can be countered by the results of a supporting transfer pricing study. Tax rates applicable to such production income expenses will be similar to the tax rates under the Preferred Enterprise regime, to the extent such income would be considered as eligible. In order to calculate the preferred income, the PTE is required to take into account the income and the research and development expenses that are attributed to each single preferred intangible asset. Nevertheless, it should be noted that the transitional provisions allow companies to take into account the income and research and development expenses attributed to all of the preferred intangible assets they have. Under the Regulations, the Company’s corporate tax rate is expected to be between 7.5% to 9%.

Under the transitional provisions of the law, a company is allowed to continue to enjoy the tax benefits available under the law prior to its amendment until the end of the period of benefits, as defined in the law. In each year during the period of benefits as a Benefited Enterprise, the Company will be able to opt for application of the amendment, thereby making available the tax rates discussed above. The Company’s election to apply the amendment is irrecoverable.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s management decided not to adopt the application of the amendment.

F - 37

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

3)Corporate tax rate in Israel

The Company is taxed in accordance with Israeli tax laws. The corporate tax rate is 23% for 2018 and thereafter. Capital gain is subject to capital gain tax according to the corporate tax rate in the year the assets are sold.

b.Subsidiaries outside of Israel

Subsidiaries that are incorporated outside of Israel are assessed for taxes under the tax laws in their countries of residence.

In March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted in the US, which provides among others, tax relief measures for businesses including a five-year net operating loss (“NOL”) carry back. As a result, the Company recognized in its consolidated financial statements a receivable tax asset in the amount of $2,894, under non-current other receivables.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s subsidiary in U.S has an accumulated tax loss carryforward of approximately $81.6 million derived mainly from exercises of options by employees which provided the Company tax deductions in excess of the actual compensation expenses (recognized in loss). Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“TCJA”). Under U.S. tax laws, subject to certain limitations, carryforward tax losses originating in tax years beginning after January 1, 2018, have no expiration date, but they are limited to 80% of the company's taxable income in any given tax year. However, the 80% limitation is temporarily removed by the CARES Act, which reinstates the 80% limitation for tax years beginning after 2020. A full valuation allowance was created against the Company’s subsidiary in U.S deferred tax assets. Management currently believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred taxes generated in U,S will not be realized in the foreseeable future.

c.Deferred income taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:

	December 31
	2020			2019
Deferred tax assets in respect of:
Carryforward losses on Marketable securities		-			200
Subsidiaries carryforward losses		22,857			362
Other temporary differences		2,369			431
Share-based compensation		2,943			1,268
Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance		28,169			2,261
Valuation allowance		(27,999	)		(362	)
Total deferred tax asset		170			1,899
Deferred tax lability in respect to other comprehensive income		(106	)		(37	)
Total deferred tax liability		(106	)		(37	)
Deferred tax asset, net		64			1,862

F - 38

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

Deferred taxes are computed using the tax rates expected to be in effect when those differences reverse. Since the Israeli company is entitled to a tax exemption for a period of ten years, the tax rate used in computation of deferred taxes on its timing differences is zero (except for temporary differences that will be reversed starting from 2022 and except for deferred taxes on realized losses and unrealized gain and losses from marketable securities);

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized in the foreseeable future. As of each reporting date, management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regard to the future realization of deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction.

d.Reconciliation of theoretical tax expense to actual tax expense

Following is a reconciliation of the theoretical provision for income tax, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory corporate tax rate applicable to Israeli corporations, and the actual tax on income:

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019			2018
Income before taxes on income		76,132			62,041			23,625
Theoretical tax expenses at the statutory rate of InMode		23	%		23	%		23	%
		17,510			14,270			5,434
Increase (decrease) in taxes on income due to:
Benefits to the Benefited Enterprise		(16,652	)		(13,844	)		(5,162	)
Different effective tax rates applicable to the Subsidiaries		235			49			53
NOL carry back as part of the CARES Act relief		(2,894	)		-			-
Valuation allowance		17			60			91
Uncertain tax position		1,416			723			771
Non-deductible expenses and other permanent differences, mainly share based compensation expenses		1,426			(437	)		73
Previous years		49			62			-
		1,107			883			1,260

e.Tax assessments

In accordance with the Israel Income Tax Ordinance, as of December 31, 2020, all tax assessments on the Company and the Company’s subsidiary in Israel through tax year 2014 are considered final.

As of December 31, 2020, all tax assessments on the Company’s subsidiary in the United States, through tax year 2016, are considered final, in accordance with the tax law in its country of residence.

The other Company’s subsidiaries open tax years, range form 2015-2020, in their relevant jurisdictions.

F - 39

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

f.Income before income taxes is composed of the following:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
InMode Ltd.		72,712		59,320		22,049
Subsidiaries outside Israel		3,420		2,721		1,576
		76,132		62,041		23,625

g.Tax expenses (tax benefit):

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019			2018
Current:
Israel		1,411			500			3
Subsidiaries		(2,082	)		910			1,850
		(671	)		1,410			1,853
Previous year:
Israel		-			62			-
Subsidiaries		49			-			-
		49			62			-
Deferred:
Israel		30			(200	)		(94	)
Subsidiaries		1,699			(389	)		(499	)
		1,729			(589	)		(593	)
Total taxes on income		1,107			883			1,260

h.Uncertain tax positions:

ASC No. 740, Income Taxes, requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate and consequently, affect the operating results of the Company.

The following table summarizes the activity of the Company unrecognized tax benefits:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Balance at January 1		1,494		771
Increase in uncertain tax positions for the current year		1,416		723
Balance at December 31		2,910		1,494

The Company does not expect unrecognized tax expenses to change significantly over the next 12 months

F - 40

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 14 - ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE:

a.Revenue

1)Net sales by geographic area were as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
United States		149,488		124,199		81,063
Other		56,619		32,162		19,099
Total sales:		206,107		156,361		100,162

2)Net sales based on products' technology were as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
	%		%		%
Minimal-Invasive		62		79		86
Hands-Free		32		9		-
Non-Invasive		6		12		14
		100		100		100

3)The changes in contract liabilities are as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019
Balance as of January 1		19,400			9,737
Increases due to issuance of new contracts, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period		10,043			15,428
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period		(15,555	)		(5,765	)
Balance as of December 31		13,888			19,400
Contract liability presented in non-current liabilities (1)		1,988			3,813
Contract liability presented in current liabilities		11,900			15,587

(1) As of December 31, 2020, noncurrent deferred revenue is estimated to be recognized as following: 83% in year 2022 and the rest in year 2023-2024.

F - 41

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 14 - ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (continued):

b.Long-Lived Assets

	December 31
	2020		2019
Israel		916		820
United States		52		102
Other		14		13
		982		935

NOTE 15 - RELATED PARTIES:

a.The Company receives and provides certain services from and to Home Skinovations Ltd., a related party as part of a service agreement between them. The services include an office sublease in Israel, use of certain computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses, joint purchases of employees welfare products and services from third parties and limited manpower services. The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive officer of the Company is also a substantial shareholder of the Company and a substantial shareholder and board member of Home Skinovations Ltd. The Company recorded expenses related to services received from Home Skinovations Ltd. of $82, $247 and $82 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Commencing in May 2018, the Company ceased to receive office sublease services from Home Skinovations Ltd., as a result of the Company’s new lease agreement (see note 9).

b.The Company’s subsidiary in Canada receives and provides certain services from and to a subsidiary of Home Skinovations Ltd. in Canada as part of a service agreement between them. The services include mobile phone services, an office sublease, use of certain computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses, joint purchases of employee’s welfare products and services from third parties and limited manpower services. In relation to these services, the Company recorded expenses in the amount of $379, $341 and $140 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

c.The Company’s subsidiaries in North America receive certain marketing services from SpaMedica International SRL, one of the Company’s shareholders, and its related party SpaMedica Corp., and recorded expenses related to those services in the amount of $307 and $710 and $518, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

F - 42

EX-4.10

Exhibit 4.10

[translator’s note: each page is signed by both parties]

ADDENDUM NUMBER 2 TO UNPROTECTED TENANCY AGREEMENT EXECUTED IN

FEBRUARY 2018

Made and executed in Yokneam on January __, 2020

Between:	Shaar Yokneam, Registered Limited Partnership
	Partnership number 550014666
	by its authorized signatories Itai Kaplan, ID 058768615 and Yael Gross, ID 55984280
	of which address for the purpose of this Addendum is: Shaar Yokneam Complex 28 HaKidma Street, Yokneam Ilit Hereinafter referred to as: the “Lessor”
		Party of the first part;
and:	INMODE Ltd, PC 51-407361-8
	by its authorized signatories Moshe Mizrahi, ID 051825396
	who are authorized to sign on behalf of the Company and bind it
	of which address for the purpose of this Addendum is: Tavor Building, Shaar Yokneam, P.O. Box 533, Yokneam Hereinafter referred to as: the “Tenant”
		Party of the second part.

WHEREAS	The Lessor and the Tenant signed a tenancy agreement in February 2018 including appendices and attachments (hereinafter: the "Original Tenancy Agreement") for leasing areas and parking spaces in a complex known as Shaar Yokneam (hereinafter: the "Current Leasehold" and the “Complex”, respectively), and the Lessor and the Tenant signed in January 2019 an addendum for extending the area of the Leasehold (hereinafter: the "Addendum to the Tenancy Agreement");
	(The Original Tenancy Agreement together with the Addendum to the Tenancy Agreement and all the other additions, as the case may be, including this Addendum, and all their appendices and attachments, will hereinafter be referred to as the “Tenancy Agreement”);
WHEREAS	The Tenant requested the Lessor again to lease also the Additional Area, as defined below, and also the additional Parking Spaces, as defined below, in their current situation (AS IS), thus increasing the Current Leasehold area, as defined above, and subject to meeting the Contingent Condition, as defined below, the Lessor acceded to the Tenant’s request – all in the manner and under the terms and conditions as stated in this Addendum below.

Therefore the parties declared, stipulated and agreed as follows:

1. Preamble and Appendices

1.1. The Preamble to this Addendum and its appendices constitute an integral part thereof and are binding as its other provisions.

1.2. The  section headings are for purposes of orientation and convenience and shall not be used for the interpretation of this Addendum.

1.3. All the terms and phrases stated in this Addendum shall have the meaning provided to them in the Tenancy Agreement, unless expressly stated otherwise.

1.4. This Addendum constitutes an integral part of the Tenancy Agreement.

1.5. Previous drafts of this Addendum shall have no weight in connection with the interpretation of the Tenancy Agreement and/or this Addendum or any of their stipulations. Such drafts will not be admissible in any judicial or quasi-judicial proceeding.

2. Contingent Condition

2.1. The Tenant declares that it is aware that the additional area is not free, and that it is occupied by a current tenant and of which tenancy period has not yet concluded (hereinafter: the "Current Tenant"). It is agreed that the actual evacuation of the Current Tenant from the additional area will take place by February 29, 2020 (hereinafter: the "Effective Date") and that this constitutes a Contingent Condition to the effect of this Addendum.

2.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed that if the Current Tenant does not vacate the additional area from any person and object by the Effective Date as defined above, for any reason, the Effective Date will be deferred until the time the additional area is actually vacated by the Current Tenant and the other dates stated in this Addendum will be deferred accordingly. If the postponement exceeds 30 (thirty) days, the Lessor may (but not must) terminate this Addendum in a notice in writing, unreservedly, unconditionally and irrevocably, which will be delivered to the Tenant (hereinafter: the "Termination Notice"). The Tenant hereby warrants and undertakes that it shall have no contention and/or demand and/or claim in connection with the deferment of the Effective Date and/or in connection with the termination of this Addendum by the Lessor, all as stated above in this section, as the case may be. In addition, the Tenant warrants and undertakes to continue performing all its obligations under the Tenancy Agreement without change.

3. Increasing the Leasehold Area

3.1. Subject to performance of the terms and conditions set forth below in this Addendum, and to the fulfillment of the Contingent Condition as stated in Section 2 above, beginning on March 1, 2020 (hereinafter: the "Effective Date"), another area of approximately 300 sq.m. will be added to the Current Leasehold, located on the second floor of Tavor House in the Complex, as well as 5 parking spaces on the roof of Tavor House, all as delineated and marked in the blueprint that is hereby attached as Appendix A to this Addendum (hereinafter, respectively: the "Added Area" and the “Added Parking Spaces”).

The Current Leasehold together with the Added Area will hereinafter be referred to as the “Leasehold”.

The area of the Leasehold (namely, the Current Leasehold together with the Added Area is approximately 1,672 sq.m. gross.

3.2. Beginning on the Effective Date, the Added Area will be added to the Current Leasehold and will be deemed to be part of the Leasehold and all the provisions of this Tenancy Agreement will apply to it for all intents and purposes. Everywhere in the Tenancy Agreement that refers to the “Leasehold Area” and/or “Leasehold”, the meaning will be to the Current Leasehold together with the Added Area, except in respect of matters that have another express arrangement that is included in this Addendum.

3.3. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Tenant leases the Added Area only for the purpose of expanding the Leasehold and for the Tenancy Purpose, as defined in the Tenancy Agreement.

3.4. The Added Area will be delivered to the Tenant AS IS, and its delivery shall constitute a confirmation on the part of the Tenant that the Added Area was delivered to it under the provisions of the Tenancy Agreement and to its full satisfaction and that it has and will have no claims and/or contentions and/or demands in all that pertains to it toward the Lessor and/or anyone on its behalf.

3.5. It is clarified that the Tenant is fully responsible and it undertakes to notify all parties involved, including the municipality and/or any authority and other entities, of its tenancy in the Added Area, including (but not limited to) updating the Tenant’s name as the holder of the Added Area, and the Lessor is not responsible in any way in this matter.

4. Tenancy Period in the Added Area

It is agreed that subject to the full and timely performance of all the conditions set forth in this Addendum, and to the fulfillment of the Contingent Condition stated in Section 2 above, the Tenant leases the Added Area from the Lessor for a tenancy period of 22 (twenty two) months, which will begin on the Effective Date, namely March 1, 2020 and will end on December 31, 2021 (hereinafter: the "Tenancy Period in the Added Area").

5. Rent, Management Fees and other Payments for the Added Area

5.1. It is hereby agreed that beginning on the Effective Date, the Tenant undertakes to pay, in respect of the Added Area, monthly rent of ILS 15,345 (fifteen thousand three hundred forty five shekels) plus Consumer Price Index differentials (as defined in the Tenancy Agreement), which was published on September 15, 2019, or near that time, for the month of August 2019 (hereinafter: the "Basic Index"), plus VAT at the legal rate (hereinafter, together: the "Rent for the Tenancy Period in the Added Area").

5.2. Beginning on the Effective Date, the Tenant undertakes to pay for the Added Area monthly Management Fees in the amount of ILS 3,339 (three thousand three hundred thirty nine shekels), and this amount will be linked to the Basic Index, plus VAT at the legal rate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lessor may at any time, at its sole discretion and for any reason, collect from the Tenant monthly management fees according to the stated in the Management Agreement (namely, on the basis of cost+15%, linked to the Basic Index plus VAT at the legal rate), all as stated in the Management Agreement. The Tenant undertakes that he will have no contention and/or claim and/or demand against the Lessor and/or the Management Company and/or anyone on their behalf in all that pertains to the management fees as stated above (including whether this amount is a fixed amount or if calculated according to the mechanism prescribed in the Management Agreement) (hereinafter: “Management Fees in respect of the Tenancy Period in the Added Area”).

5.3. For the Added Parking Spaces, the Tenant will pay the Lessor monthly parking fees in the total amount of ILS 300 (three hundred shekels) per each parking space, with this amount being linked to the Basic Index plus Vat at the legal rate (hereinafter: the "Parking Fee in respect of the Tenancy Period in the Added Area").
For the sake of convenience, the Rent for the Tenancy Period in the Added Area, the Management Fees in respect of the Tenancy Period in the Added Area and the Parking Fees in respect of the Tenancy Period in the Added Area will hereinafter be referred to as “the Rent”.

5.4. The Rent will be paid in the manner and on the dates prescribed in respect of the payments for the Leasehold as stated in the Tenancy Agreement.

5.5. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that all the other obligation and payments applying to the Tenant under the Tenancy Agreement, including (but not limited to) city taxes, electricity, water and any payment to a third party will apply to the Added Area, such that from the Effective Date and thereafter, the Tenant undertakes to make all these payments in respect of the Leasehold (that is, both the Current Leasehold and the Added Area).

6. The Tenant’s Works for Increasing the Leasehold Area

6.1. The Tenant hereby warrants and undertakes a fundamental obligation that beginning on the Effective Date, he will carry out solely at its own expense and liability all the works required for adaptation of the Leasehold for its purposes and needs, including electric works for connecting the Added Area to the Leasehold, in a manner that the electricity mains feeding the Leasehold will be in one electric panel.

6.2. The Tenant warrants and undertakes that the Tenant’s works noted above in Section 6.1 will be performed and paid in accordance with the provisions of the Tenancy Agreement and according to the guidelines of the tenant’s works as will be delivered to the Tenant from the Lessor and/or anyone on its behalf.

7. Insurance and Security

It is agreed that additional stipulations for the entry into effect of this Addendum is performance of the following fundamental obligations, as follows:

Insurance

7.1. The Tenant warrants and undertakes that the insurance policies he undertook to make under the Tenancy Agreement, and in accordance with the requisite changes as stated in Section 7.3 below, will be extended to include the Added Area during the entire tenancy period.

7.2. The Tenant will present the certificates of insurance to the Lessor as required, and no later than the date of signing this Addendum. It is hereby clarified that failure to produce the certificates of insurance does not exempt the Tenant from its insurance obligation, as stated in the insurance sections and appendices of the Tenancy Agreement.

7.3. Without derogating from the Tenant’s liability under the Tenancy Agreement or the law, the Tenant undertakes to take out and maintain insurance as requisite from the statements of this section and the insurance specifications noted in it, and it is the obligation of the Tenant to inform his insurance agent and insurer of their content, including the obligation to maintain them by the Tenant.

7.3.1. In all that pertains to the receipt of an authorization to perform works in the Leasehold, should any works be performed in the Leasehold by the Tenant or for the Tenant prior to the Tenant’s initial occupancy of the Leasehold and/or at any time during the tenancy period, the Tenant warrants and undertakes to take out and maintain a contract works insurance policy in the name of the Tenant, contractors and subcontractors, the Company and the Management Company under the terms stated in the insurance appendix that is attached to this Agreement and constitutes an integral part thereof and marked as Appendix B1 (hereinafter: the "Tenant’s Work Insurance Specification") with a duly authorized Israeli insurance company in Israel (hereinafter: the "Tenant’s Works Insurance”).

7.3.2. Without derogating from the Tenant’s liability under this Agreement or any law, the Tenant undertakes to take out and maintain, through a duly authorized Israeli insurance company, the insurance policies listed in the insurance specification that is attached to this Agreement and constitutes an integral part thereof and marked as Appendix B2 (hereinafter, respectively: the "Tenant’s Standing Insurance Specification" and “Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies”) in all that pertains to the Leasehold and the Tenant’s activity therein.

The Tenant’s Works Insurance and the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies will hereinafter be referred to as the “Tenant’s Insurance Policies”).

7.3.3. Without needing any demand on the part of the Contract or the Management Company, the Tenant undertakes to furnish to the Company and the Management Company, no later than the date of commencement of works in the Leasehold, a certificate of the Tenant’s Works Insurance signed by its insurer (hereinafter: the "Certificate of the Tenant’s Works Insurance"). The Tenant represents and warrants that it is aware that furnishing the Certificate of Tenant’s Works Insurance is a contingent and preliminary condition for performance of any works in the Leasehold, and the Company or the Management Company will be permitted (although not required) to prevent the Tenant from carrying out any works in the Leasehold should such certificate not been produced before commencement of the works.

7.3.4. Upon request of the Company or the Management Company, the Tenant undertakes to furnish to the Company and the Management Company, within 5 days of the day of the request, a certificate of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies, signed by its insurer (hereinafter: the "Certificate of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies").

7.3.5. The Certificate of the Tenant’s Works Insurance and the Certificate of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies will hereinafter be called, together, the “Certificates of Insurance”.

7.3.5.1. The Certificates of Insurance will at least include the following:

1. The certificate recipient are the Company and the Management Company.

2. The tenancy period will be indicated (including an extended maintenance period in respect of the Tenant’s works).

3. The activity, as stated in Section 2.2 above, will be indicated.

4. Extension of indemnification will include the certificate recipient as another insured.

5. A clause about another insured for the purpose of contractors and subcontractors engaged in the Tenant’s Works Insurance.

6. Priority clause according to which the insurer waives any demand from the insurer of the certificate recipient.

7. A clause according to which a change or cancellation of an insurance policy, except a change in favor of the certificate recipient, will enter into effect only 60 days after sending a notice to the certificate recipient of the change or the cancellation.

7.3.5.2. Furnishing the Certificates of Insurance by the Tenant as required in Sections 7.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.10 and 7.3.11 of this Agreement will be made only together with the form attached to this Agreement as Appendix B3, which constitutes an integral part thereof (hereinafter: the "Insurance Certificate Delivery Form"), signed by the Tenant.

7.3.6. It is agreed that the Tenant is permitted not to take out a consequential loss insurance policy, in full or in part, as stated in Section (4) of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Specification, and the Tenant may also not take out property policy against risk of glass breakage, as stated in Section (4) of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Specification. However, the waiver stated in Section 7.3.9 below will apply as if these policies were made in full.

7.3.7. If the Tenant believes that there is a need of another or complementary insurance for the Tenant’s works Insurance Specification and/or Tenant’s Standing Insurance Specification, the Tenant undertakes to take out and maintain the additional and/or the complementary insurance. The Tenant undertakes that in every such additional or  complementary insurance, a clause will be included for a waiver of the right of subrogation to the Company, the Management Company and any of their attorneys, but the waiver shall not apply in favor of a person who caused damage maliciously. The Tenant also undertakes that in any additional or complementary liability insurance, the name of the insured will be extended to include the Company and the Management Company, subject to a cross-liability clause, according to which the insurance is deemed to be made separately for each of the insured’s individuals.

7.3.8. The Tenant undertakes to update insurance amounts in respect of the policies made under Sections (1) and (4) of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Specification, from time to time, so they always reflect the full value of the insured subject.

7.3.9. The Tenant exempts the Company, the Management Company and their attorneys as well as the other lessees, tenants and rightholders in the building (the other lessees, tenants and rightholders in the building will be hereinafter be referred to as the “Other Rightholders”), in whose tenancy agreements or in any other agreement which confers rights in the building on the Other Rightholders a corresponding exemption toward the Tenant is included from liability for an indemnifiable damage under the insurance policies made in accordance with Section (1) of the Tenant’s Works Insurance Specification, Sections (1) and (4) of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies Specification, or damage which the Tenant was entitled for indemnification in respect thereof had it not been for the deductible payments stated in the policies). However, the exemption from liability will not apply to a person who caused damage maliciously.

 

7.3.10. At the request of the Company or the Management Company, the Tenant undertakes to furnish to the Company and to the Management Company, within 5 days of the request, the Certificate of the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies in respect of its extension for another insurance period, upon every insurance period, as long as this Agreement is in effect.

7.3.11. Every timer the Tenant’s insurer notifies the Company and/or the Management Company that a change or a cancellation of any of the Tenant’s policies is imminent, the Tenant undertakes to renew that insurance and re-furnish a certificate of the insurance policy that was changed or cancelled as aforesaid, 30 days before the date of the aforesaid change or cancellation.

 

7.3.12. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that failure to furnish the insurance certificates as stated in Sections 7.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.10 and 7.3.11 above will not prejudice the Tenant’s obligations under this Agreement, including, and without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, any payment liability applying to the Tenant, and the Tenant undertakes to perform all its obligations under the Agreement. It is hereby expressly agreed that the Company or the Management Company will be permitted (but not obligated) to prevent the Tenant from carrying out works in the Leasehold and/or receiving possession in of the Leasehold and/or introducing property to the Leasehold and/or opening the Tenants business in the Leasehold and/or its activity in the Leasehold due to its failure to present the confirmations.

 

7.3.13. The Company and/or the Management Company are permitted to inspect the Certificates of Insurance furnished by the Tenant as stated in Sections 7.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.10 and 7.3.11 above, and the Tenant undertakes to make any change or amendment required in order to make them conform to the Tenant’s obligations as stated in this Agreement. The Tenant declares that the right to audit provided to the Company and/or the Management Company in regard to the Certificates of Insurance and their right to order such changes as stated above does not impose on the Company and/or the Management Company or anyone on their behalf any obligation or liability in all that pertains to the aforesaid Certificates of Insurance, the nature, scope or validity of the policies made according to the Certificates, or to the lack thereof, and it shall not derogate from any liability assigned to the Tenant under this Agreement or any law.

7.3.14. The Tenant undertakes to comply with the terms of the policies he takes out, to pay the premiums in full and on time, and to see that the Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies are renewed from time to time as required and will remain in force throughout the tenancy period.

7.3.15. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby agreed that the extent of the insurance cover, including the limits of liability requisite in the insurance specifications are a minimal requirement that is imposed on the Tenant. The Tenant represents, warrants and undertakes that he will be prevented from raising any contention and/or demand toward the Company or the Management Company or anyone on their behalf in all that pertains to the extent of the insurance cover, including the limits of liability as stated above.

 

7.3.16. The Tenant states that he is aware that the Company or the Management Company are not required to maintain guards and other security measures in the building or the Leasehold, and they do so, this will not create any obligation or liability to the Tenant. It is also expressly agreed that the Company and the Management Company will not be subject to the provisions of the Guards Law, 5727-1967, including its appendices.

 

7.3.17. The Company undertakes to take out and maintain, whether on its own or through the Management Company, for the duration of the Agreement, the insurance policies listed below in this section with a duly authorized Israeli insurance company.

7.3.17.1. Insurance covering those parts of the building owned by the Company (including the Leasehold’s building) against loss or damage due to the customary risks in extended fire insurance, including fire, smoke, lightning, explosion, earthquake, storm and hurricane, flood, liquid damage and cracking of pipes, damage by vehicles, damage by aircraft, riots, strikes, malicious damage and burglary damage. This policy will include a clause of a waiver of the right of subrogation in favor of the Tenant, but this waiver will not apply in favor of a person who caused the damage maliciously. For the avoidance of doubt, it is expressly agreed that such insurance will not include any contents and/or addition, improvement or extension made by the Tenant and/or on behalf of and/or for the Tenant and/or the Other Rightholders and will not include glazing, windows, glass partitions and glass doors , of which insurance obligation is on the Tenant, as stated in Section (1) of the Tenant's Standing Insurance Policies Specification.

7.3.17.2. Consequential loss insurance covering loss of rent and loss of management fees (as the case may be) due to damage that was caused to the parts of the building owned by the Company (including the Leasehold’s building) due to the risks listed in Section 7.3.17.1 above (excluding burglary), for a period of indemnity of 24 months. Such insurance will include a clause of a waiver of the right of subrogation in favor of the tenant, but such waiver will not apply in favor of a person who caused damage maliciously.
It is agreed that the Company or the Management Company are permitted not to take out consequential loss insurance that covers loss of rent and loss of management fees as stated in this section 7.3.17.2 above, in full or in part, but the stated in Section 7.3.19 below will apply as if the insurance was made in full.

7.3.18. It is agreed that the Company may at its sole discretion take out additional insurance policies to those listed in Section 7.3.17 above.
It is hereby expressly agreed that in making the insurance policies listed in Section 7.3.17 above, or the additional insurance policies as aforesaid, will not increase the liability of the Company or the Management Company further to the stated in this Agreement or to derogate from the Tenant’s liability under the Agreement or the law (except for the express statement in the closing clause of Section 7.3.19 below).

7.3.19. The Company exempts the Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Management Company, from liability for damage in respect of which any one of them are entitled to indemnification under the insurance policies made in accordance with Sections 7.3.17.1 and 7.3.17.2 above (or to which indemnification they would be entitled were it not for the deductibles stated in the policies). However, such exemption from liability will not apply in favor of a person who caused damage maliciously.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an insurance incident occurs and it is covered under Sections 7.3.17.1 and 7.3.17.2 above, in circumstances in which the Tenant is liable under this Agreement and/or any law, the Tenant will bear the amount of the damage and/or the loss caused up to the amount of the deductible payments under the policies.

Securities

7.4. Notwithstanding the stated in the Tenancy Agreement, it is clarified and agreed that for the purpose of securing the Tenant’s obligation under the Tenancy Agreement and this Addendum, the Tenant shall furnish to the Lessor on the occasion of signing this Addendum a bank guarantee in the amount equal to the Rent and the management fees paid by the Tenant for three (3) months of tenancy, namely ILS 56,052 (fifty six thousand fifty two shekels) plus VAT, with this amount being linked to the Basic Index, in the form attached to this Addendum as Appendix G, in addition to the collateral furnished by the Tenant under the Tenancy Agreement (hereinafter: the "Additional Bank Guarantee").

7.5. The expiration date of the Additional Bank Guarantee will be in accordance with the provisions of the Tenancy Agreement for the duration of the entire tenancy period in the Added Area, all at the Tenant’s responsibility and its expense, and or securing all the Tenant’s obligations and charges during the tenancy in the Leasehold.

7.6. Without derogating from the foregoing, all the securities deposited by the Tenant under the provisions of the Tenancy Agreement shall be used by the Lessor and/or the Management Company and/or anyone on their behalf also to ensure the full and exact performance of all the Tenant’s obligations and charges under this Agreement and as they pertain to the Added Area.

Authorization to Charge Account

The authorization provided by the Tenant to the Lessor to charge the account under the Tenancy Agreement will also apply for the purpose of collecting payments that apply to the Tenant under this Addendum.

8. General

8.1. All the other provisions of the Tenancy Agreement, if they are not expressly changed in this Addendum, will continue to be in force and shall bind the parties, including, but without derogation, in all that pertains to the Added Area, as the case may be and with the requisite changes, if any.

8.2. The stated in this Addendum does not impose on the Lessor and/or the Management Company any charge that is not imposed on them in the Tenancy Agreement and/or in any law and this does not derogate from any liability and/or obligation of the Tenant under the Tenancy Agreement and/or any law.

8.3. For the avoidance of doubt, it is clarified that the Tenant will not be permitted to offset any of his charges under the Tenancy Agreement and/or this Addendum, including, but not limited to, the Rent, on account of any monetary charges that the Lessor and/or the Management Company may be owing the Tenant, if any, by virtue of the Tenancy Agreement and/or this Addendum.

8.4. It is clarified and agreed by the parties that the stated in this Addendum does not constitute a waiver and/or forgiveness on the side of the Lessor and/or the Management Company of any contention and/or claim and/or demand by them toward the Tenant, including under the Tenancy Agreement and/or any law.

8.5. Any stipulation in the Tenancy Agreement that provided the Tenant with any exclusivity, as the case may be, is retrospectively null and void and shall no longer have effect.

8.6. Any breach of the provisions of this Addendum shall be deemed to be a breach of the Tenancy Agreement for all intents and purposes and shall provide the Lessor all the reliefs available to it under the Tenancy Agreement and/or any law for such breach.

8.7. In any case of a conflict between the provisions of the Tenancy Agreement (without this Addendum) and the provisions of this Addendum, the provisions of this Addendum will prevail.

8.8. This Addendum will enter into effect only after the parties have signed it and subject to the Contingent Condition above.

In witness the parties have signed in the place and on the date stated at the head of this Addendum:

[seal and signature]	[seal and signature]
Shaar Yokneam Limited Partnership	InMode Ltd. 514073618

Certification by the Tenant’s Attorney

I the undersigned, ____________, Adv., hereby certifies that the Tenant is an existing and active corporation and that it made all the resolutions required for its contract in this Addendum under its Articles of Association; [I also certify] that the signatures above are those of Mr. _____________ (ID____________) and Mr. _____________ (ID____________), who are authorized to bind the Tenant by their signatures.

APPENDIX A – THE LEASEHOLD’S BLUEPRINT

[blank page]

APPENDIX B1 – THE TENANT’S WORKS INSURANCE SPECIFICATION

The Tenant shall take out and maintain a contract works insurance policy in the name of the Tenant, contractors, subcontractors, the Company and the Management Company, that will include all the insurance chapters stated below and all the extensions that are included in the policy, including an extended maintenance period of 24 months (hereinafter: the "Maintenance Period"), with the extent of cover not falling below the BIT form in effect at the time of taking out the insurance policy.

1. Chapter 1 – a policy that covers the works in their full value (including materials supplied by the Lessor or the Management Company) against loss or damage caused during the insurance period and during the Maintenance Period for the purpose of performing obligations in respect of maintenance of the works (hereinafter: the "Maintenance Works") or discovery of damage to the works during the Maintenance Period due to a cause during the insurance period. For the avoidance of doubt, this Chapter includes a clause of waiving the right of subrogation toward the Company, the Management Company and anyone on their behalf as well as other lessees, tenants and other rightholders in the building (hereinafter, all the lessees, tenants and other rightholders will be referred to as the “Other Rightholders”), whose property insurance policies include a corresponding clause of waiver of the right of subrogation toward the Tenant or the agreements that confers the Other Rightholders rights in the building tenancy agreements include an exemption of liability toward the Tenant against loss or damage caused to the Other Rightholders’ property due to the risks that are customary in contract works insurance or in an extended fire policy, but such waiver will not apply to a person who caused damage maliciously. The Chapter also includes an express extension about coverage to property in the vicinity and to the property the works are performed on in the amount of ILS 350,000.

2. Chapter 2 – Third party liability insurance that covers legal liability for bodily injury or damage to property of any person or entity in connection with the works during the insurance period and bodily injury and damage to property as aforesaid during the Maintenance Period in connection with the maintenance works or due to a cause during the insurance period, within the limits of liability as stated below. The Chapter includes a cross-liability clause according to which it is deemed as if made separately for each of the insured’s individuals. The Chapter expressly states that the Leasehold building is deemed to belong to a third party.

Limit of liability: ILS ______________ per incident and cumulatively according to the Chapter (*).

The Chapter is extended to include the following:

a. Subrogation claims of the National Insurance Institute.

b. Bodily injury caused due to the use of heavy machinery that is a motorized vehicle and is not subject to mandatory vehicle insurance.

c. Liability due to damage caused by vibrations and weakening of supports at a limit of liability of ILS 1,000,000 per incident.

(*) The limit of liability will be a sum equal to ILS 8,000 multiplied by the Leasehold area in sq.m., but the amount will not be less than ILS 400,000 and not more than ILS 4,000,000 per incident and cumulatively according to the Chapter.

3. Chapter 3 – Employers liability insurance policy that covers liability due to bodily injury or a vocational illness that may be caused to workers who are employed in performing the works or the maintenance works while working and due to their work during the insurance period and during the Maintenance Period for the purpose of the maintenance works, at a liability limit of ILS 20,000,000 per claimant, incident and cumulatively under the Chapter. This policy does not exclude works in heights and in depths, work hours, lures and poisons, contractors, sub contractors and their employees and employment of youths. For the avoidance of doubt, the Chapter includes a waiver of the right of subrogation toward the Company, the Management Company and anyone on their behalf, but the waiver will not apply to a person who cause the insurance incident maliciously.

The Policy will include the following terms and conditions:

The Policy above precedes any policy taken out by the Company and/or the Management Company and the insurer waives any contention and/or demand in regard to sharing the Company’s insurance and/or the Management Company’s insurance. Failure to comply with the terms of the Policy and its stipulations in good faith by the Tenant and/or anyone on its behalf shall not derogate from the rights of the Company and/or the rights of the Management Company to be receive indemnity under the Policy. This Policy will not be terminated and will not be adversely modified during the insurance period except upon delivery of a notice in writing by registered mail to the Company and to the Management Company at least 60 days prior. The Tenant is solely liable for payment of the premiums for this Policy and bears the deductible payments applying to the policy. Gross negligence exclusion is void, but this voiding does not derogate from the rights of the Insurer and the obligations of the Tenant under the Insurance Contract Law, 5741-1981.

APPENDIX B2 – THE TENANT’S STANDING INSURANCE POLICIES SPECIFICATION

The Tenant shall take out and maintain insurance policies with the extent of cover not falling below the BIT form in effect at the time of taking out the insurance policy.

1. “Extended Fire” Insurance Policy

Insuring the Leasehold content, its glazing, windows, glass partitions and glass doors and any change, improvement and addition brought to the Leasehold and/or the building or for the Tenant (including equipment, furnishings, facilities and inventories), and any modification, improvement and addition to the Leasehold that were made or will be made by the Tenant or for him, in their full value, against loss or damage due to the customary risks in extended fire insurance, including fire, smoke, lightning, explosion, earthquake, storm and hurricane, flood, liquid damage and cracking of pipes, damage by vehicles, damage by aircraft, riots, strikes, malicious damage and burglary damage. This policy will include a clause of a waiver of the right of subrogation toward the Company, toward the building’s Management Company [if there is such, (hereinafter: the "Management Company")] and anyone on their behalf as well as towards other lessees, tenants and other rightholders in the building (hereinafter, all the lessees, tenants and other rightholders will be referred to as the “Other Rightholders”), whose property insurance policies include a corresponding clause of waiver of the right of subrogation toward the Tenant or the agreements that confers the Other Rightholders rights in the building tenancy agreements include an exemption of liability toward the Tenant against loss or damage caused to the Other Rightholders’ property due to the risks that are customary in extended fire insurance; but such waiver will not apply to a person who caused damage maliciously.

2. Third Party Liability Insurance Policy

Insuring the Tenant’s legal liability due to a bodily injury or damage to property that may be cause to the body or property of any person or entity in the Leasehold, the building or its vicinity, at a limit of liability as stated below. The Policy is not subject to any limitation for liability stemming from fire, explosion, panic, lifting, unloading and loading equipment, defective sanitary facilities, poisoning, any detrimental thing in food or drink, strike and shutdown, liability for and to contractors, subcontractors (of any rank) and their employees, animals, as well as subrogation claims from the National Insurance Institute. The Policy is extended to indemnify the Company and the Management Company for their liability as the owners and administrators of the Leasehold and also in respect of liability that may be imposed on any of them due to an act or omission of the Tenant or anyone on its behalf, subject to a cross-liability clause according to which, the insurance is deemed as if taken out for each of the Insured’s individuals. The limit of liability in the amount of: ILS ____________ per incident and cumulatively under the Policy (*)

(*) The limit of liability will be a sum equal to ILS 14,000 multiplied by the Leasehold area in sq.m., but the amount will not be less than ILS 1,000,000 and not more than ILS 20,000,000 per incident and cumulatively according to the Chapter.

3. Employer Liability Insurance Policy

Insuring the Tenant’s liability to its employees due to bodily injury or a vocational illness that may be caused to any of them while and due to their work in the Leasehold, the building and its vicinity with a liability limit of ILS 20,000,000 per claimant, incident and cumulatively under the Chapter. This policy does not exclude works in heights and in depths, work hours, lures and poisons and employment of youths. The Policy is extended to indemnify the Company and the Management Company should it be claimed, in connection with a vocational accident or illness that any of them bears employer liability to any of the Tenant’s employees. In addition, the Policy includes a waiver of the right of subrogation toward the Company, the MCO and anyone on their behalf; however, the waiver will not apply to a person who caused the insurance incident maliciously.

4. Consequential Loss Insurance Policy

Insuring loss of gross profit due to loss or damage caused to the Insured’s property under Section 1 above or to the Leasehold or to the building consequent to any of the risks listed in Section 1 above, for an indemnification period of 24 months. The Policy includes a clause according to which the Insurer waives the right of subrogation toward the Company, the Management Company and anyone on their behalf as well as towards the Other Rightholders whose consequential loss insurance includes a corresponding clause of waiver of the right of subrogation toward the Tenant or the agreement that confers the Other Rightholders rights in the building includes a waiver of liability in favor of the Tenant due to consequential loss to the Other Rightholders due to the customary risks in extended fire insurance, but the waiver will not apply to a person who caused the insurance incident maliciously.

The Policy will include the following terms and conditions:

The Policy above precedes any policy taken out by the Company and/or the Management Company and the insurer waives any contention and/or demand in regard to sharing the Company’s insurance and/or the Management Company’s insurance. Failure to comply with the terms of the Policy and its stipulations in good faith by the Tenant and/or anyone on its behalf shall not derogate from the rights of the Company and/or the rights of the Management Company to be receive indemnity under the Policy. This Policy will not be terminated and will not be adversely modified during the insurance period except upon delivery of a notice in writing by registered mail to the Company and to the Management Company at least 60 days prior. The Tenant is solely liable for payment of the premiums for this Policy and bears the deductible payments applying to the policy. Gross negligence exclusion is void, but this voiding does not derogate from the rights of the Insurer and the obligations of the Tenant under the Insurance Contract Law, 5741-1981.

[watermark: DRAFT]

[Header on this page only:] Gornitzky & Co., Advocates; Draft dated December 25, 2019 for negotiation only, subject to the Lessor’s comments; does not bind the parties prior to their signing it; this draft does not constitute an offer or acceptance.

[Header:] Gornitzky & Co., Advocates; Draft dated December 25, 2019 for negotiation only, subject to the Lessor’s comments; does not bind the parties prior to their signing it; this draft does not constitute an offer or acceptance.

APPENDIX B3 – INSURANCE CERTIFICATE DELIVERY FORM

Date: ______________

Attn

The Lessor _______________

_________________________

Re: Certificate of Insurance

We hereby attach the Certificate of the Tenant’s Works Insurance / Tenant’s Standing Insurance Policies (please indicate the relevant certificate) signed by out Insurer as required in the Insurance Chapter of the Tenancy Agreement dated ______________ and hereby declare that for the purpose of receiving the Certificate of Insurance, we provided the content of the Insurance Chapter and the Insurance Specification to the insurance agent and to our Insurer.

Sincerely

[signature]

Tenant’s Signature

[logo] SHAAR YOKNEAM Registered Limited Partnership [logo] PARK OFER YOKNEAM

PARKING SPACES DELIVERY PROTOCOL

TO: INMODE LTD

Made and executed on [handwritten] 02/11/2020

1. On [handwritten] 02/15/2020,  5 parking spaces on the roof of the Tavor [building] were delivered to InMode Ltd.

2. The parking spaces numbers are – 571, 572, 573, 574, 523

3. Attached is a blueprint of the parking spaces

4. Notes: The parking spaces were returned by Sigron Ltd.

In witness the parties have signed

[signature]	[seal and signature]
Shaar Yokneam – Limited Partnership	InMode Ltd. 514073618 P.O. Box 530 Yokneam 2069206 InMode

Main Office Park Ofer, Yokneam

28 HaKidma 28, P.O. Box 58, Yokneam 2069207

Telephone +972-4-969 [illegible] Fax [illegible]

Email: yaelg@parknorth.co.il, gabiy@parknorth.co.il

[file name]

 

 

EX-4.12

Exhibit 4.12

COMPENSATION POLICY

INMODE LTD.

Compensation Policy for Executive Officers and Directors

Last Updated: April 2, 2020

Table of Contents

		Page
A.	Overview and Objectives	3
B.	Base Salary and Benefits	5
C.	Cash Bonuses	7
D.	Equity-Based Compensation	8
E.	Retirement and Termination of Service Arrangements (Excluding Directors)	10
F.	Exemption, Indemnification and Insurance	11
G.	Arrangements upon Change of Control	12
H.	Board of Directors Compensation	12
I.	Miscellaneous	13

2 | Page

A. Overview and Objectives

1. Introduction

This document sets forth the compensation policy for Executive Officers (as defined below) and directors (this “Compensation Policy” or “Policy”) of InMode Ltd. and its subsidiaries worldwide (respectively “InMode” andcollectively, the “Group”), in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Law 5759-1999 (including the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Companies Law”).

Compensation is a key component of InMode’s overall human capital strategy to attract, retain, reward, and motivate highly skilled individuals that will enhance the Group’s value and otherwise assist the Group to reach its business and financial short and long term goals. Accordingly, the structure of this Policy was established to tie the compensation of each Executive Officer and director to the Group's goals and performance.

For purposes of this Policy, “Executive Officers” shall mean “Office Holders” of InMode as such term is defined in Section 1 of the Companies Law, and executives of the subsidiaries of InMode worldwide who are directly subordinated to the CEO of InMode (in this Policy, the “CEO”), excluding directors of InMode.

With respect to a person engaged both as a director in InMode and as an Executive Officer, in the event of a contradiction between the different provisions of this Policy which apply to Executive Officers and the provisions of this Policy which apply to directors, the provisions of this Policy which apply to such person's capacity as an Executive Officer shall govern.

This Compensation Policy shall apply to compensation agreements and arrangements which will be approved after the date on which this Compensation Policy is approved by the general meeting of InMode’s shareholders and shall serve as InMode’s Compensation Policy for the maximum period of time permitted by applicable law.

The Compensation Committee (upon its appointment in accordance with applicable law) and the Board of Directors of InMode (the “Compensation Committee” and “Board”, respectively) shall review and reassess the adequacy of this Policy from time to time, as required by the Companies Law.

It should be clarified, that wherever reference is made to the required approvals in this Compensation Policy, such reference relates to the applicable law as of the date of approval of this Compensation Policy and in any case is subject to the provisions of sections 33 and 35 below.

Each of the Executive Officers may be engaged as an employee and/or as an independent service provider (including through a company controlled by him or her, against the issuance of a tax invoice to the Company or the relevant Group entity), provided that if the Executive Officer is engaged as an independent service provider the total amount paid to him or her, excluding VAT, shall not exceed the maximum Employment Cost amounts with respect to Executive Officers, as applicable, who are engaged as employees as specified in this Policy.

2. Objectives

InMode’s objectives and goals in setting this Compensation Policy are to attract, motivate and retain highly experienced personnel who will provide leadership for the Group’s success and enhance InMode’s shareholders’ value, while supporting a performance culture that is based on merit, and rewards excellent performance in the short and long term, while recognizing InMode’s core values. To that end, this Policy is designed, among others:

2.1. To closely align the interests of the Executive Officers and directors with those of InMode’s shareholders in order to enhance shareholder value;

3 | Page

2.2. To provide the Executive Officers and directors with a structured compensation package, while creating a balance between the fixed components, i.e., the base salaries and benefits, and the variable compensation, such as bonuses and equity-based compensation in order to minimize potential conflicts between the interests of Executive Officers and directors and those of the Group;

2.3. To strengthen the retention and the motivation of Executive Officers and directors in the short and long term.

2.4. This Compensation Policy was prepared taking into account the Group’s nature, size and business and financial characteristics.

3. Compensation structure and instruments

Compensation instruments under this Compensation Policy may include the following:

● Base salary;

● Benefits and perquisites;

●
Cash bonuses (short-to-medium term incentive);

●
Equity based compensation (medium-to-long term incentive); and

●
Retirement and termination of service arrangements payments.

For the purposes of this Compensation Policy:

“Base Salary” shall mean: gross salary, before contributions to social benefits;

“Employment Cost” shall mean: any payment for the employment and/or engagement under a consultancy or service agreement, including contributions to social benefits, car and expenses of the use thereof, bonuses and any other benefit or payment as defined in the first Addendum “A” to the Companies Law.

4. Overall Compensation - Ratio between Fixed and Variable Compensation

This Policy aims to balance the mix of “fixed compensation”, comprised of Base Salary and benefits (“Fixed Compensation”) and “variable compensation”, comprised of cash bonuses and equity based compensation¹ (excluding adjustment period/retirement bonuses, granted in accordance with section 21 below) (“Variable Compensation”) in order to, among other things, appropriately incentivize Executive Officers to meet InMode’s short and long term goals while taking into consideration the Group’s need to manage a variety of business risks.

The total Variable Compensation of each Executive Officer shall not exceed 90% of the total compensation package of such Executive Officer on an annual basis. The Board believes that such range expresses the appropriate compensation mix in the event that all performance objectives are achieved and assumes that all compensation elements are granted with respect to a given year.

It should be clarified, that the Fixed Compensation may constitute 100% of the total compensation package for an Executive Officer or director in any year (under circumstances in which a variable component will not be approved for that year and/or in the event of a failure to meet the set goals, if and when determined).

¹ Based on the fair value on the date of grant, calculated annually, on a linear basis.

4 | Page

5. Intra-Group Compensation Ratio

In the process of drafting this Policy, InMode’s Board has examined the ratio between Employment Cost associated with the engagement of the Executive Officers and directors during the 2018 calendar year (the “Executive Officers Cost”) and the average and median employer cost associated with the engagement of the other employees of the Group during the same period (the “Other Employees Cost” and the “Ratio”, respectively). The Board believes that the current Ratio does not adversely impact the work environment in InMode. The following are the ratios as of the date of the approval of this Compensation Policy²:

Position	Ratio between the Executive Officers Cost and the average Other Employees Cost		Ratio between the Executive Officers Cost and the median Other Employees Cost
President North America		10.8		18
Other Executive Officers (average)		1.6		2.7

B. Base Salary and Benefits

6. Base Salary

6.1. The Base Salary varies between Executive Officers, is individually determined by InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to the CEO, also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) and other entities in the Group and may be considered and adjusted by InMode and other entities in the Group (subject to the approvals of the abovementioned organs) on a periodic basis, according to, among others, the educational background, prior vocational experience, expertise and qualifications, role, business authorities and responsibilities, past performance and previous compensation arrangements of such Executive Officer, as well as the Group’s financial state and cash position and any requirements or restrictions prescribed by any applicable legislation, from time to time. When determining the Base Salary, InMode and other entities in the Group may also decide to consider, at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board and as required, the prevailing pay levels in the relevant market, Base Salary and the total compensation package of comparable Executive Officers in the Group, the proportion between the Executive Officer’s compensation package and the salaries of other employees in the Group and specifically the median and average salaries and the effect of such proportions on the work relations in the Group.

6.2. Annual Base Salary for Executive Officers shall not exceed the amount specified in the table below:

The Executive Officer	Maximum Annual Base Salary
CEO; President North America	$1, 000,000
Other Executive Officers (excluding directors)	$500,000

² The above ratios are based on the Employment Cost during 2018 calendar year. In calculating the above ratios, the Employment Cost for each employee/Executive Officer was divided by the actual number of months such employee/Executive Officer was engaged by the Company during 2018 calendar year.

5 | Page

7. Benefits

7.1. In addition to the Base Salary, the following benefits may be granted to the Executive Officers (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to the CEO – also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law), in order, among other things, to comply with legal requirements. It shall be clarified, that the list below is not an exhaustive list and InMode and other entities in the Group (subject to the abovementioned required approvals) may grant to the Group's Executive Officers other similar, comparable or customary benefits, subject to applicable law. In addition, Executive Officers employed outside of Israel may receive other similar, comparable or customary benefits as applicable in the relevant jurisdiction in which they are employed.

● Vacation days in accordance with market practice and the applicable law, up to a cap of 30 days per annum;

●
Sick days in accordance with market practice and the applicable law; However, entities in the Group may decide to cover sick days from the first day;

● Convalescence pay according to applicable law;

● Medical insurance in accordance with market practice and applicable law;

● With respect to Executive Officers employed in Israel: monthly remuneration for a study fund (“Keren Hishtalmut”), and with reference to InMode’s practice and common market practice;

● Pension and savings - according to local market practices and legislation;

● Disability insurance - InMode and other entities in the Group may purchase disability insurance, according to applicable legislation.

● Various components that the Group may provide to all or part of its employees and/or its Executive Officers, such as: parking spaces, reimbursement for meals and accommodation expenses, vacations, Group events, etc.

7.2. InMode and other entities in the Group may offer additional benefits to its Executive Officers and directors, including but not limited to: communication, car and travel benefits, insurances and other benefits (such as newspaper subscriptions, academic and professional studies), etc., including their gross up.

7.3. InMode and other entities in the Group may reimburse its Executive Officers and directors for reasonable work-related expenses incurred as part of their activities, including without limitation, meeting participation expenses, reimbursement of business travel expenses, including a daily stipend when traveling and accommodation expenses. InMode and other entities in the Group may provide advance payments to its Executive Officers and directors in connection with work-related expenses.

8. Signing Bonus

At the discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board (and with respect to the CEO- subject to the approval of InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law), InMode and other entities in the Group may grant a newly recruited Executive Officer a signing bonus. Such bonus may be granted in cash, equity or a combination of both. The signing bonus will not exceed: (1) 50% of such Executive Officer’s annual Base Salary, if the signing bonus is granted in cash; (2) 100% of such Executive Officer’s annual Base Salary, if the signing bonus is granted in equity awards, as shall be determined according to acceptable valuation practices at the time of grant; (3) In case the signing bonus is a combination of cash and equity, its ceiling shall be proportional to the cash and equity components, calculated in accordance with the ratios mentioned in sections (1) and (2) above.

6 | Page

C. Cash Bonuses

InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to the CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) and other entities in the Group may grant cash bonuses to its Executive Officers on a quarterly or annually basis, or on a shorter or longer period basis, in accordance with the principles detailed below.

9. Annual Bonuses

9.1. The annual bonus that may be paid to the Executive Officers for any fiscal year shall not exceed three (3) annual Base Salaries.

9.2. CEO

The annual bonus to the CEO will be based mainly on measurable criteria, and with respect to its less significant part shall be determined at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board, in accordance with the following:

Position	Group/Individual Performance Measures	InMode’s Discretion
CEO	75%-100%	0%-25%

The measurable criteria and their relative weight shall be determined by the Compensation Committee and the Board in respect of each calendar year. These measurable criteria may include, inter alia, objectives relating to compliance with the Group’s work plans and with various budget objectives, including, inter alia, compliance with objectives relating to revenues, expenses, investments, etc., meeting various financial objectives, such as objectives relating to the annual profit (net profit, pre-tax profit, etc.) and the Group’s EBITDA, objectives relating to the recruitment and development of professional personnel, objectives relating to raising investments, debt, etc., objectives relating to the Group’s business operations, objectives relating to the realization of the Group’s assets, the acquisition of new activities and/or companies and objectives relating to an increase of the return on the Group’s assets.

9.3. Other Executive Officers (Excluding CEO)

The Group may also award (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board) an annual bonus to its Executive Officers, due to their unique contribution to the Group. Such grant may be based, inter alia, on measurable criteria, based on the Group’s financial results, the scope of the Group’s business activity, the CEO’s opinion on the contribution of the Executive Officer to the Group, the distribution of the annual bonus over the year, etc. It should be clarified, that the annual bonus may be based in whole or in part on discretion, provided that it does not exceed the ceiling specified in section 9.1 above. The CEO shall be entitled to determine the abovementioned targets for each such an Executive Officer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is hereby clarified, that the grant of annual bonus to an Executive Officer, of up to three monthly Base Salaries, may be approved by the CEO in his/her discretion.

10. Special Bonuses

In addition to the annual bonus, InMode and other entities in the Group may grant Executive Officers and directors a special bonus as an award for special achievements (outstanding personal achievement, outstanding personal effort or outstanding Group’s performance, such as in connection with mergers and acquisitions, securities offerings, achieving target budget or business plan objectives under exceptional circumstances and special recognition in case of retirement), at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board (and with respect to the CEO and directors- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholdersto the extent required by the Companies Law) which shall not exceed twelve (12) monthly Base Salaries or twelve (12) Base Payments (as defined below), as applicable.

7 | Page

11. Additional Provisions Relating to Cash Bonuses

11.1. Pro Rata Payment 

Should the employment or service of the Executive Officer terminate prior to the end of a fiscal year, InMode and other entities in the Group may pay the Executive Officer his/her pro-rata share of that fiscal year’s bonus, based on the period such Executive Officer was employed by the Group or has served in the Group.

11.2. Compensation Recovery (“Clawback”)

11.2.1. In the event of an accounting restatement, InMode and other entities in the Group shall be entitled to recover from its Executive Officers and directors the bonus compensation in the amount in which such bonus exceeded what would have been paid under the financial statements, as restated (“Compensation Recovery”), provided that a claim is made by InMode or the applicable Group entity prior to the third anniversary of the fiscal year end of the year in which the restated financial statements are issued.

11.2.2. Notwithstanding the aforesaid, the Compensation Recovery will not be triggered in the following events:

●
The financial restatement is required due to changes in the applicable financial reporting standards or law; or

●
The Group (subject to any required approval under applicable law) has determined that clawback proceedings in the specific case would be impossible, impractical or not commercially or legally efficient; or

●
The amount to be paid under the clawback proceedings is less than 10% of the relevant bonus received by the Executive Officer or director.

11.2.3. It shall be clarified, that InMode and the other entities in the Group shall not be entitled to Compensation Recovery with respect to equity-based compensation granted to its Executive Officersand directors.

11.3. Reduction or Postponement

Without derogating from Section 36 below, in the event of the termination of office of an Executive Officer under circumstances in which he/she will not be entitled to severance pay, InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board) and the other entities in the Group may revoke the entitlement of such an Executive Officer to an annual bonus and to all parts of the annual bonus which have not yet been paid to him.

D. Equity-Based Compensation

12. General and Objectives 

12.1. InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO – also InMode’s general meeting of shareholdersto the extent required by the Companies Law) may grant from time to time equity-based compensation which will be individually determined and awarded according to, inter alia, the performance, educational background, prior business experience, qualifications, role and the personal responsibilities of the Executive Officer.

12.2. The main objectives of the equity-based compensation is to enhance the alignment between the Executive Officers’ and directors’ interests with the long term interests of InMode and its shareholders, and to strengthen the retention and the motivation of Executive Officers and directors in the medium-to-long term. In addition, since equity-based awards are structured to vest over time, their incentive value to recipients is aligned with longer-term strategic plans.

8 | Page

12.3. The equity based compensation offered by InMode is intended to be in a form of options exercisable into shares, restricted shares and/or other equity based awards, such as restricted share units (RSUs), in accordance with the Group’s incentive plan(s) in place as may be updated from time to time.³

13. Fair Market Value

The fair market value of the equity-based compensation for each Executive Officer during a fiscal year, shall not exceed 700% of his/her annual Base Salary, as shall be determined according to acceptable valuation practices at the time of grant.⁴

14. Taxation Regime

Subject to any applicable law, InMode may determine, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and the Board (and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law), the tax regime under which equity-based compensation may be granted, including a tax regime which will maximize the benefit to the Executive Officers and directors.

15. Exercise Price

The exercise price for each option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value (as such term is defined in the Group’s 2018 Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time) of the underlying shares subject to the options.

It is hereby clarified, that unless otherwise determined by InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders), and subject to the provisions of any applicable law, the exercise price of restricted shares and restricted share units (RSUs) is the par value of the share.

Options, restricted shares and restricted share units (RSUs) may also be exercised by a method of “Cashless” exercise.

The Board considered the possibility of determining a ceiling for the exercise value of the variable equity components and decided, taking into account the purpose of the equity-based compensation, not to set such a ceiling in this Policy.

16. Vesting

All equity-based incentives granted to Executive Officers and directors shall be subject to vesting periods in order to promote long-term retention of such recipients. Grants to Executive Officers and directors shall vest gradually over a period of at least one year. Such grants may be vested on a quarterly, semi-annual or an annual basis, or based on other time periods (which may not be necessarily equal), as determined by InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law). InMode (subject to the abovementioned required approvals) may condition the vesting of part or all of the equity-based incentives, for some or all of its Executive Officers and directors, upon the achievement of predetermined performance goals. InMode (subject to the abovementioned required approvals) may also set terms relating to vesting in connection with an Executive Officer or director leaving the Group (due to a dismissal, resignation, death or disability).

³ The equity based compensation is based on the fair value on the date of grant, calculated annually, on a linear basis.

⁴ Calculated annually, on a linear basis.

9 | Page

17. For details regarding ceilings with respect to director’s equity-based compensation see section 29 below.

18. General

All other terms of the equity awards shall be in accordance with the Group’s incentive plans and other related practices and policies. Accordingly, InMode may (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) extend the period of time for which an award is to remain exercisable and make provisions with respect to the acceleration of the vesting period of any Executive Officer’s or director's awards, including, without limitation, in connection with a corporate transaction involving a change of control, subject to any additional approval as may be required by the Companies Law.

E. Retirement and Termination of Service Arrangements (Excluding Directors)

19. Advanced Notice Period

19.1. InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to the CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) and other entities in the Group may provide each Executive Officer, pursuant to an Executive Officer’s employment or consultancy/service agreement and according to the Group’s decision per each case, a prior notice of termination of up to nine (9) months (the “Advance Notice Period”). During the Advance Notice Period, the Executive Officer may be entitled to all of the compensation elements, and to the continuation of vesting of his/her options, restricted shares, RSUs and/or any other equity based awards. 

19.2. During the Advance Notice Period, an Executive Officer will be required to keep performing his/her duties pursuant to his/her agreement with the Group, unless InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to the CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholdersto the extent required by the Companies Law) or the relevant entity in the Group has waived the Executive Officer’s services to the Group during the Advance Notice Period and pay the amount payable in lieu of notice, plus the value of benefits.

19.3. In the event of a change of control in the Group, InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to the CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) and other entities in the Group may decide to extend the Advance Notice Period as provided in section 19.1 above (and the entitlement to compensation for such extended Advance Notice Period, accordingly) to up to two times the original Advance Notice Period of the Executive Officer.

20. Adjustment Period/Retirement Bonus

In addition to the Advance Notice Period, InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to the CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) and other entities in the Group may provide an additional adjustment period/retirement payment that will be determined, among other things, taking into consideration the Executive Officer’s seniority in the Group, performance during employment, contribution to InMode and the Group achieving its goals and the circumstances of retirement or termination. The maximum adjustment period/retirement bonus that may be paid to each Executive Officer shall be up to six (6) monthly Base Salaries and may only be granted to Executive Officers who have served in the Group for at least one year.

10 | Page

21. Additional Retirement and Termination Benefits

InMode and other entities in the Group may provide additional retirement and terminations benefits and payments as may be required by applicable law (e.g., mandatory severance pay under Israeli labor laws), or which will be comparable to customary market practices.

F. Exemption, Indemnification and Insurance

22. Exemption

InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) and other entities in the Group may exempt in advance and retroactively its Executive Officers and directors, from any liability to the Group, in whole or in part, for damages in consequence of his or her duty of care vis-a-vis the Group, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and subject to the provisions of the relevant Group member’s Articles of Association.

23. Indemnification

InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) and other entities in the Group may indemnify its Executive Officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and the relevant Group member’s Articles of Association, for any liability and expense that may be imposed on the Executive Officer or director, all subject to applicable law and the relevant Group member’s Articles of Association.

24. Insurance

24.1. InMode (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) will provide “Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance” (the “Insurance Policy”), as well as a “run off” insurance policy for its Executive Officers and directors as follows:

●
The annual premium to be paid by InMode shall not exceed $1.5 million for the aggregate coverage of the Insurance Policy;

● The limit of liability of the insurer shall be up to $30 million per event and in the aggregate in the insurance period;

●
The total deductible amounts shall not exceed $5 million;

● The Insurance Policy, as well as the limit of liability and the premium for each extension or renewal shall be approved by InMode, which may determine (subject to the approvals of the Compensation Committee and the Board, and with respect to InMode’s directors and CEO- also InMode’s general meeting of shareholders to the extent required by the Companies Law) that the sums are reasonable considering InMode’s and the Group's exposures, the scope of coverage and the market conditions and that the Insurance Policy reflects market terms, and does not materially affect the Group’s profitability, assets or liabilities;

●
The policy may also cover the liability of the controlling shareholders due to their positions as Executive Officers and/or directors in the Group, from time to time, provided that the coverage terms in this respect do not exceed those of the other Executive Officers and directors in the Group.

11 | Page

G. Arrangements upon Change of Control

25. The following benefits may be granted to the Executive Officers and directors in addition to the benefits applicable in the case of any retirement or termination of service upon a “Change of Control” following of which the employment of the Executive Officer is terminated or adversely adjusted in a material way:

25.1. Vesting acceleration of outstanding options, restricted shares, restricted share units (RSUs) and/or other equity based awards.

25.2. Extension of the exercise period of options, restricted shares, restricted share units (RSUs) and/or other equity based awards for Executive Officers and directors for a period of up to five (5) years, following the date of termination of employment.

25.3. An Advance Notice Period, in accordance with section 19.3 above.

25.4. An Adjustment period/retirement bonus in accordance with section 20 above, of up to twelve (12) months of Employment Cost.

H. Directors’ Compensation

26. The compensation of InMode’s directors shall be in accordance with the amounts provided in the Companies Regulations (Rules Regarding the Compensation and Expenses of an External Director) of 2000, as amended by the Companies Regulations (Relief for Public Companies Traded in Stock Exchange Outside of Israel) - 2000, as such regulations may be amended from time to time, or in accordance with section 27 below, subject to any required approvals by applicable law.

27. The compensation of InMode’s directors (including external directors and independent directors under the Companies Law, if any) shall not exceed the following:

27.1. Base payment of $45,000 per year (the “Base Payment”);

27.2. Chairman of the Board- an additional amount of $25,000 per year to the Base Payment;

27.3. Committee Chairman- an additional amount of $10,000 per year to the Base Payment;

27.4. Committee member- an additional amount of $5,000 per year to the Base Payment.

28. In addition, the Group may engage with its directors (excluding external and independent directors under the Companies Law) for the receipt of consulting services and/or other special services, for a consideration of up to $1,000 per day, plus reasonable expense reimbursement. Such compensation shall be paid for a maximum of 6 days per year for each director.

29. Directors may be granted equity-based compensation in accordance with applicable principles detailed in section D of this Policy, and subject to the provisions of the Companies Law.⁵

Equity based-compensation granted to InMode’s directors, shall not exceed the following amounts (subject to any applicable law):⁶

29.1. Director: $300,000 per year (the “Equity Compensation”);

29.2. Chairman of the Board- an additional amount of $45,000 per year to the Equity Compensation;

29.3. Committee Chairman- an additional amount of $30,000 per year to the Equity Compensation;

29.4. Committee member- an additional amount of $15,000 per year to the Equity Compensation;

⁵ The equity based compensation is based on the fair value on the date of grant, calculated annually, on a linear basis.

⁶ Based on the fair value on the date of grant, calculated annually, on a linear basis.

12 | Page

30. InMode’s external and independent directors under the Companies Law may be entitled to reimbursement of expenses in accordance with the Companies Law.

31. The directors may be entitled to additional compensation or benefits as expressly set out in this Policy, and specifically in Sections 7.2, 7.3 and 10.

I. Miscellaneous

32. This Policy is designed solely for the benefit of the Group. Nothing in this Compensation Policy shall be deemed to grant any of the Group’s current or future Executive Officers, directors or employees or any third party any right or privilege in connection with their employment by or service with the Group and their compensation in respect thereof. Such rights and privileges, to which Executive Officers, directors or employees serving in the Group or that will serve in the Group in the future, are entitled for, shall be exclusively those that are determined specifically in relation to him or her and, if applicable, governed by their respective personal employment and/or service agreements.

33. This Policy is subject to applicable law and is not intended, and should not be interpreted as limiting or derogating from, provisions of applicable law to the extent not permitted, nor should it be interpreted as limiting or derogating from InMode’s or other Group member’s Articles of Association.

34. This Policy is not intended to affect current agreements nor affect obligating customs (if applicable) between the Group and its Executive Officers and directors as such may exist prior to the approval of this Compensation Policy, subject to any applicable law.

35. In the event of amendments made to the Companies Law or any regulations promulgated thereunder providing relief in connection with Group’s compensation to its Executive Officers and/or directors, InMode may elect to act pursuant to such relief without regard to any contradiction with this Policy.

36. The Group (subject to any required approvals by the applicable law) may determine that none or only part of the payments, benefits and perquisites shall be granted, and is authorized to cancel or suspend a compensation package or part of it.

37. An immaterial change in the terms of office of Executive Officers (excluding directors, a controlling shareholder or a controlling shareholder’s relative) during the term of this Compensation Policy, will be subject to the approval of InMode’s CEO only (changes in the terms of office of the CEO shall be approved in accordance with the Companies Law). An immaterial change in this matter shall be deemed to be a change that does not exceed 5% of the annual Employment Cost with respect to the employment of such an Executive Officer in the Group, subject to the conditions prescribed in this Compensation Policy.

*********************

13 | Page

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

InMode Ltd.

List of Subsidiaries

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Invasix Inc.	Delaware, USA
Invasix Corp.	Canada
InMode M.D. Ltd.	Israel
Invasix UK Ltd.	United Kingdom
InMode Japan KK	Japan
Invasix Iberia S.L.	Spain
Guangzhou InMode Medical Technology Ltd.	China
InMode Asia Limited.	Hong Kong
InMode India Private Limited	India
InMode Australia Pty Ltd	Australia
IMD France EURL	France

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

Certification by the Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Moshe Mizrahy, Chief Executive Officer of InMode Ltd. (the “Company”), certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions);

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: February 10, 2021	/s/ Moshe Mizrahy
	By: Moshe Mizrahy
	Title: Chief Executive Officer

EX-12.2

Exhibit 12.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Yair Malca, Chief Financial Officer of InMode Ltd. (the “Company”), certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions);

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

February 10, 2021	/s/ Yair Malca
	Yair Malca
	Chief Financial Officer
	(principal financial officer)

EX-13.1

Exhibit 13.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,

I, Moshe Mizrahy, Chief Executive Officer of InMode Ltd. (the “Company”), hereby certify, to my knowledge, that:

1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 10, 2021

/s/ Moshe Mizrahy

Moshe Mizrahy

Chief Executive Officer and

Chairman of the Board

EX-13.2

Exhibit 13.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,

 I, Yair Malca, Chief Financial Officer of InMode Ltd. (the “Company”), hereby certify, to my knowledge, that:

1. The Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 10, 2021

/s/ Yair Malca

Yair Malca

Chief Financial Officer

EX-15.1

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-233873 and 333-236477) of InMode Ltd. of our report dated February 10, 2021 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 20-F.

Tel-Aviv, Israel	/s/ Kesselman & Kesselman
February 10, 2021	Certified Public Accountants (lsr.)
	A member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited

XML

Document and Entity Information	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020 shares
Entity Central Index Key	0001742692
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2020
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	20-F
Amendment Flag	false
Document Registration Statement	false
Document Annual Report	true
Document Transition Report	false
Document Shell Company Report	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2020
Entity File Number	001-39016
Entity Registrant Name	InMode Ltd.
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	IL
Entity Address, Address Line One	Tavor Building
Entity Address, Address Line Two	Sha’ar Yokneam
Entity Address, Address Line Three	P.O. Box 533
Entity Address, City or Town	Yokneam
Entity Address Country	IL
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	2069206
Title of 12(b) Security	Ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per ordinary share
Trading Symbol	INMD
Name of Exchange on which Security is Registered	NASDAQ
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding	37,783,777	[1]
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Emerging Growth Company	false
Document Accounting Standard	U.S. GAAP
Entity Shell Company	false
Auditor Attestation Flag	false
Business Contact [Member]
Contact Personnel Name	Moshe Mizrahy
Entity Address, Address Line One	Tavor Building
Entity Address, Address Line Two	Sha’ar Yokneam
Entity Address, Address Line Three	P.O. Box 533
Entity Address, City or Town	Yokneam
Entity Address Country	IL
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	2069206
City Area Code	972
Local Phone Number	4-9096313

[1] The above number of Ordinary Shares outstanding does not include a total of 393,441 Ordinary Shares held at December 31, 2020, as treasury shares, all of which were repurchased by InMode Ltd.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents		$ 68,938	$ 44,727
Marketable securities (amortized cost of $141,544 and $119,983, respectively)		142,007	120,144
Short-term bank deposits		49,589	28,491
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $672 and $432, repsectively		10,499	6,628
Other receivables		3,575	3,810
Inventories		14,983	9,408
T O T A L CURRENT ASSETS		289,591	213,208
NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
Accounts receivable		477	374
Other receivables		2,894
Deferred income taxes, net		64	1,899
Operating lease right-of-use assets		1,153	1,369
Property and equipment, net		982	935
Other Investments		600	600
T O T A L NON-CURRENT ASSETS		6,170	5,177
T O T A L ASSETS		295,761	218,385
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable		6,410	3,702
Contract liabilities		11,900	15,587
Other liabilities		16,720	13,205
T O T A L CURRENT LIABILITIES		35,030	32,494
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Contract liabilities	[1]	1,988	3,813
Other liabilities		2,910	1,494
Operating lease liabilities		358	744
Deferred income taxes, net			37
T O T A L NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES		5,256	6,088
T O T A L LIABILITIES		40,286	38,582
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (note 11)
InMode Ltd. shareholders' equity:
Ordinary shares, NIS 0.01 par value, authorized 100,000,000 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019 Issued 38,177,218 and 32,799,082 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively Outstanding 37,783,777 and 32,799,082 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively		108	93
Additional paid-in capital		101,701	81,863
Retained earnings		169,016	93,986
Accumulated other comprehensive income		356	124
Less treasury shares, at cost at December 31, 2020: 393,441 Ordinary Shares		(17,218)
InMode Ltd. shareholders' equity		253,963	176,066
Non-controlling interests		1,512	3,737
T O T A L SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY		255,475	179,803
T O T A L LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY		$ 295,761	$ 218,385

[1] As of December 31, 2020, noncurrent deferred revenue is estimated to be recognized as following: 83% in year 2022 and the rest in year 2023-2024.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) shares	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) shares
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts | $	$ 672	$ 432
Marketable securities, amortization | $	$ 141,544	$ 119,983
Ordinary shares, shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Ordinary shares, issued shares	38,177,218	32,799,082
Ordinary shares, outstanding shares	37,783,777	32,799,082
Treasury shares, ordinary shares	393,441

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Income Statement [Abstract]
REVENUES	$ 206,107	$ 156,361	$ 100,162
COST OF REVENUES	30,849	20,238	15,057
GROSS PROFIT	175,258	136,123	85,105
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Research and development	9,467	5,699	4,180
Sales and marketing	86,532	66,848	44,622
General and administrative	6,418	3,958	4,814
Legal settlements and loss contingencies			8,000
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES	102,417	76,505	61,616
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS	72,841	59,618	23,489
Finance income, net	3,291	2,423	136
INCOME BEFORE TAXES	76,132	62,041	23,625
INCOME TAXES	1,107	883	1,260
NET INCOME	75,025	61,158	22,365
Add: Loss (net income) attributable to non-controlling interests	5	(13)	6
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO INMODE LTD	$ 75,030	$ 61,145	$ 22,371
NET INCOME PER SHARE:
Basic	$ 2.08	$ 2.09	$ 0.82
Diluted	$ 1.78	$ 1.60	$ 0.62
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHARES OUTSTANDING USED IN COMPUTATION OF NET INCOME PER SHARE
Basic	36,057,182	29,231,476	26,613,942
Diluted	42,092,299	38,058,625	35,006,644

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
NET INCOME	$ 75,025	$ 61,158	$ 22,365
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment		(34)	(153)
Change in net unrealized gains of marketable securities, net of tax	232	86	(1)
T O T A L COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, net	75,257	61,210	22,211
Add: Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests	5	(7)	1
T O T A L COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO INMODE LTD	$ 75,262	$ 61,203	$ 22,212

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Ordinary Shares [Member]		Additional Paid-In Capital [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income [Member]	Treasury Stock [Member]	Noncontrolling Interest [Member]	Total
Begining Balance at Dec. 31, 2017	$ 74		$ 8,019	$ 11,135	$ 225			$ 19,453
Begining Balance, Shares at Dec. 31, 2017	26,350,484
Net income				22,371			$ (6)	22,365
Other comprehensive income, net					(159)		5	(154)
Share-based compensation			1,947					1,947
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest				(535)				(535)
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interests (see note 12b)							1,414	1,414
Exercise of options		[1]	186					186
Exercise of options, shares	331,929
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2018	$ 74		10,152	32,971	66		1,413	44,676
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2018	26,682,413
Net income				61,145			13	61,158
Other comprehensive income, net					58		(6)	52
Share-based compensation			1,557					1,557
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest				(130)				(130)
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interests (see note 12b)							2,317	2,317
Initial public offering of ordinary shares, net of offering costs	$ 16		69,768					69,784
Initial public offering of ordinary shares, net of offering costs, shares	5,500,000
Exercise of options	$ 3		386					389
Exercise of options, shares	616,669
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2019	$ 93		81,863	93,986	124		3,737	179,803
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2019	32,799,082
Net income				75,030			(5)	75,025
Other comprehensive income, net					232			232
Share-based compensation			12,845					12,845
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in exchange of ordinary shares (see note 12b)			2,220				(2,220)
Repurchase of ordinary shares						$ (17,218)		(17,218)
Repurchase of ordinary shares, shares	(393,441)
Exercise of options	$ 15		4,773					4,788
Exercise of options, shares	5,378,136
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2020	$ 108		$ 101,701	$ 169,016	$ 356	$ (17,218)	$ 1,512	$ 255,475
Ending Balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2020	37,783,777

[1] Representing an amount less than one thousand

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 75,025	$ 61,158	$ 22,365
Adjustments required to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization	416	302	184
Share-based compensation expenses	12,845	1,557	1,947
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts	442	78	(33)
Loss (gains) on marketable securities, net	5	3	(21)
Changes in fair value of marketable securities, net			291
Finance income, net	(625)	(835)	(45)
Deferred income taxes, net	1,729	(594)	(592)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable	(4,416)	449	(571)
Increase in other receivables	(2,647)	(1,316)	(1,171)
Increase in inventories	(5,575)	(2,445)	(1,891)
Increase in accounts payable	2,708	92	541
Increase in other liabilities	4,830	4,094	2,631
Increase (decrease) in contract liabilities	(5,512)	9,663	5,251
Increase (decrease) in accrued contingencies		(10,000)	8,000
Net cash provided by operating activities	79,225	62,206	36,886
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Investment in short-term deposit	(55,699)	(47,810)	(10,000)
Proceeds from short-term deposit	34,810	29,500
Purchase of fixed assets	(463)	(693)	(381)
Other Investments		(600)
Purchase of marketable securities	(169,689)	(165,423)	(38,346)
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities	147,736	72,574	18,988
Net cash used in investing activities	(43,305)	(112,452)	(29,739)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from initial public offering of ordinary shares, net of offering costs		69,784
Repurchase of ordinary shares	(17,218)
Exercise of options	4,776	389	186
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(12,442)	70,173	186
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH	733	79	(205)
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	24,211	20,006	7,128
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR	44,727	24,721	17,593
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR	68,938	44,727	24,721
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION:
Income taxes paid	217	1,415	1,800
Interest received	2,771	1,525	662
NON-CASH ACTIVITIES
Deferred offering costs in accounts payable			895
Recognition of operating lease ROU and liabilities	566	417
Exercise of Options	$ 12

XML

GENERAL

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

General [Abstract]

GENERAL

NOTE 1 - GENERAL:

InMode Ltd. (separately and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) was incorporated on January 2, 2008 and commenced operations shortly thereafter. The Company’s headquarters are located in Israel.

The Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets innovative minimally-invasive aesthetic medical products based on its proprietary radio frequency assisted lipolysis and deep subdermal fractional radio frequency technologies. These technologies are used to remodel subdermal adipose, or fatty, tissue in a variety of procedures including liposuction with simultaneous skin tightening, body and face contouring and ablative skin rejuvenation treatments. In addition to the minimally-invasive technologies, the Company designs, develops, manufactures and markets non‑invasive medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures including permanent hair reduction, facial skin rejuvenation, wrinkle reduction, cellulite treatment, skin appearance and texture and superficial benign vascular and pigmented lesions. The Company also designs, develops, manufactures and markets hands-free medical aesthetic products that target a wide array of procedures such as skin tightening, fat reduction and muscle stimulation.

In August 2019, the Company completed an initial public offering (the “IPO“) on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (the "Nasdaq"), in which it issued 5,500,000 ordinary shares, NIS 0.01 par value per share, at a price per share of $14. The net proceeds received from the IPO were approximately $69,784, after deducting underwriting commissions and other offering expenses. See also note 12a.

The Company has ten wholly-owned subsidiaries located in the United States and Canada (“North America”), Hong-Kong, Japan, Spain, Israel, India, Australia, China and France. The wholly owned subsidiary in France was established in June 2020. In addition, the Company holds 51% interests in a subsidiary located in the United Kingdom. The Company’s eleven subsidiaries are referred to collectively herein as the “Subsidiaries.” The Company sells its products primarily through its Subsidiaries. See note 12b for an update regarding change in ownership of the China subsidiary.

XML

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

a.Basis of presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

b.Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.

F - 10

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

c.Functional currency

The U.S. dollar (“U.S. dollar” or “$“) is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company is conducted. Substantial revenues and a substantial portion of the operational costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, the functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar (“primary currency”).

Transactions and balances originally denominated in U.S. dollars are presented at their original amounts. Balances in non-U.S. dollar currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using historical and current exchange rates for non-monetary and monetary balances, respectively. For non-U.S. dollar transactions and other items in the statements of income (indicated below), the following exchange rates are used: (i) for transactions - exchange rates at transaction dates or average exchange rates; and (ii) for other items (derived from non-monetary balance sheet items such as depreciation and amortization) - historical exchange rates. Currency transaction gains and losses are presented in financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

The functional currency of each of the Subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.

d.Principles of consolidation and presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries represent the equity in subsidiaries not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented in equity separately from the equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company. Profit or loss and components of other comprehensive income are attributed to the Company and to non-controlling interests. Losses are attributed to non-controlling interests even if they result in a negative balance of non-controlling interests in the consolidated balance sheet.

The carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests were based on the higher of: (a) the non-controlling interests based on the initial fair value with the addition of its share in the operating results of the relevant subsidiary net of dividend paid; or (b) the redemption value of the put option. Adjustment of the carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests was charged to retained earnings.

The Company treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with its equity owners. Accordingly, for purchases of shares from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the portion acquired of the carrying value of the net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.

Gains or losses on disposals of shares to non-controlling interests were recorded in equity.

e.Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers cash equivalents to be all short-term, highly liquid investments, which include money market instruments, that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use, and short-term bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

f.Short-term bank deposits

Bank deposits with maturities of more than three months but less than one year are included in short-term deposits. Such short-term deposits bear interest at an average annual rate of approximately 0.35%-2.90% in 2019 and 0.15%-2.35% in 2020.

F - 11

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

g.Marketable securities

AFS Securities

Marketable securities consist of government bonds and corporate debt securities (together “debt securities”) and certificates of deposit measured at fair value in each reporting period. The fair value of quoted securities is based on current market value.

Debt securities and certificates of deposit are classified as available-for-sale (together “AFS securities”). Changes in fair value, excluding credit losses and impairments, net of taxes (if applicable), are reflected in other comprehensive income or loss. Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable debt securities as well as premium or discount amortization are included in the consolidated statements of income as finance income or expense. Fair value is calculated based on publicly available market information. If the amortized cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, the Company evaluates, among other factors, general market conditions, credit quality of debt instrument issuers, and the extent to which the fair value is less than cost. To determine credit losses, the Company evaluates, among other, available quantitative and qualitative evidence. In addition, the Company considers specific adverse conditions related to the financial health of, and business outlook for, the investee. The decline in fair value below cost is recorded as an impairment charge in finance income or expense, net.

The Company classifies investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have stated maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase as cash equivalents and those with stated maturities of greater than three months as marketable securities.

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase.

Equity Securities

The Company applies ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825‑10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”), which relates to certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments.

Changes in fair value of marketable equity securities and mutual funds, are reflected in the consolidated statements of income as finance income or expense.

h.Other Investments

For other investments, the Company applies the measurement alternative upon the adoption of ASU 2016-01, and elected to record equity investments without readily determinable fair values at cost, less impairment, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. In this measurement alternative method, changes in the carrying value of the equity investments are reflected in current earnings. Changes in the carrying value of the equity investment are required to be made whenever there are observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer.

Investment in convertible debt is measured at cost, less any impairment (see also note 8).

F - 12

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

i.Inventories

Inventories include raw materials and finished products and are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value.

Cost is determined as follows:

•

Raw materials: first in, first out (“FIFO”) method.

•

Finished products: using the “moving average” basis. The moving average is calculated as each additional inventory unit is purchased.

The Company regularly evaluates its ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales or usage, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions.

j.Leases

On January 1, 2019 the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Balances related to operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, other current liabilities, and operating lease liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company also elected to combine lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized as of the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The discount rate for the lease is the rate implicit in the lease unless that rate cannot be readily determined. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company’s uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term (see also note 9).

Upon adoption, the Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed to carryforward the Company’s historical lease classification, the Company’s assessment on whether a contract was or contains a lease, and the Company’s initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to January 1, 2019. The new standard resulted in an increase of $1,585 in operating lease ROU assets and corresponding liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income or consolidated statement of cash flows and did not have an impact on the comparative figures.

F - 13

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

k.Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Computers	3 - 4 years
Molds	4 - 10 years
Equipment and furniture	10 - 17 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, which is typically shorter than the estimated useful life of the improvements.

l.Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company tests long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss, which is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the asset, using the expected future discounted cash flows.

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss on its long-lived assets.

m.Legal and other contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management assesses such contingent liabilities, if any, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s management evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought.

Management applies the guidance in ASC 450-20, “Loss Contingencies” when assessing losses resulting from contingencies. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is recorded as accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a provision of $10,000 in relation to litigation that was resolved in January 2019 (see also note 11b).

F - 14

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

n.Income taxes:

1)

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 prescribes the use of the liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value if it is more likely than not that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as non-current in accordance with ASU 2015‑17.

2)

Upon the distribution of dividends from the tax-exempt income of a Benefited Enterprise (see also note 13a(2)), the amount distributed is subject to tax at the rate that would have been applicable had the Company not been exempted from payment thereof. The tax amount will be recorded as an income tax expense in the period in which the Company declares the dividend. As to the amount of tax that would be owed if the Company distributed all of the retained earnings that would be subject to the tax exemption, see note 13a.

3)

The Company may incur an additional tax liability in the event of an inter-company dividend distribution from Foreign Subsidiaries; no additional deferred income taxes have been provided, since the Company does not expect to distribute inter-company dividends in the foreseeable future that may result in additional tax liability.

4)

Taxes that would apply in the event of disposal of investments in Subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing the deferred income taxes, as it is the Company’s intent and ability to hold these investments.

5)

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740-10. ASC 740‑10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit of the largest amount that is more than 50% (cumulative probability) likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits under taxes on income (tax benefit).

F - 15

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

o.Share-based compensation

The Company grants share options to its employees, directors and non-employees in consideration for services rendered. See note 12(a)(2)for details on outstanding share capital.

The Company accounts for share-based payment awards classified as equity awards using the grant-date fair value method. The fair value at grant-date of the issued equity award is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of each share-based payment granted is estimated using the Binomial Model. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company elected to recognize share-based compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule using the straight-line method based on the multiple-option award approach. Performance-based option expenses are calculated based on the options valuation at the grant date, and recognized based on the probability of achieving those targets. The Company assess at what scale can the performance targets be reached at each balance sheet date, and expenses are recognized accordingly.

The Company applies ASU 2018-07 (Topic 718) that expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the provision of the amendment, the Company measures share-based compensation to non-employees in the same manner (except for certain exceptions) as share-based compensation to employees.

p.Revenue recognition

The Company applies ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the entity performs the following five steps:

(i)

Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

(ii)

Identify the performance obligations in the contract. The Company determined that its arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate performance obligations: products, consumables and extended warranties;

(iii)

Determine the transaction price;

(iv)

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;

The Company estimates the standalone selling prices of the services to be provided based on actual sales transactions of service contract purchased on a standalone basis and uses the residual approach to estimate the selling price of the products; and

F - 16

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

(v)	Recognize revenue when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.
	The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer, after considering any price concession expected to be provided to the customer, when applicable. At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.
	The Company uses the following practical expedients that are permitted under the rules:
		• The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in sales and marketing expenses. • The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected length of one year or less.
	The following is a description of the principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue.

Product Revenue, Net

Revenues from product sales are recognized when the customer obtains control over the Company’s product, typically upon shipment to the customer. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenues.

Payment terms and conditions vary by customer. The Company’s standard terms for end users usually require of payment upon delivery and for distributors require a down payment and payments made within several month from the invoice date.

The Company may enter into installment sales contracts with end users in North America that provide them with long-term (generally up to 60 months) financing for the purchase of the Company’s products. The interest rate used in these contracts reflects the credit characteristics of the party receiving financing in the contract, as well as any collateral or security provided by the customer. Interest income on these receivables is recognized as finance income and earned over the terms of the contract.

Variable consideration includes price concessions related to installment sales contracts and other price concessions related to COVID-19 (see also note 3). The Company estimates variable consideration using the most likely method. Amounts included in the transaction price are recognized only when it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues will not occur.

The Company does not grant a right of return, refund, cancelation or termination. From time to time, the Company participates in its customers' marketing activities and deducts such amounts from revenue.

F - 17

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

Service Revenue

The Company also generates revenues from long-term maintenance contracts (“Extended Warranty”). Revenue from Extended Warranty is recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the applicable service contract. These maintenance agreements are included in contract liabilities. Revenue from repairs performed in the absence of Extended Warranty is recognized when the related services are performed.

The Company classifies the portion of contract liabilities not expected to be earned in the subsequent 12 months as long-term.

q.Allowance for doubtful accounts and financial instruments - credit loss

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records an allowance when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances during the period in which such loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. Doubtful account balances are written off and deducted from the allowance when the receivable is deemed uncollectible, after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Starting from January 1, 2020, the Company applies ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“the Standard”).

The Company uses the Standard as part of the allowance for doubtful accounts estimated losses which takes into account a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This information includes among other the historic experience, the extent and amount of the account and geographical characteristics of the account.

The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

r.Warranty reserve

The Company provides a one-year standard warranty for its products. The Company records a provision for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty reserve include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty repairs and the cost per repair. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

The following table sets forth activity in the Company’s accrued warranty account for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively:

	2020		2019		2018
Balance at beginning of year	472		706		380
Cost incurred	(1,127	)	(756	)	(1,009	)
Expense recognized	1,360		522		1,335
Balance at end of year	705		472		706

F - 18

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

s.Cost of revenues

Cost of revenue consists of products purchased from turnkey sub-contractors which are responsible for the production of most of the Company’s products under the Company’s directions and supervision, raw materials for in-house assembly line, shipping and handling costs to customers and to subsidiaries, salary, employee-related expenses and overhead expenses of internal assembly line and service costs associate with warranty.

t.Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and includes salaries and employee-related expenses, overhead expenses, material and third-party contractor’s charges related to product development, regulatory affairs and clinical studies.

u.Net income per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributed to InMode Ltd. shareholders by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, outstanding for each period.

For the diluted earnings per share calculation, the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year is adjusted for the average number of shares that are potentially issuable in connection with employee share-based payment, using the treasury stock method.

The Company deducted the accretion of the redeemable non-controlling interest in computing the basic and diluted earnings per share.

v.Fair value measurement

The Company measures fair value and discloses fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. Fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions.

The fair value of the financial instruments included in the working capital of the Company is usually identical or close to their carrying value.

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.

Level 2 - Observable prices that are based on identical or similar instruments not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by observable market data, or quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

The Company maintains policies and procedures to determine the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using what it considers to be the most relevant and reliable market data available.

F - 19

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

w.Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management does not segregate its business for internal reporting. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of its business based on financial data consistent with the presentation in the accompanying financial statements. The Company concluded that its unified business is conducted globally and accordingly represents one operating segment.

Entity-wide disclosures on revenue and long-lived assets are presented in note 14.

x.Employee severance benefits

The Company is required to make severance payments upon dismissal of an employee or upon termination of employment in certain circumstances.

In accordance with the current employment terms with all of its employees (Section 14 of the Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963) located in Israel, the Company makes regular deposits with certain insurance companies for accounts controlled by each applicable employee in order to secure the employee’s full retirement benefit obligation. The Company is relieved from any severance pay liability with respect to each such employee after it makes the payments on behalf of the employee. The liability accrued in respect of these employees and the amounts funded, as of the respective agreement dates, are not reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, as the amounts funded are not under the control and management of the Company and the pension or severance pay risks have been irrevocably transferred to the applicable insurance companies.

The amounts of severance payment expenses were $329, $242 and $174 and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $337 in the year ending December 31, 2021 to insurance companies in connection with its expected severance liabilities for the year.

y.Offering costs

Deferred offering costs relating to the IPO, were capitalized and offset against proceeds upon the consummation of IPO in shareholders’ equity.

z.Treasury Shares

Treasury shares are presented as a reduction of equity, at their cost to the Company.

F - 20

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

aa.Newly issued and recently adopted accounting pronouncements

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements:

1)In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. This guidance replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The guidance became effective for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2020, including interim periods within that year. This guidance did not have significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Recently issued Accounting Pronouncements, not yet adopted

2)In December 2019, the FASB issued a new standard to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences related to changes in ownership of equity method investments and foreign subsidiaries. The standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020., with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that this standard will have material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

XML

COVID-19

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

COVID-19 [Abstract]

COVID-19

NOTE 3 - COVID-19:

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of COVID-19 to be a pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic is having widespread, rapidly evolving, and unpredictable impacts on global society, economies, financial markets, and business practices. Governments around the world have implemented measures in an effort to contain the virus, including social distancing, travel restrictions, border closures, limitations on public gatherings, work from home, supply chain logistical changes and closure of non-essential businesses. To protect the health and well-being of the Company’s employees, suppliers, and customers, the Company have made substantial modifications to employee travel policies, implemented office closures as employees are advised to work from home only when shutdowns were declared, and cancelled or shifted the Company’s conferences and other marketing events to virtual-only through 2020. Though the Company sees great progress to overcome the COVID-19 pandemic, with distribution of vaccines, still the COVID-19 may continue to impact the Company’s business operations, including its employees, customers, partners, and communities, and there is uncertainty in the nature and degree of its continued effects over time.

The uncertainty to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts the Company’s business, affects management’s judgment and assumptions relating to accounting estimates in a variety of areas that depend on these estimates and assumptions, including variable consideration related to price concessions resulted an immaterial influence at the end of the year. COVID-19 also resulted in re-pricing of the Company’s existing share-based compensations (see also note 12a).

The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will impact the Company’s business going forward will depend on numerous evolving factors that cannot be reliably predicted, including the duration and scope of the pandemic; governmental, business, and individuals' actions in response to the pandemic; and the impact on economic activity including the possibility of recession or financial market instability.

XML

MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurement [Abstract]

MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

NOTE 4 - MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS:

AFS securities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consisted of government bonds, corporate debt securities and certificates of deposit. These marketable securities are recorded at fair value.

The following table sets forth the Company’s marketable securities for the periods indicated:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Government bonds *	124,821	104,349
Corporate debt securities	15,118	14,023
Certificates of deposit	2,068	1,772
Total	142,007	120,144

* As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consists of $2,555 and $2,104 non-U.S. government bonds, respectively.

The Company classifies AFS securities within Level 2 because it uses alternative pricing sources and models utilizing market observable inputs to determine their fair value. See also note 2(v).

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period:

	December 31, 2020
	Fair value	Cost or amortized cost	Gross unrealized holding loss		Gross unrealized holding gains
Level 2 securities:
Government bonds	124,821	124,462	(12)		371
Corporate debt securities	15,118	15,040	(16)		94
Certificates of deposit	2,068	2,042	-		26
Total	142,007	141,544	(28	)	491

	December 31, 2019
	Fair value	Cost or amortized cost	Gross unrealized holding loss		Gross unrealized holding gains
Level 2 securities:
Government bonds	104,349	104,230	(38	)	157
Corporate debt securities	14,023	13,985	(15	)	53
Certificates of deposit	1,772	1,768	-		4
Total	120,144	119,983	(53	)	214

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company considered, based on its evaluation, that the decreases in market value on relevant marketable securities were temporarily impaired and therefore did not result in an impairment charge in finance income or expense, net.

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s debt securities had the following maturity dates:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Due within one year	21,662	32,642
1 to 2 years	91,401	41,784
2 to 3 years	28,944	45,718
Total	142,007	120,144

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable, Gross, Allowance, and Net [Abstract]

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

Accounts receivable consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020		2019
Trade	9,396		6,186
Notes receivable	2,252		1,248
Less - allowance for doubtful debt	(672	)	(432	)
	10,976		7,002
Less - non-current accounts receivable	(477	)	(374	)
Total accounts receivable	10,499		6,628

XML

INVENTORIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

INVENTORIES

NOTE 6 - INVENTORIES:

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Raw materials	3,642	2,725
Finished products	11,341	6,683
Total inventories	14,983	9,408

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

NOTE 7 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET:

Composition of property and equipment grouped by major classifications is as follows:

	December 31
	2020			2019
Computers		658			392
Office furniture and equipment		151			132
Molds		1,527			1,398
Leasehold improvements		283			234
		2,619			2,156
Less: accumulated depreciation		(1,637	)		(1,221	)
Total property and equipment, net		982			935

Total depreciation and amortization in respect of property and equipment were $416, $302 and $184 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 respectively.

XML

OTHER INVESTMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Investments [Abstract]

OTHER INVESTMENTS

NOTE 8 - OTHER INVESTMENTS:

In November 2019, the Company signed a Share Purchase and Shareholders Agreement (the “SPA”) with Medimor Ltd., one of the Company’s turnkey manufacturing subcontractors (“Medimor”). Pursuant to the SPA, the Company has committed to invest an aggregate amount of $600 (the “Investment Amount”), in several closings, in consideration for up to 1,369,863 ordinary shares of Medimor (which reflects a 10.34% ownership interest in Medimor at the signing date, on a fully diluted basis), of which 414,384 ordinary shares, in the amount of $181.5 (the “Initial Shares Investment Amount”), were issued upon consummation of the initial closing on December 31, 2019, and additional 955,479 ordinary shares (the “Milestone Shares”) in the amount of $418.5 (the “Milestone Shares Investment Amount”) were to be issued upon, and subject to the occurrence of, any of the milestone events (each, a “Milestone Event”) as stated in the SPA. In July 2020 the Milestone Event has been met and, accordingly, the Milestone Shares were issued to the Company. As of December 31, 2020, the Company has paid Medimor the full Investment Amount and was issued with 1,369,863 ordinary shares of Medimor, which reflects a 14.78%ownership interest in Medimor, and 10.34% ownership interest in Medimor on a fully diluted basis, upon the last of such issuances.

The Initial Shares Investment Amount is measured at cost, less impairment and adjusted for subsequent observable price changes, and starting from July 2020, the Milestone Shares Investment Amount is measured in the same way.

XML

LEASES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Leases [Abstract]

LEASES

NOTE 9 - LEASES:

The Company’s main leasing properties are located in Israel, USA and Canada as detailed below:

a.In May 2018, the Company signed a lease agreement for its headquarters in Israel. On January 13, 2019, the Company signed a supplement lease agreement, expanding its headquarters in Israel (“Supplement Lease Agreement”), and in February 2020, the Company signed an additional supplement lease agreement, further expanding its headquarters in Israel (“Additional Supplement Lease Agreement”, and collectively, the “Lease Agreement”). The Lease Agreement will expire in December 2021.

The costs under the Lease Agreement in Israel are linked to the Israeli Consumer Price Index. For purposes of ensuring the Company’s obligation towards the lessor, the Company has provided the lessor with a bank guarantee of NIS 339 thousand (approximately $105).

The Company also leases vehicles for several employees in Israel for a period of three years.

b.The Company’s U.S. subsidiary has a lease agreement for its offices that expires in August 2022. In August 2020, the Company’s U.S. subsidiary, has signed a new lease agreement, for additional property for its offices (“Additional U.S Lease”). The Additional U.S Lease is for 7 years and 4 months and will commence at the beginning of 2021 according to terms of the agreement.

c.The Company’s Canadian subsidiary has a lease agreement for its offices that expires in June 2022. The lease is with a related party (see also note 15b).

From time to time the Company also leases small properties, mainly for offices for subsidiaries around the world which range for periods of up to 3 years. In February 2020, one of the Company’s subsidiaries signed a new lease agreement for its offices that expires in January 2023.

F - 24

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 9 - LEASES (continued):

The lease cost was as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Operating lease cost		930		766

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Operating cash flows from operating leases		963		786

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Operating Leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets		1,153		1,369
Other current liabilities		880		672
Operating lease liabilities		358		744
Total operating lease liabilities		1,238		1,416
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
Operating leases		1.33 years		2.08 years
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating leases	2.75%		2.75%

As of December 31, 2020, the maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

	Operating Leases
Year Ending December 31,
2021		896
2022		316
2023		58
Total lease payments		1,270
Less imputed interests		(32	)
Total		1,238

XML

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

NOTE 10 - OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020		2019
Employees and related expenses		10,022		8,164
Government institutions		1,224		1,539
Income tax		758		202
Other		4,716		3,300
Total other current liabilities		16,720		13,205

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

NOTE 11 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:

a.Subcontracting agreements

The Company has an existing turnkey manufacturing agreement with one of its major subcontractors provider in Israel in connection with manufacturing and assembling the Company’s products. The agreement is renewed automatically every year, unless either the Company or the turnkey manufacturer gives written notice three months prior to the expiration of the term. Additionally, the Company or the turnkey manufacturer have the ability to terminate the contract at any time and for any reason with a prior written notice of four months.

In October 2019, the Company entered into a turnkey manufacturing agreement with another of its major subcontractors provider in Israel, Medimor Ltd. The agreement is for three years and renewed automatically every year afterwards, unless either the Company or the turnkey manufacturer gives written notice three months prior to the expiration of the term. See also note 8.

According to the agreements above, the Company does not have a minimum order obligation, but the Company provides the subcontractors a six-month rolling forecast with the projected demand for products. In case of termination of the agreement with each subcontractor, the Company has to compensate that subcontractor for non-returnable inventory, materials in orders that cannot be cancelled and finished products inventory. As of December 31, 2020, the subcontractors’ finished goods inventory, raw material and open orders amounted to approximately $9,585.

b.Litigation and contingencies

The Company was involved in various claims, legal proceedings and investigations.

In January 2019, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Syneron Medical Ltd. and Candela Corporation (“Syneron-Candela”) and Massachusetts General Hospital (“MGH”) that resolved all patent claims previously in dispute in exchange for a one-time cash payment that the Company made to Syneron-Candela and MGH in February 2019. As part of such settlement agreement, the Company entered into a sublicense agreement with Syneron-Candela and MGH that granted the Company and its subsidiaries a fully paid non-exclusive, royalty-free worldwide sublicense to practice the patents and applications previously in dispute in the licensed field. The sublicense shall continue until the expiration of the last surviving patent or application granted pursuant to the sublicense agreement.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has accrued a provision of $10,000 in connection with its legal proceedings and settlements, which was paid in February 2019.

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:

a.Share Capital:

1)Ordinary shares

Each holder of the Company’s ordinary shares is entitled to one vote. The holders of ordinary shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available, when and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. Since inception, the Company has not declared any dividends.

In June 2019, the Company's shareholders resolved to increase the authorized share capital of the Company to NIS 1,000,000 divided into 100,000,000 ordinary shares par value 0.01 NIS each.

On July 24, 2019, the Company executed a 1-for-1.789 stock split (“Stock Split”) of the Company's shares by way of an issuance of bonus shares for each share. Upon the effectiveness of the Stock Split, (i) 0.789 bonus shares were issued for each outstanding share, (ii) the number of ordinary shares into which each outstanding option to purchase ordinary shares is exercisable was proportionally increased, (iii) the exercise price of each exercisable share under such outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares was proportionately decreased, and (iv) the number of shares reserved under the Company's options plans was proportionally adjusted to accommodate the adjustment to the number of exercisable options under the Company's respective option plans.

Unless otherwise indicated, and except for authorized capital, all of the share numbers, number of options to purchase ordinary shares, net income per share amounts, share prices and option exercise prices in these financial statements have been adjusted, on a retroactive basis, to the Stock Split.

In August 2019, the Company completed an IPO on the Nasdaq, in which it issued 5,000,000 ordinary shares at a price per share of $14. During August 2019 the underwriters partially exercised their over-allotment option and purchased an additional 500,000 ordinary shares at the same price per share. The net proceeds received from the IPO were approximately $69,784, after deducting underwriting commissions and other offering expenses of approximately $7,216 in aggregate.

In September 2020, the Company approved a share repurchase program of up to 1 million ordinary shares, to be purchased out of the Company's cash reserve and to be paid solely from the Company's IPO proceeds.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, the Company purchased 393,441 shares in the amount of $17,218.

2)Share-based compensation

On January 30, 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted two share option plans as follows (collectively, the “2008 Plans”):

a)2008 Israeli Option Plan (“2008 Israeli Plan”) allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares to Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. Each option under 2008 Israeli Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.

b)2008 ROW Option Plan (“2008 ROW Plan”) allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares to non-Israeli employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers. Each option under 2008 ROW Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.

F - 27

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

In June 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a new incentive plan (“2018 Incentive Plan”), allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares, restricted shares or other awards to Israeli and other non-U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The 2018 Incentive Plan also includes as an appendix a sub-plan allowing the Company to grant options to purchase ordinary shares, restricted shares or other incentive awards to U.S. employees, officers, directors, consultants and service providers of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Each option under 2018 Incentive Plan grants the right to exercise such option into one ordinary share of the Company.

The grant of options to Israeli employees, officers and directors under the 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2018 Incentive Plan is subject to the terms stipulated by Sections 102 and 102A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance. Each option grant is subject to the track chosen by the Company, either Section 102 or Section 102A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, and pursuant to the terms thereof, the Company is not allowed to claim as an expense for tax purposes the amounts credited to employees as benefits, including amounts recorded as salary benefits in the Company’s accounts, in respect of options granted to employees under the 2008 Israeli Plan, with the exception of the work-income benefit component, if any, determined on grant date. For consultants and service providers, grants under the 2008 Israeli Plan and the 2018 Incentive Plan are subject to Section 3(i) of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance.

Upon the adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, the then-current pool of options available for future grants under the 2008 Plans was canceled and returned to the Company’s authorized and un-issued share capital. In addition, any shares returning to the free pool of options under the 2008 Plans, due to options expirations or otherwise, are automatically returning to the Company's authorized and un-issued share capital.

Upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, up to 1,789,000 of the Company’s authorized and unissued ordinary shares could have been issued pursuant to awards under the 2018 Incentive Plan. In addition, upon adoption of the 2018 Incentive Plan, the Board and the shareholders resolved to approve an evergreen mechanism with respect to the 2018 Incentive Plan, under which the number of reserved, authorized and unissued ordinary shares of the Company available for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan shall automatically increase on an annual basis, by such number of options as follows: on the first business day of each calendar year beginning in 2019, the number of options equal to the lesser of (i) 800,000 ordinary shares, (ii) three percent of the number of shares outstanding as of such date or (iii) a lesser number of ordinary shares as shall be determined by the board of directors. In January 2020, the Company approved the automatic increase of the number of reserved, authorized and unissued available for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan by additional 800,000 ordinary shares (total amount of 2,589,000 ordinary shares). In January 2021, the Company approved the automatic increase of the number of reserved, authorized and unissued available for issuance of awards pursuant to the 2018 Incentive Plan by additional 800,000 ordinary shares (total amount of 3,389,000 ordinary shares).

As of December 31, 2020, 193,547 options were available for grant under the 2018 Incentive Plan.

F - 28

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

Details Regarding Grant of Options:

	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Award amount	Exercise price range	Vesting period	Expiration
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants:
January 7, 2020	16,000*	$35.04	1 Year	7 Years
February 17, 2020	209,500*	$19.69**	0-3 Years	7 Years
March 15, 2020	1,286,150*	$19.69**	0-3 Years	7 Years
May 5, 2020	75,500	$24.32	0-3 Years	7 Years
November 11, 2020	6,500***	$43.23	0-1 Year	7 Years

	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Award amount	Exercise price	Vesting period	Expiration
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants:
January 6, 2019	169,956	$7.49	0-3 Years	7 Years
January 7, 2019	305,919	$7.49	0-3 Years	7 Years
April 1, 2019	30,413	$10.23	0-2 Years	7 Years
April 5, 2019	67,982	$10.23	0-3 Years	7 Years
April 6, 2019	14,313	$10.23	0-3 Years	7 Years
August 8, 2019	30,000	$14.00	0-2 Years	7 Years
November 25, 2019	20,500*	$19.69**	1 Year	7 Years

*	Net of options granted in March 2020
**	Modification of share-based compensation

On March 15, 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved: (i) the re-pricing of such outstanding options under Section 102 to the Israeli Tax Ordinance that were granted during November 2019 and February 2020, to a lower exercise price of $19.69 (as further approved by a respective tax-ruling received from the Israeli Tax Authorities), and (ii) the cancellation of all other outstanding options granted to Non-Israeli grantees in November 2019, January 2020 and February 2020, and the grant of replacement options thereof under the same terms as originally granted but with a lower exercise price of US $19.69. The cancellation and grant of replacement options thereof with respect to such options granted to executive officers of the Company was ratified and approved by the Company's shareholders on June 16, 2020.

As a result, for 224,500 outstanding options (of which 15,000 options granted on November 25, 2019 at an exercise price of $41.55 and the rest granted on February 17, 2020, at an exercise price of $43.96) that were granted to Israeli grantees under Section 102 to the Israeli Tax Ordinance the exercise price was re-priced and reduced to $19.69, and 1,259,150 options (of which 112,250 options granted on November 25, 2019 at an exercise price of $41.55, 953,000 options granted on January 7, 2020 at an exercise price of $35.04, 42,500 options granted on January 28, 2020 at an exercise price of $43.9 and the rest granted on February 17, 2020 at an exercise price of $43.96) were cancelled and 1,259,150 options were granted (under the same terms as originally granted but with a lower exercise price of $19.69) simultaneously to non-Israeli grantees.

F - 29

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

The reduction of the exercise price of the options was considered a Type I modification. The total incremental fair value of these options amounted to $3,283. The incremental fair value of the options granted, that were fully vested on March 15, 2020, in the amount of $666 were recognized immediately, and the remaining incremental fair value will be recognized over the remaining vesting period and until December 31, 2022.

*** GIBF Options

Such options are subject to the consummation of the closing of the transaction contemplated under the share exchange agreement entered into by and between the Company and Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-Industry Investment Fund (LLP). See note 12(b)(i) below.

The following tables summarize information concerning options as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

	Year ended December 31
	2020					2019
	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise price*		Number of Options			Weighted average exercise price*
Outstanding at beginning of year		9,300,858		$	1.80		9,392,215		$	0.74
Changes during the year:
Granted		1,593,650	**		20.16		751,333			14.18
Cancelled		(112,250	)**		41.55		-			-
Exercised		(5,378,136	)		0.88		(616,669	)		0.63
Forfeited		(138,300	)		22.55		(35,492	)		8.93
Expired		(19,367	)		0.56		(190,529	)		0.56
Outstanding at end of year		5,246,455		$	6.86		9,300,858		$	1.80
Exercisable at end of year		4,092,184		$	3.37		8,932,276		$	1.03

* In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share

** Net of options granted and cancelled in connection with modification as described above

As of December 31, 2020, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was 3.52 years. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2020, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $190,498, $7,702 and $1,505, respectively.

F - 30

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the binomial option-pricing model, with the following assumptions:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019	2018
Fair value of one ordinary share		$19.69-$43.96	$7.49-$41.55	$4.86-$6.32
Dividend yield		0%	0%	0%
Expected volatility		46.07%-49.22%	46.03%-51.91%	51.2%
Risk-free interest rate		0.53%-1.74%	1.62%-2.60%	2.96%
Early exercise multiple (“EEM”)		0% - 250%	0% - 250%	0% - 250%
Contractual term		6.7-7 years	7 years	7 years

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the expected term of the options granted in dollar terms.

The employee termination exit rate assumption is based on current geographical data of the Company.

At the time of the option grants in 2020, the Company’s ordinary shares have been publicly traded for only a short period of time, and therefore the early exercise multiple (“EEM”) was based on academic empirical findings and the expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of comparable companies.

The total fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $16,345, $2,798 and $915, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had 1,154,271 unvested options. The total unrecognized compensation cost of employee options as of December 31, 2020 is $4,345, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.85 years.

F - 31

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

a)  The following tables summarize information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2020:

December 31, 2020
Options outstanding			Options exercisable
	Number of	Weighted	Number of	Weighted
	options	average	options	average
	outstanding	remaining	exercisable	remaining
Exercise	at end of	contractual	at end of	contractual
prices *	year	Life	year	life
$0.20	109,859	1.20	109,859	1.20
$0.44	42,936	2.00	42,936	2.00
$0.56	2,978,813	3.04	2,978,813	3.04
$6.32	145,169	4.71	145,169	4.71
$7.49	376,320	5.02	335,080	5.02
$10.23	111,708	5.26	84,101	5.26
$14.00	30,000	5.62	22,500	5.62
$19.69	1,390,150	6.19	347,350	6.19
$24.32	55,000	6.35	26,376	6.35
$43.23	6,500	6.87	-	-

* In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share.

The aggregate intrinsic value of total vested and exercisable options as of December 31, 2020 is $180,509.

b) The following table illustrates the effect of share-based compensation on the statements of income:

	Year ended December 31
	2020	2019	2018
Cost of sales	520	94	25
Research and development expenses	2,264	179	63
Selling and marketing expenses	9,398	1,158	1,817
General and administrative expenses	663	126	42
	12,845	1,557	1,947

F - 32

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

b.Non-Controlling Interests

i.In December 2016, the Company signed a joint venture agreement with Guangzhou Sino-Israel Bio-Industry Investment Fund (LLP) (“GIBF”), an investment fund established by the Guangzhou government, to invest in Israeli companies, pursuant to which an Equity Joint Venture Company (“JVC”) was established. According to the agreement, the Company would provide to the JVC a license to use the Company’s knowledge in exchange for a 51% interest in the JVC, and GIBF would invest (in a Chinese local currency “RMB”) an amount of RMB 50 million (approximately $7.2 million), in exchange for a 49% interest in the JVC. The investment was to be made in three installments following the achievement of specified milestones: (i) 25% of the investment was to be made 30 days following the investment’s closing, (ii) 35% of the investment was to be made following the initiation of a production and manufacturing line, and (iii) 40% of the investment was to be made following the sale of 10 platforms in China. The JVC was to distribute the Company's products in China and develop and manufacture new products for the Chinese market under the Company’s license. In 2017, the JVC satisfied the first milestone and GIBF invested approximately $1.7 million.

Additionally, GIBF, the non-controlling partner in JVC had the right to convert its equity interest in the JVC in connection with an initial public offering of the Company into shares of the Company, based upon the aggregate investment made in the JVC and the price range established as part of the initial public offering process. On May 5, 2019, GIBF, the non-controlling partner in the JVC signed an agreement in which it has waived any and all rights, privileges and interests with regards to such conversion right (“JVC Waiver”). The JVC Waiver was conditional upon the completion of an initial public offering on or before August 31, 2019.

Upon completion of the IPO on August 7, 2019, the JVC Waiver became effective.

The non-controlling partner in the Company's U.K. subsidiary ("Invasix UK") had the right to convert its equity interests in Invasix UK in connection with an initial public offering of the Company into shares of the Company. The number of the Company’s ordinary shares that would have been issued to the non-controlling partner upon the conversion of its equity interest in Invasix UK would have been based on the percentage of Invasix UK's sales in relation to the total sales of the Company. On August 30, 2018, the non-controlling partner of Invasix UK waived any and all rights, privileges and interests with regards to such conversion right (“UK Waiver”).

The non-controlling partners' conversion rights were presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as part of the redeemable non-controlling interest, which were classified as “mezzanine”. The Company adjusted the carrying amount of its redeemable non-controlling interest to its redemption value to retained earnings.

As a result of the UK Waiver, the Company reclassified into non-controlling interests the balance of UK redeemable non- controlling interest in the amount of $1,414. The remaining “mezzanine” balance as of December 31, 2018, represents the JVC’s partner right to convert. From August 30, 2018, the non-controlling partner in Invasix UK has been considered and treated as a non-controlling interest.

As a result of the JVC Waiver, the Company reclassified into non-controlling interests the balance of JVC redeemable non- controlling interest in the amount of $2,317. From August 8, 2019, the non-controlling partner equity interests in JVC has been considered and treated as a non-controlling interest.

F - 33

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

On November 11, 2020 (the “Signing Date”), the Company, GIBF and JVC entered into a share exchange agreement (the "Agreement") whereby, GIBF agreed to sell to the Company all of its outstanding share capital in the JVC (thereby making the JVC a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) and all of its rights pursuant to the equity joint venture agreement, dated January 11, 2017, by and between GIBF and the Company, in exchange for a purchase consideration of $2,700 (the "Purchase Consideration") which will be paid by the Company at the closing of such Agreement in January 2021, by way of issuance to GIBF by the Company, in a private placement, of 62,457 of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01, which reflects the Purchase Consideration amount at the time of approval of the Agreement by the Company.

For certain future services to be provided by GIBF to the JVC, the Company has approved the grant of 6,500 options to purchase ordinary shares of the Company, at an exercise price of US $43.23, subject to the closing of the transaction contemplated under the Agreement.

The Agreement became effective at the Signing Date and thus was recognized in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. In January 2021, 62,457 of the Company’s ordinary shares were issued to GIBF from the Company’s treasury shares.

ii.The changes in redeemable non-controlling interest are as follow:

	Year ended December 31
		2019		2018
Balance as of January 1		2,187		3,066
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest		130		535
Increases due to additional investment of redeemable non-controlling interest		-		-
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interest		(2,317	)	(1,414	)
Balance as of December 31		-		2,187

XML

TAXES ON INCOME

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

TAXES ON INCOME

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME:

a.InMode Ltd.

The Company is taxed according to Israeli tax laws:

1)Measurement of results for tax purposes

Since 2008 until 2019, the Company has measured the results of InMode Ltd. (the "Israeli Company") for tax purposes in nominal terms in NIS. Starting from 2020, the Company’s results for tax purposes are measured in U.S dollars.

These consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. The changes in the exchange rate of the dollar, both on an annual and a cumulative basis cause a difference between taxable income and income reflected in these consolidated financial statements. ASC 740-10-25 prohibits the recognition of deferred tax liabilities or assets that arise from differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities that are re-measured from the local currency into dollars using historical exchange rates, and that result from changes in exchange rates or indexing for tax purposes. Consequently, the above-mentioned differences were not reflected in the computation of deferred tax assets and liabilities.

2)Tax benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (hereinafter - the law)  

Under the Encouragement of Capital Investments Law, including Amendment No. 60 thereof as published in April 2005, by virtue of the “Approved Enterprise” or “Benefited Enterprise” status, the Israeli Company is entitled to various tax benefits as follows:

a)Reduced tax rates

Income derived from the Benefited Enterprise during a 10-year period commencing upon the year in which the enterprise first realizes taxable income is tax exempt, provided that the maximum period to which it is restricted by the Encouragement of Capital Investments Law has not elapsed.

In 2009, the Israeli company received a tax ruling (the “Ruling”) approving its activity as a Benefited Enterprise, provided that the Israeli company meets the requirements under the Ruling. The Israeli company’s facility obtained the status of a Benefited Enterprise, which made it eligible for tax benefits for a period of up to ten years.

The period of benefits of the Benefited Enterprise of the Company commenced in 2012. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s retained earnings derived mostly from the benefits of Benefited Enterprise.

In the event of a distribution of dividends (or deemed dividends) from income that was tax exempt as discussed above, the Company will be required to pay the applicable corporate tax that would otherwise have been payable on such income. In addition, upon distribution of dividends from tax-exempt income, the recipient shall be subject to tax at the rate of 15% (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), which would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company.

F - 35

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

b)Conditions for entitlement to the benefits

The Israeli company entitlement to the benefits described above is subject to its fulfilling the conditions stipulated by the law, rules and regulations published thereunder, in its Benefited Enterprise as determined on the ruling received. These conditions include, among other things, that the production, directly or through subcontractors, of all the Company’s products should be performed in certain areas of Israel. If there is any failure by the Israeli company to comply with these conditions, the benefits may be cancelled and the Israeli company may be required to refund the amount of the benefits, in whole or in part, with interest.

c)Amendments of the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959

Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2011 and were further amended in August 2013 (the “2011 Amendment”). Under the 2011 Amendment, income derived by ‘Preferred Companies’ from ‘Preferred Enterprises’ (both as defined in the 2011 Amendment) would be subject to a uniform rate of corporate tax for an unlimited period as opposed to the incentives prior to the 2011 Amendment that were limited to income from Approved or Benefited Enterprises during their benefits period. According to the 2011 Amendment, the tax rate applicable to such income, referred to as ‘Preferred Income,’ would be 10% in areas in Israel that are designated as Development Zone “A” and 15% elsewhere in Israel in 2011 and 2012, 7% and 12.5%, respectively, in 2013, 9% and 16% respectively, in 2014, 2015 and 2016, and 7.5% and 16%, respectively, from 2017 and thereafter. Income derived by a Preferred Company from a ‘Special Preferred Enterprise’ (as defined in the Investment Law) would enjoy further reduced income tax rates for a period of ten years of 5% in Development Zone A and 8% elsewhere. As of January 1, 2014, dividends distributed from Preferred Income would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty), which would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company; provided, however, that dividends distributed from ‘Preferred Income’ from one Israeli corporation to another would not be subject to tax. Under the transitional provisions of the 2011 Amendment, companies may elect to irrevocably implement the 2011 Amendment with respect to their existing Approved and Benefited Enterprises while waiving benefits provided under the legislation prior to the 2011 Amendment or keep implementing the legislation prior to the 2011 Amendment.

F - 36

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

While the Company may incur additional tax liability in the event of distribution of dividends from tax exempt income generated from its Approved and Benefited Enterprises as previously described, no additional tax liability will be incurred by the Company in the event of distribution of dividends from Preferred Income.

Additional amendments to the Investment Law became effective in January 2017 (the “2017 Amendment”). Under the 2017 Amendment, and provided the conditions stipulated therein are met, income derived by Preferred Companies from ‘Preferred Technological Enterprises’ (“PTE”) (as defined in the 2017 Amendment), would be subject to reduced corporate tax rates of 7.5% in Development Zone “A” and 12% elsewhere, or 6% in case of a ‘Special Preferred Technological Enterprise’ (“SPTE”) as defined in the 2017 Amendment) regardless of the company’s geographical location within Israel. A Preferred Company distributing dividends from income derived from its PTE or SPTE, would subject the recipient to a 20% tax (or lower, if so provided under an applicable tax treaty). The 2017 Amendment further provides that, in certain circumstances, a dividend distributed to a corporate shareholder who is not an Israeli resident for tax purposes would be subject to a 4% tax (inter alia, if the amount of foreign investors in the distributing company exceeds 90%). Such taxes would generally be withheld at source by the distributing company.

On June 14, 2017, the Encouragement of Capital Investments Regulations (Preferred Technology Income and Capital Profits for a Technological Enterprise), 2017 (the “Regulations”) were published, which adopted Action 5 under the base erosion and profit shifting (“BEPS”) regulations. The Regulations describe, inter alia, the mechanism used to determine the calculation of the benefits under the PTE and under the SPTE Regime and determine certain requirements relating to documentation of intellectual property for the purpose of the PTE. According to these provisions, a company that complies with the terms under the PTE regime may be entitled to certain tax benefits with respect to income generated during the company’s regular course of business and derived from the preferred intangible asset (as determined in the Investments Law), excluding income derived from intangible assets used for marketing and income attributed to production activity. In the event that intangible assets used for marketing purposes generate over 10% of the PTE’s income, the relevant portion, calculated using a transfer pricing study, would be subject to regular corporate income tax. If such income does not exceed 10%, the PTE will not be required to exclude the marketing income from the PTE’s total income. The Regulations set a presumption of direct production expenses plus 10% with respect to income related to production, which can be countered by the results of a supporting transfer pricing study. Tax rates applicable to such production income expenses will be similar to the tax rates under the Preferred Enterprise regime, to the extent such income would be considered as eligible. In order to calculate the preferred income, the PTE is required to take into account the income and the research and development expenses that are attributed to each single preferred intangible asset. Nevertheless, it should be noted that the transitional provisions allow companies to take into account the income and research and development expenses attributed to all of the preferred intangible assets they have. Under the Regulations, the Company’s corporate tax rate is expected to be between 7.5% to 9%.

Under the transitional provisions of the law, a company is allowed to continue to enjoy the tax benefits available under the law prior to its amendment until the end of the period of benefits, as defined in the law. In each year during the period of benefits as a Benefited Enterprise, the Company will be able to opt for application of the amendment, thereby making available the tax rates discussed above. The Company’s election to apply the amendment is irrecoverable.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s management decided not to adopt the application of the amendment.

F - 37

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

3)Corporate tax rate in Israel

The Company is taxed in accordance with Israeli tax laws. The corporate tax rate is 23% for 2018 and thereafter. Capital gain is subject to capital gain tax according to the corporate tax rate in the year the assets are sold.

b.Subsidiaries outside of Israel

Subsidiaries that are incorporated outside of Israel are assessed for taxes under the tax laws in their countries of residence.

In March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted in the US, which provides among others, tax relief measures for businesses including a five-year net operating loss (“NOL”) carry back. As a result, the Company recognized in its consolidated financial statements a receivable tax asset in the amount of $2,894, under non-current other receivables.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s subsidiary in U.S has an accumulated tax loss carryforward of approximately $81.6 million derived mainly from exercises of options by employees which provided the Company tax deductions in excess of the actual compensation expenses (recognized in loss). Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“TCJA”). Under U.S. tax laws, subject to certain limitations, carryforward tax losses originating in tax years beginning after January 1, 2018, have no expiration date, but they are limited to 80% of the company's taxable income in any given tax year. However, the 80% limitation is temporarily removed by the CARES Act, which reinstates the 80% limitation for tax years beginning after 2020. A full valuation allowance was created against the Company’s subsidiary in U.S deferred tax assets. Management currently believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred taxes generated in U,S will not be realized in the foreseeable future.

c.Deferred income taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:

	December 31
	2020			2019
Deferred tax assets in respect of:
Carryforward losses on Marketable securities		-			200
Subsidiaries carryforward losses		22,857			362
Other temporary differences		2,369			431
Share-based compensation		2,943			1,268
Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance		28,169			2,261
Valuation allowance		(27,999	)		(362	)
Total deferred tax asset		170			1,899
Deferred tax lability in respect to other comprehensive income		(106	)		(37	)
Total deferred tax liability		(106	)		(37	)
Deferred tax asset, net		64			1,862

F - 38

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

Deferred taxes are computed using the tax rates expected to be in effect when those differences reverse. Since the Israeli company is entitled to a tax exemption for a period of ten years, the tax rate used in computation of deferred taxes on its timing differences is zero (except for temporary differences that will be reversed starting from 2022 and except for deferred taxes on realized losses and unrealized gain and losses from marketable securities);

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized in the foreseeable future. As of each reporting date, management considers new evidence, both positive and negative, that could impact management’s view with regard to the future realization of deferred tax assets for each jurisdiction.

d.Reconciliation of theoretical tax expense to actual tax expense

Following is a reconciliation of the theoretical provision for income tax, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory corporate tax rate applicable to Israeli corporations, and the actual tax on income:

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019			2018
Income before taxes on income		76,132			62,041			23,625
Theoretical tax expenses at the statutory rate of InMode		23	%		23	%		23	%
		17,510			14,270			5,434
Increase (decrease) in taxes on income due to:
Benefits to the Benefited Enterprise		(16,652	)		(13,844	)		(5,162	)
Different effective tax rates applicable to the Subsidiaries		235			49			53
NOL carry back as part of the CARES Act relief		(2,894	)		-			-
Valuation allowance		17			60			91
Uncertain tax position		1,416			723			771
Non-deductible expenses and other permanent differences, mainly share based compensation expenses		1,426			(437	)		73
Previous years		49			62			-
		1,107			883			1,260

e.Tax assessments

In accordance with the Israel Income Tax Ordinance, as of December 31, 2020, all tax assessments on the Company and the Company’s subsidiary in Israel through tax year 2014 are considered final.

As of December 31, 2020, all tax assessments on the Company’s subsidiary in the United States, through tax year 2016, are considered final, in accordance with the tax law in its country of residence.

The other Company’s subsidiaries open tax years, range form 2015-2020, in their relevant jurisdictions.

F - 39

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

f.Income before income taxes is composed of the following:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
InMode Ltd.		72,712		59,320		22,049
Subsidiaries outside Israel		3,420		2,721		1,576
		76,132		62,041		23,625

g.Tax expenses (tax benefit):

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019			2018
Current:
Israel		1,411			500			3
Subsidiaries		(2,082	)		910			1,850
		(671	)		1,410			1,853
Previous year:
Israel		-			62			-
Subsidiaries		49			-			-
		49			62			-
Deferred:
Israel		30			(200	)		(94	)
Subsidiaries		1,699			(389	)		(499	)
		1,729			(589	)		(593	)
Total taxes on income		1,107			883			1,260

h.Uncertain tax positions:

ASC No. 740, Income Taxes, requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate and consequently, affect the operating results of the Company.

The following table summarizes the activity of the Company unrecognized tax benefits:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Balance at January 1		1,494		771
Increase in uncertain tax positions for the current year		1,416		723
Balance at December 31		2,910		1,494

The Company does not expect unrecognized tax expenses to change significantly over the next 12 months

XML

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE

NOTE 14 - ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE:

a.Revenue

1)Net sales by geographic area were as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
United States		149,488		124,199		81,063
Other		56,619		32,162		19,099
Total sales:		206,107		156,361		100,162

2)Net sales based on products' technology were as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
	%		%		%
Minimal-Invasive		62		79		86
Hands-Free		32		9		-
Non-Invasive		6		12		14
		100		100		100

3)The changes in contract liabilities are as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019
Balance as of January 1		19,400			9,737
Increases due to issuance of new contracts, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period		10,043			15,428
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period		(15,555	)		(5,765	)
Balance as of December 31		13,888			19,400
Contract liability presented in non-current liabilities (1)		1,988			3,813
Contract liability presented in current liabilities		11,900			15,587

(1) As of December 31, 2020, noncurrent deferred revenue is estimated to be recognized as following: 83% in year 2022 and the rest in year 2023-2024.

F - 41

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 14 - ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (continued):

b.Long-Lived Assets

	December 31
	2020		2019
Israel		916		820
United States		52		102
Other		14		13
		982		935

XML

RELATED PARTIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

RELATED PARTIES

NOTE 15 - RELATED PARTIES:

a.The Company receives and provides certain services from and to Home Skinovations Ltd., a related party as part of a service agreement between them. The services include an office sublease in Israel, use of certain computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses, joint purchases of employees welfare products and services from third parties and limited manpower services. The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive officer of the Company is also a substantial shareholder of the Company and a substantial shareholder and board member of Home Skinovations Ltd. The Company recorded expenses related to services received from Home Skinovations Ltd. of $82, $247 and $82 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Commencing in May 2018, the Company ceased to receive office sublease services from Home Skinovations Ltd., as a result of the Company’s new lease agreement (see note 9).

b.The Company’s subsidiary in Canada receives and provides certain services from and to a subsidiary of Home Skinovations Ltd. in Canada as part of a service agreement between them. The services include mobile phone services, an office sublease, use of certain computer hardware and switchboard infrastructure, certain software licenses, joint purchases of employee’s welfare products and services from third parties and limited manpower services. In relation to these services, the Company recorded expenses in the amount of $379, $341 and $140 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

c.The Company’s subsidiaries in North America receive certain marketing services from SpaMedica International SRL, one of the Company’s shareholders, and its related party SpaMedica Corp., and recorded expenses related to those services in the amount of $307 and $710 and $518, for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

XML

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of presentation

a.Basis of presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).

Use of estimates

b.Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.

Functional currency

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

c.Functional currency

The U.S. dollar (“U.S. dollar” or “$“) is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the operations of the Company is conducted. Substantial revenues and a substantial portion of the operational costs are denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, the functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar (“primary currency”).

Transactions and balances originally denominated in U.S. dollars are presented at their original amounts. Balances in non-U.S. dollar currencies are translated into U.S. dollars using historical and current exchange rates for non-monetary and monetary balances, respectively. For non-U.S. dollar transactions and other items in the statements of income (indicated below), the following exchange rates are used: (i) for transactions - exchange rates at transaction dates or average exchange rates; and (ii) for other items (derived from non-monetary balance sheet items such as depreciation and amortization) - historical exchange rates. Currency transaction gains and losses are presented in financial income or expenses, as appropriate.

The functional currency of each of the Subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.

Principles of consolidation and presentation

d.Principles of consolidation and presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries represent the equity in subsidiaries not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Company. Non-controlling interests are presented in equity separately from the equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company. Profit or loss and components of other comprehensive income are attributed to the Company and to non-controlling interests. Losses are attributed to non-controlling interests even if they result in a negative balance of non-controlling interests in the consolidated balance sheet.

The carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests were based on the higher of: (a) the non-controlling interests based on the initial fair value with the addition of its share in the operating results of the relevant subsidiary net of dividend paid; or (b) the redemption value of the put option. Adjustment of the carrying amount of the redeemable non-controlling interests was charged to retained earnings.

The Company treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with its equity owners. Accordingly, for purchases of shares from non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid and the portion acquired of the carrying value of the net assets of the subsidiary is recorded in equity.

Gains or losses on disposals of shares to non-controlling interests were recorded in equity.

Cash and cash equivalents

e.Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers cash equivalents to be all short-term, highly liquid investments, which include money market instruments, that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use, and short-term bank deposits with original maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase that are not restricted as to withdrawal or use and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

Short-term bank deposits

f.Short-term bank deposits

Bank deposits with maturities of more than three months but less than one year are included in short-term deposits. Such short-term deposits bear interest at an average annual rate of approximately 0.35%-2.90% in 2019 and 0.15%-2.35% in 2020.

Marketable securities

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

g.Marketable securities

AFS Securities

Marketable securities consist of government bonds and corporate debt securities (together “debt securities”) and certificates of deposit measured at fair value in each reporting period. The fair value of quoted securities is based on current market value.

Debt securities and certificates of deposit are classified as available-for-sale (together “AFS securities”). Changes in fair value, excluding credit losses and impairments, net of taxes (if applicable), are reflected in other comprehensive income or loss. Realized gains and losses on sales of marketable debt securities as well as premium or discount amortization are included in the consolidated statements of income as finance income or expense. Fair value is calculated based on publicly available market information. If the amortized cost of an investment exceeds its fair value, the Company evaluates, among other factors, general market conditions, credit quality of debt instrument issuers, and the extent to which the fair value is less than cost. To determine credit losses, the Company evaluates, among other, available quantitative and qualitative evidence. In addition, the Company considers specific adverse conditions related to the financial health of, and business outlook for, the investee. The decline in fair value below cost is recorded as an impairment charge in finance income or expense, net.

The Company classifies investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and have stated maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase as cash equivalents and those with stated maturities of greater than three months as marketable securities.

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase.

Equity Securities

The Company applies ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825‑10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”), which relates to certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments.

Changes in fair value of marketable equity securities and mutual funds, are reflected in the consolidated statements of income as finance income or expense.

Other Investments

h.Other Investments

For other investments, the Company applies the measurement alternative upon the adoption of ASU 2016-01, and elected to record equity investments without readily determinable fair values at cost, less impairment, adjusted for subsequent observable price changes. In this measurement alternative method, changes in the carrying value of the equity investments are reflected in current earnings. Changes in the carrying value of the equity investment are required to be made whenever there are observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or similar investment of the same issuer.

Investment in convertible debt is measured at cost, less any impairment (see also note 8).

Inventories

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

i.Inventories

Inventories include raw materials and finished products and are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value.

Cost is determined as follows:

•

Raw materials: first in, first out (“FIFO”) method.

•

Finished products: using the “moving average” basis. The moving average is calculated as each additional inventory unit is purchased.

The Company regularly evaluates its ability to realize the value of inventory based on a combination of factors including the following: historical usage rates, forecasted sales or usage, estimated current and future market values and new product introductions.

Leases

j.Leases

On January 1, 2019 the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Balances related to operating leases are included in operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets, other current liabilities, and operating lease liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company also elected to combine lease and non-lease components and to keep leases with an initial term of 12 months or less off the balance sheet and recognize the associated lease payments in the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized as of the commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The discount rate for the lease is the rate implicit in the lease unless that rate cannot be readily determined. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company’s uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term (see also note 9).

Upon adoption, the Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance, which allowed to carryforward the Company’s historical lease classification, the Company’s assessment on whether a contract was or contains a lease, and the Company’s initial direct costs for any leases that existed prior to January 1, 2019. The new standard resulted in an increase of $1,585 in operating lease ROU assets and corresponding liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income or consolidated statement of cash flows and did not have an impact on the comparative figures.

Property and equipment

k.Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Computers	3 - 4 years
Molds	4 - 10 years
Equipment and furniture	10 - 17 years

Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, which is typically shorter than the estimated useful life of the improvements.

Impairment of long-lived assets

l.Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company tests long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the long-lived asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company recognizes an impairment loss, which is the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the asset, using the expected future discounted cash flows.

As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not recognize an impairment loss on its long-lived assets.

Legal and other contingencies

m.Legal and other contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, which may result in a loss to the Company but which will only be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management assesses such contingent liabilities, if any, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company’s management evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought.

Management applies the guidance in ASC 450-20, “Loss Contingencies” when assessing losses resulting from contingencies. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is recorded as accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company recorded a provision of $10,000 in relation to litigation that was resolved in January 2019 (see also note 11b).

Income taxes

n.Income taxes:

1)

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 prescribes the use of the liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value if it is more likely than not that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, based on the weight of available positive and negative evidence. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as non-current in accordance with ASU 2015‑17.

2)

Upon the distribution of dividends from the tax-exempt income of a Benefited Enterprise (see also note 13a(2)), the amount distributed is subject to tax at the rate that would have been applicable had the Company not been exempted from payment thereof. The tax amount will be recorded as an income tax expense in the period in which the Company declares the dividend. As to the amount of tax that would be owed if the Company distributed all of the retained earnings that would be subject to the tax exemption, see note 13a.

3)

The Company may incur an additional tax liability in the event of an inter-company dividend distribution from Foreign Subsidiaries; no additional deferred income taxes have been provided, since the Company does not expect to distribute inter-company dividends in the foreseeable future that may result in additional tax liability.

4)

Taxes that would apply in the event of disposal of investments in Subsidiaries have not been taken into account in computing the deferred income taxes, as it is the Company’s intent and ability to hold these investments.

5)

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740-10. ASC 740‑10 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, on an evaluation of the technical merits, the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit of the largest amount that is more than 50% (cumulative probability) likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits under taxes on income (tax benefit).

Share-based compensation

F - 15

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

o.Share-based compensation

The Company grants share options to its employees, directors and non-employees in consideration for services rendered. See note 12(a)(2)for details on outstanding share capital.

The Company accounts for share-based payment awards classified as equity awards using the grant-date fair value method. The fair value at grant-date of the issued equity award is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of each share-based payment granted is estimated using the Binomial Model. The Company estimates forfeitures based on historical experience and anticipated future conditions at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The Company elected to recognize share-based compensation cost for awards with only service conditions that have a graded vesting schedule using the straight-line method based on the multiple-option award approach. Performance-based option expenses are calculated based on the options valuation at the grant date, and recognized based on the probability of achieving those targets. The Company assess at what scale can the performance targets be reached at each balance sheet date, and expenses are recognized accordingly.

The Company applies ASU 2018-07 (Topic 718) that expands the scope of Topic 718 to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the provision of the amendment, the Company measures share-based compensation to non-employees in the same manner (except for certain exceptions) as share-based compensation to employees.

Revenue recognition

p.Revenue recognition

The Company applies ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the entity performs the following five steps:

(i)

Identify the contract(s) with a customer;

(ii)

Identify the performance obligations in the contract. The Company determined that its arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate performance obligations: products, consumables and extended warranties;

(iii)

Determine the transaction price;

(iv)

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;

The Company estimates the standalone selling prices of the services to be provided based on actual sales transactions of service contract purchased on a standalone basis and uses the residual approach to estimate the selling price of the products; and

F - 16

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

(v)	Recognize revenue when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.
	The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer, after considering any price concession expected to be provided to the customer, when applicable. At contract inception, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.
	The Company uses the following practical expedients that are permitted under the rules:
		• The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in sales and marketing expenses. • The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected length of one year or less.
	The following is a description of the principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue.

Product Revenue, Net

Revenues from product sales are recognized when the customer obtains control over the Company’s product, typically upon shipment to the customer. Taxes collected from customers relating to product sales and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from revenues.

Payment terms and conditions vary by customer. The Company’s standard terms for end users usually require of payment upon delivery and for distributors require a down payment and payments made within several month from the invoice date.

The Company may enter into installment sales contracts with end users in North America that provide them with long-term (generally up to 60 months) financing for the purchase of the Company’s products. The interest rate used in these contracts reflects the credit characteristics of the party receiving financing in the contract, as well as any collateral or security provided by the customer. Interest income on these receivables is recognized as finance income and earned over the terms of the contract.

Variable consideration includes price concessions related to installment sales contracts and other price concessions related to COVID-19 (see also note 3). The Company estimates variable consideration using the most likely method. Amounts included in the transaction price are recognized only when it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenues will not occur.

The Company does not grant a right of return, refund, cancelation or termination. From time to time, the Company participates in its customers' marketing activities and deducts such amounts from revenue.

F - 17

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

Service Revenue

The Company also generates revenues from long-term maintenance contracts (“Extended Warranty”). Revenue from Extended Warranty is recognized ratably, on a straight-line basis, over the period of the applicable service contract. These maintenance agreements are included in contract liabilities. Revenue from repairs performed in the absence of Extended Warranty is recognized when the related services are performed.

The Company classifies the portion of contract liabilities not expected to be earned in the subsequent 12 months as long-term.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

q.Allowance for doubtful accounts and financial instruments - credit loss

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and records an allowance when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances during the period in which such loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. Doubtful account balances are written off and deducted from the allowance when the receivable is deemed uncollectible, after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Starting from January 1, 2020, the Company applies ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“the Standard”).

The Company uses the Standard as part of the allowance for doubtful accounts estimated losses which takes into account a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. This information includes among other the historic experience, the extent and amount of the account and geographical characteristics of the account.

The adoption of the new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Warranty reserve

r.Warranty reserve

The Company provides a one-year standard warranty for its products. The Company records a provision for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty reserve include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty repairs and the cost per repair. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.

The following table sets forth activity in the Company’s accrued warranty account for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively:

	2020		2019		2018
Balance at beginning of year	472		706		380
Cost incurred	(1,127	)	(756	)	(1,009	)
Expense recognized	1,360		522		1,335
Balance at end of year	705		472		706

Cost of revenues

F - 18

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

s.Cost of revenues

Cost of revenue consists of products purchased from turnkey sub-contractors which are responsible for the production of most of the Company’s products under the Company’s directions and supervision, raw materials for in-house assembly line, shipping and handling costs to customers and to subsidiaries, salary, employee-related expenses and overhead expenses of internal assembly line and service costs associate with warranty.

Research and development costs

t.Research and development costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and includes salaries and employee-related expenses, overhead expenses, material and third-party contractor’s charges related to product development, regulatory affairs and clinical studies.

Net income per share

u.Net income per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributed to InMode Ltd. shareholders by the weighted average number of the Company’s ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 per share, outstanding for each period.

For the diluted earnings per share calculation, the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year is adjusted for the average number of shares that are potentially issuable in connection with employee share-based payment, using the treasury stock method.

The Company deducted the accretion of the redeemable non-controlling interest in computing the basic and diluted earnings per share.

Fair value measurement

v.Fair value measurement

The Company measures fair value and discloses fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities. Fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In the absence of active markets for identical assets or liabilities, such measurements involve developing assumptions based on market observable data and, in the absence of such data, internal information that is consistent with what market participants would use in a hypothetical transaction that occurs at the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s market assumptions.

The fair value of the financial instruments included in the working capital of the Company is usually identical or close to their carrying value.

The three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical assets or liabilities. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to Level 1 inputs.

Level 2 - Observable prices that are based on identical or similar instruments not quoted on active markets, but corroborated by observable market data, or quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets.

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs are used when little or no market data is available. The fair value hierarchy gives the lowest priority to Level 3 inputs.

The Company maintains policies and procedures to determine the fair value of financial assets and liabilities using what it considers to be the most relevant and reliable market data available.

Segments

F - 19

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

w.Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management does not segregate its business for internal reporting. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker evaluates the performance of its business based on financial data consistent with the presentation in the accompanying financial statements. The Company concluded that its unified business is conducted globally and accordingly represents one operating segment.

Entity-wide disclosures on revenue and long-lived assets are presented in note 14.

Employee severance benefits

x.Employee severance benefits

The Company is required to make severance payments upon dismissal of an employee or upon termination of employment in certain circumstances.

In accordance with the current employment terms with all of its employees (Section 14 of the Israeli Severance Pay Law, 1963) located in Israel, the Company makes regular deposits with certain insurance companies for accounts controlled by each applicable employee in order to secure the employee’s full retirement benefit obligation. The Company is relieved from any severance pay liability with respect to each such employee after it makes the payments on behalf of the employee. The liability accrued in respect of these employees and the amounts funded, as of the respective agreement dates, are not reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, as the amounts funded are not under the control and management of the Company and the pension or severance pay risks have been irrevocably transferred to the applicable insurance companies.

The amounts of severance payment expenses were $329, $242 and $174 and for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $337 in the year ending December 31, 2021 to insurance companies in connection with its expected severance liabilities for the year.

Offering costs

y.Offering costs

Deferred offering costs relating to the IPO, were capitalized and offset against proceeds upon the consummation of IPO in shareholders’ equity.

Treasury Shares

z.Treasury Shares

Treasury shares are presented as a reduction of equity, at their cost to the Company.

Newly issued and recently adopted accounting pronouncements

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued):

aa.Newly issued and recently adopted accounting pronouncements

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements:

1)In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 “Financial Instruments Credit Losses Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments”. This guidance replaces the current incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The guidance became effective for the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2020, including interim periods within that year. This guidance did not have significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Recently issued Accounting Pronouncements, not yet adopted

2)In December 2019, the FASB issued a new standard to simplify the accounting for income taxes. The guidance eliminates certain exceptions related to the approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period, and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences related to changes in ownership of equity method investments and foreign subsidiaries. The standard is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020., with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect that this standard will have material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

XML

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of Property and Equipment Estimated Useful Lives

Property and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

Computers	3 - 4 years
Molds	4 - 10 years
Equipment and furniture	10 - 17 years

Schedule of Accrued Warranty

The following table sets forth activity in the Company’s accrued warranty account for each of the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively:

	2020		2019		2018
Balance at beginning of year	472		706		380
Cost incurred	(1,127	)	(756	)	(1,009	)
Expense recognized	1,360		522		1,335
Balance at end of year	705		472		706

XML

MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurement [Abstract]

Schedule of Marketable Securities

The following table sets forth the Company’s marketable securities for the periods indicated:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Government bonds *	124,821	104,349
Corporate debt securities	15,118	14,023
Certificates of deposit	2,068	1,772
Total	142,007	120,144

* As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consists of $2,555 and $2,104 non-U.S. government bonds, respectively.

Schedule of Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

The following table sets forth the Company’s financial assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the period:

	December 31, 2020
	Fair value	Cost or amortized cost	Gross unrealized holding loss		Gross unrealized holding gains
Level 2 securities:
Government bonds	124,821	124,462	(12)		371
Corporate debt securities	15,118	15,040	(16)		94
Certificates of deposit	2,068	2,042	-		26
Total	142,007	141,544	(28	)	491

	December 31, 2019
	Fair value	Cost or amortized cost	Gross unrealized holding loss		Gross unrealized holding gains
Level 2 securities:
Government bonds	104,349	104,230	(38	)	157
Corporate debt securities	14,023	13,985	(15	)	53
Certificates of deposit	1,772	1,768	-		4
Total	120,144	119,983	(53	)	214

Schedule of Debt Securities on Maturity

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s debt securities had the following maturity dates:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Due within one year	21,662	32,642
1 to 2 years	91,401	41,784
2 to 3 years	28,944	45,718
Total	142,007	120,144

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable, Gross, Allowance, and Net [Abstract]

Schedule of Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020		2019
Trade	9,396		6,186
Notes receivable	2,252		1,248
Less - allowance for doubtful debt	(672	)	(432	)
	10,976		7,002
Less - non-current accounts receivable	(477	)	(374	)
Total accounts receivable	10,499		6,628

XML

INVENTORIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020	2019
Raw materials	3,642	2,725
Finished products	11,341	6,683
Total inventories	14,983	9,408

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of Property and Equipment

Composition of property and equipment grouped by major classifications is as follows:

	December 31
	2020			2019
Computers		658			392
Office furniture and equipment		151			132
Molds		1,527			1,398
Leasehold improvements		283			234
		2,619			2,156
Less: accumulated depreciation		(1,637	)		(1,221	)
Total property and equipment, net		982			935

XML

LEASES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of Lease Expense

F - 24

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 9 - LEASES (continued):

The lease cost was as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Operating lease cost		930		766

Schedule of Supplemental Cash Flow Information Related to Leases

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Operating cash flows from operating leases		963		786

Schedule of Supplemental Balance Sheet Information Related to Leases

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows:

	December 31,
	2020		2019
Operating Leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets		1,153		1,369
Other current liabilities		880		672
Operating lease liabilities		358		744
Total operating lease liabilities		1,238		1,416
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
Operating leases		1.33 years		2.08 years
Weighted Average Discount Rate
Operating leases	2.75%		2.75%

Schedule of Maturities of Lease Liabilities

As of December 31, 2020, the maturities of lease liabilities were as follows:

	Operating Leases
Year Ending December 31,
2021		896
2022		316
2023		58
Total lease payments		1,270
Less imputed interests		(32	)
Total		1,238

XML

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Payables and Accruals [Abstract]

Schedule of Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

	December 31
	2020		2019
Employees and related expenses		10,022		8,164
Government institutions		1,224		1,539
Income tax		758		202
Other		4,716		3,300
Total other current liabilities		16,720		13,205

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Schedule of Options Granted

Details Regarding Grant of Options:

	Year Ended December 31, 2020
	Award amount	Exercise price range	Vesting period	Expiration
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants:
January 7, 2020	16,000*	$35.04	1 Year	7 Years
February 17, 2020	209,500*	$19.69**	0-3 Years	7 Years
March 15, 2020	1,286,150*	$19.69**	0-3 Years	7 Years
May 5, 2020	75,500	$24.32	0-3 Years	7 Years
November 11, 2020	6,500***	$43.23	0-1 Year	7 Years

	Year Ended December 31, 2019
	Award amount	Exercise price	Vesting period	Expiration
Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants:
January 6, 2019	169,956	$7.49	0-3 Years	7 Years
January 7, 2019	305,919	$7.49	0-3 Years	7 Years
April 1, 2019	30,413	$10.23	0-2 Years	7 Years
April 5, 2019	67,982	$10.23	0-3 Years	7 Years
April 6, 2019	14,313	$10.23	0-3 Years	7 Years
August 8, 2019	30,000	$14.00	0-2 Years	7 Years
November 25, 2019	20,500*	$19.69**	1 Year	7 Years

*	Net of options granted in March 2020
**	Modification of share-based compensation

Schedule of Outstanding and Execisable Options

a)  The following tables summarize information concerning outstanding and exercisable options as of December 31, 2020:

December 31, 2020
Options outstanding			Options exercisable
	Number of	Weighted	Number of	Weighted
	options	average	options	average
	outstanding	remaining	exercisable	remaining
Exercise	at end of	contractual	at end of	contractual
prices *	year	Life	year	life
$0.20	109,859	1.20	109,859	1.20
$0.44	42,936	2.00	42,936	2.00
$0.56	2,978,813	3.04	2,978,813	3.04
$6.32	145,169	4.71	145,169	4.71
$7.49	376,320	5.02	335,080	5.02
$10.23	111,708	5.26	84,101	5.26
$14.00	30,000	5.62	22,500	5.62
$19.69	1,390,150	6.19	347,350	6.19
$24.32	55,000	6.35	26,376	6.35
$43.23	6,500	6.87	-	-

* In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share.

Schedule of Share Based Compensation Expense

b) The following table illustrates the effect of share-based compensation on the statements of income:

	Year ended December 31
	2020	2019	2018
Cost of sales	520	94	25
Research and development expenses	2,264	179	63
Selling and marketing expenses	9,398	1,158	1,817
General and administrative expenses	663	126	42
	12,845	1,557	1,947

Schedule of Changes in Redeemable Non Controlling Interest

ii.The changes in redeemable non-controlling interest are as follow:

	Year ended December 31
		2019		2018
Balance as of January 1		2,187		3,066
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest		130		535
Increases due to additional investment of redeemable non-controlling interest		-		-
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interest		(2,317	)	(1,414	)
Balance as of December 31		-		2,187

Employees, officers and directors [Member]

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Schedule of Options Granted

The following tables summarize information concerning options as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively:

	Year ended December 31
	2020					2019
	Number of Options			Weighted Average Exercise price*		Number of Options			Weighted average exercise price*
Outstanding at beginning of year		9,300,858		$	1.80		9,392,215		$	0.74
Changes during the year:
Granted		1,593,650	**		20.16		751,333			14.18
Cancelled		(112,250	)**		41.55		-			-
Exercised		(5,378,136	)		0.88		(616,669	)		0.63
Forfeited		(138,300	)		22.55		(35,492	)		8.93
Expired		(19,367	)		0.56		(190,529	)		0.56
Outstanding at end of year		5,246,455		$	6.86		9,300,858		$	1.80
Exercisable at end of year		4,092,184		$	3.37		8,932,276		$	1.03

* In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share

** Net of options granted and cancelled in connection with modification as described above

Schedule of Assumptions Used to Calculate Fair Value of Options Granted

F - 30

INMODE LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 12 - SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (continued):

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the binomial option-pricing model, with the following assumptions:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019	2018
Fair value of one ordinary share		$19.69-$43.96	$7.49-$41.55	$4.86-$6.32
Dividend yield		0%	0%	0%
Expected volatility		46.07%-49.22%	46.03%-51.91%	51.2%
Risk-free interest rate		0.53%-1.74%	1.62%-2.60%	2.96%
Early exercise multiple (“EEM”)		0% - 250%	0% - 250%	0% - 250%
Contractual term		6.7-7 years	7 years	7 years

XML

TAXES ON INCOME (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets (liabilities)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:

	December 31
	2020			2019
Deferred tax assets in respect of:
Carryforward losses on Marketable securities		-			200
Subsidiaries carryforward losses		22,857			362
Other temporary differences		2,369			431
Share-based compensation		2,943			1,268
Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance		28,169			2,261
Valuation allowance		(27,999	)		(362	)
Total deferred tax asset		170			1,899
Deferred tax lability in respect to other comprehensive income		(106	)		(37	)
Total deferred tax liability		(106	)		(37	)
Deferred tax asset, net		64			1,862

Schedule of Reconciliation of Theoretical Provision For Income Tax

Following is a reconciliation of the theoretical provision for income tax, assuming all income is taxed at the statutory corporate tax rate applicable to Israeli corporations, and the actual tax on income:

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019			2018
Income before taxes on income		76,132			62,041			23,625
Theoretical tax expenses at the statutory rate of InMode		23	%		23	%		23	%
		17,510			14,270			5,434
Increase (decrease) in taxes on income due to:
Benefits to the Benefited Enterprise		(16,652	)		(13,844	)		(5,162	)
Different effective tax rates applicable to the Subsidiaries		235			49			53
NOL carry back as part of the CARES Act relief		(2,894	)		-			-
Valuation allowance		17			60			91
Uncertain tax position		1,416			723			771
Non-deductible expenses and other permanent differences, mainly share based compensation expenses		1,426			(437	)		73
Previous years		49			62			-
		1,107			883			1,260

Schedule of Income Before Income Taxes

f.Income before income taxes is composed of the following:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
InMode Ltd.		72,712		59,320		22,049
Subsidiaries outside Israel		3,420		2,721		1,576
		76,132		62,041		23,625

Schedule of Tax Expenses (Tax Benefit)

NOTE 13 - TAXES ON INCOME (continued):

g.Tax expenses (tax benefit):

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019			2018
Current:
Israel		1,411			500			3
Subsidiaries		(2,082	)		910			1,850
		(671	)		1,410			1,853
Previous year:
Israel		-			62			-
Subsidiaries		49			-			-
		49			62			-
Deferred:
Israel		30			(200	)		(94	)
Subsidiaries		1,699			(389	)		(499	)
		1,729			(589	)		(593	)
Total taxes on income		1,107			883			1,260

Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The following table summarizes the activity of the Company unrecognized tax benefits:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019
Balance at January 1		1,494		771
Increase in uncertain tax positions for the current year		1,416		723
Balance at December 31		2,910		1,494

XML

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2020

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of Net Sales by Geographic Area

1)Net sales by geographic area were as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
United States		149,488		124,199		81,063
Other		56,619		32,162		19,099
Total sales:		206,107		156,361		100,162

Schedule of Net Sales by Technology

2)Net sales based on products' technology were as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020		2019		2018
	%		%		%
Minimal-Invasive		62		79		86
Hands-Free		32		9		-
Non-Invasive		6		12		14
		100		100		100

Schedule of Changes in Contract Liabilities

3)The changes in contract liabilities are as follows:

	Year ended December 31
	2020			2019
Balance as of January 1		19,400			9,737
Increases due to issuance of new contracts, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period		10,043			15,428
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period		(15,555	)		(5,765	)
Balance as of December 31		13,888			19,400
Contract liability presented in non-current liabilities (1)		1,988			3,813
Contract liability presented in current liabilities		11,900			15,587

(1) As of December 31, 2020, noncurrent deferred revenue is estimated to be recognized as following: 83% in year 2022 and the rest in year 2023-2024.

Schedule of Long-Lived Assets

	December 31
	2020		2019
Israel		916		820
United States		52		102
Other		14		13
		982		935

XML

GENERAL (Details) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Aug. 31, 2019 ₪ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 ₪ / shares	Nov. 11, 2020 ₪ / shares	Dec. 31, 2019 ₪ / shares	Aug. 31, 2019 $ / shares	Jun. 30, 2019 ₪ / shares
Issuance of shares	500,000
Ordinary shares, par value | ₪ / shares					₪ 0.01	₪ 0.01	₪ 0.01		₪ 0.01
Proceeds from initial public offering | $			$ 69,784
Number of subsidiaries		10
United Kingdom [Member]
Percentage of interest in subsidiaries					51.00%
IPO [Member]
Issuance of shares	5,000,000
Ordinary shares, par value | ₪ / shares	₪ 0.01
Price per share | $ / shares								$ 14
IPO [Member] | Underwriters Allotment Option [Member]
Issuance of shares	5,500,000

XML

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2021 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 ₪ / shares	Nov. 11, 2020 ₪ / shares	Dec. 31, 2019 ₪ / shares	Jun. 30, 2019 ₪ / shares
Provision for litigation				$ 10,000
Ordinary shares, par value | ₪ / shares					₪ 0.01	₪ 0.01	₪ 0.01	₪ 0.01
Increase operating lease right-of-use		$ 1,585
Amounts of severance payment expenses		$ 329	$ 242	$ 174
Subsequent Event [Member]
Amounts of severance payment expenses	$ 337
Minimum [Member]
Short-term deposits annual interest rate		0.15%	0.35%
Maximum [Member]
Short-term deposits annual interest rate		2.35%	2.90%

XML

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Schedule of Property and Equipment Estimated Useful Lives) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020
Computers [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Lives	3 - 4 years
Molds [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Lives	4 - 10 years
Equipment and furniture [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated Useful Lives	10 - 17 years

XML

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Schedule of Accrued Warranty) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Balance at beginning of year	$ 472	$ 706	$ 380
Costs incurred	(1,127)	(756)	(1,009)
Expense recognized	1,360	522	1,335
Balance at end of year	$ 705	$ 472	$ 706

XML

MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Marketable Securities	$ 142,007	$ 120,144
Non US Government bonds [Member]
Marketable Securities	$ 2,555	$ 2,104

XML

MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Schedule Of Marketable Securities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Marketable Securities		$ 142,007	$ 120,144
Government bonds [Member]
Marketable Securities	[1]	124,821	104,349
Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Marketable Securities		15,118	14,023
Certificates of Deposit [Member]
Marketable Securities		$ 2,068	$ 1,772

[1] As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, consists of $2,555 and $2,104 non-U.S. government bonds, respectively.

XML

MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Schedule of Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Cost or amortized cost	$ 141,544	$ 119,983
Level 2 Securities [Member]
Fair Value	142,007	120,144
Cost or amortized cost	141,544	119,983
Gross unrealized holding loss	(28)	(53)
Gross unrealized holding gains	491	214
Level 2 Securities [Member] | Government bonds [Member]
Fair Value	124,821	104,349
Cost or amortized cost	124,462	104,230
Gross unrealized holding loss	(12)	(38)
Gross unrealized holding gains	371	157
Level 2 Securities [Member] | Corporate Debt Securities [Member]
Fair Value	15,118	14,023
Cost or amortized cost	15,040	13,985
Gross unrealized holding loss	(16)	(15)
Gross unrealized holding gains	94	53
Level 2 Securities [Member] | Certificates of Deposit [Member]
Fair Value	2,068	1,772
Cost or amortized cost	2,042	1,768
Gross unrealized holding loss
Gross unrealized holding gains	$ 26	$ 4

XML

MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Schedule of Debt Securities on Maturity) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Marketable Securities and Fair Value Measurement [Abstract]
Due within one year	$ 21,662	$ 32,642
1 to 2 years	91,401	41,784
2 to 3 years	28,944	45,718
Total	$ 142,007	$ 120,144

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (Schedule of Accounts Receivable) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable, Gross, Allowance, and Net [Abstract]
Trade	$ 9,396	$ 6,186
Notes receivable	2,252	1,248
Less - allowance for doubtful debt	(672)	(432)
Notes And Loans Receivable Net	10,976	7,002
Less - non-current accounts receivable	(477)	(374)
Total accounts receivable	$ 10,499	$ 6,628

XML

INVENTORIES (Schedule of Inventories) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 3,642	$ 2,725
Finished products	11,341	6,683
Total inventories	$ 14,983	$ 9,408

XML

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Schedule of Property and Equipment) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment gross	$ 2,619	$ 2,156
Less: accumulated depreciation	(1,637)	(1,221)
Total property and equipment, net	982	935
Depreciation and amortization	416	302	$ 184
Computers [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment gross	658	392
Office furniture and equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment gross	151	132
Molds [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment gross	1,527	1,398
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property plant and equipment gross	$ 283	$ 234

XML

OTHER INVESTMENTS (Details) - USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020	Nov. 11, 2020	Nov. 30, 2019
Ordinary shares of Medimor		62,457
Medimor Ltd [Member]
Investment Amount			$ 600
Ordinary shares of Medimor			1,369,863
Ownership interest			10.34%
Milestone Shares [Member]
Investment Amount			$ 418
Ordinary shares of Medimor			955,479
Medimor [Member]
Investment Amount			$ 181
Ordinary shares of Medimor	1,369,863		414,384
Ownership interest	14.78%
Medimor [Member] | Fully diluted basis [Member]
Ownership interest	10.34%

XML

LEASES (Narrative) (Details) ₪ in Thousands, $ in Thousands	1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	May 31, 2018 USD ($)	May 31, 2018 ILS (₪)	Dec. 31, 2020
Bank guarantee | $	$ 105
U.S Subsidiary [Member]
Lease expires			August 2022
Canadian Subsidiary [Member]
Lease expires			June 2022
NIS [Member]
Lease expires	December 2021	December 2021
Bank guarantee | ₪		₪ 339

XML

LEASES (Schedule of Lease Expense) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Leases [Abstract]
Operating lease cost	$ 930	$ 766

XML

LEASES (Schedule of Supplemental Cash Flow Information Related to Leases) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Leases [Abstract]
Operating cash flows from operating leases	$ 963	$ 786

XML

LEASES (Schedule of Supplemental Balance Sheet Information Related to Leases) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Operating Leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets	$ 1,153	$ 1,369
Other current liabilities	880	672
Operating lease liabilities	358	744
Total operating lease liabilities	$ 1,238	$ 1,416
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term Operating leases	1 year 3 months 29 days	2 years 29 days
Weighted Average Discount Rate Operating leases	2.75%	2.75%

XML

LEASES (Schedule of Maturities of Lease Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Leases [Abstract]
2021	$ 896
2022	316
2023	58
Total lease payments	1,270
Less imputed interests	(32)
Total operating lease liabilities	$ 1,238	$ 1,416

XML

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES (Schedule Of Other Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Payables and Accruals [Abstract]
Employees and related expenses	$ 10,022	$ 8,164
Government institutions	1,224	1,539
Income Tax	758	202
Other	4,716	3,300
Total other current liabilities	$ 16,720	$ 13,205

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2018
Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]
Supply and open orders commitment	$ 9,585
Accrued provision for legal proceedings and settlements		$ 10,000

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Narrative) (Details) ₪ / shares in Units, $ / shares in Units, ₪ in Thousands, $ in Thousands					1 Months Ended						3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Nov. 11, 2020 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Mar. 15, 2020 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Jan. 07, 2020 $ / shares shares	Jul. 24, 2019 shares	Jan. 31, 2021 shares	Feb. 17, 2020 $ / shares	Jan. 31, 2020 shares	Jan. 28, 2020 $ / shares shares	Nov. 25, 2019 $ / shares shares	Aug. 31, 2019 ₪ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) shares	Dec. 31, 2020 USD ($) shares	Dec. 31, 2019 USD ($) shares	Dec. 31, 2018 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2020 ₪ / shares	Nov. 11, 2020 ₪ / shares shares	Dec. 31, 2019 ₪ / shares	Aug. 31, 2019 $ / shares	Jun. 30, 2019 ILS (₪) ₪ / shares shares
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Ordinary shares, par value | ₪ / shares																₪ 0.01	₪ 0.01	₪ 0.01		₪ 0.01
Ordinary shares | shares																	62,457
Exercise price | $ / shares	$ 43.23
Stock split				1-for-1.789
Bonus share issue per outstanding share | shares				0.789
Issuance of shares | shares										500,000
Proceeds from initial public offering | $													$ 69,784
IPO expenses | $												$ 7,216
Shares authorized | shares											100,000,000	100,000,000	100,000,000							100,000,000
Shares authorized amount | ₪																				₪ 1,000,000
Stock options granted | shares	6,500
Repurchase of ordinary shares | $												$ 17,218
Repurchase of ordinary shares, shares | shares											393,441
Waiver of redeemable non controlling interest | $													$ (2,317)	(1,414)
Purchase consideration | $	$ 2,700
Treasury Stock [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Repurchase of ordinary shares | $												17,218
Guangzhou Sino Israel Bio Industry Investment Fund LLP [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Ownership interest															51.00%
Payment to purchase licence | $														1,700	$ 7,200
Ownership interest exchange															49.00%
Waiver of redeemable non controlling interest | $												$ 2,317
Guangzhou Sino Israel Bio Industry Investment Fund LLP [Member] | RMB [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Payment to purchase licence | $															$ 50,000
Invasix UK [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Waiver of redeemable non controlling interest | $														1,414
Board of Director [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price | $ / shares		$ 19.69	$ 35.04			$ 43.96		$ 43.9	$ 41.55
Stock options granted | shares		1,259,150	953,000					42,500	112,250
Stock options cancelled | shares		1,259,150
2018 Incentive Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Issuance of shares | shares							800,000					800,000
Shares authorized | shares											1,789,000	1,789,000
Number of options available for grant | shares											193,547	193,547
Aggregate intrinsic value | $											$ 180,509	$ 180,509
2018 Incentive Plan [Member] | Employees [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Weighted average remaining contractual life												3 years 6 months 7 days
Total intrinsic value of options exercised | $												$ 190,498	7,702	1,505
Fair value of options granted | $											$ 16,345	$ 16,345	$ 2,798	$ 915
Unvested options | shares											1,154,271	1,154,271
Unrecognized compensation expense | $											$ 4,345	$ 4,345
Unrecognized compensation cost, recognition period												10 months 6 days
2018 Incentive Plan [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Issuance of shares | shares					800,000
Shares authorized | shares					3,389,000
Non-Israeli [Member] | Board of Director [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Exercise price | $ / shares		$ 19.69				$ 43.96			$ 41.55
Stock options granted | shares		224,500							15,000
Fair value of options granted | $		$ 3,283
Vested options | $		$ 666
IPO [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Ordinary shares, par value | ₪ / shares										₪ 0.01
Issuance of shares | shares										5,000,000
Price per share | $ / shares																			$ 14

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Schedule Of Grant of Options) (Details) - Employees, officers, directors, service providers and consultants [Member] - USD ($)		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
January 7, 2020 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount	[1]	$ 16,000
Exercise price range, Upper Range		$ 35.04
Vesting period		1 year
Expiration		7 years
February 17, 2020 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount	[1]	$ 209,500
Exercise price range, Upper Range	[2]	$ 19.69
Expiration		7 years
February 17, 2020 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		0 years
February 17, 2020 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		3 years
March 15, 2020 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount	[1]	$ 1,286,150
Exercise price range, Upper Range	[2]	$ 19.69
Expiration		7 years
March 15, 2020 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		0 years
March 15, 2020 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		3 years
May 5, 2020 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount		$ 75,500
Exercise price range, Upper Range		$ 24.32
Expiration		7 years
May 5, 2020 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		0 years
May 5, 2020 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		3 years
November 11, 2020 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount	[3]	$ 6,500
Exercise price range, Upper Range		$ 43.23
Expiration		7 years
November 11, 2020 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		0 years
November 11, 2020 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		1 year
January 6, 2019 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount			$ 169,956
Exercise price range, Upper Range			$ 7.49
Expiration			7 years
January 6, 2019 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			0 years
January 6, 2019 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			3 years
January 7, 2019 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount			$ 305,919
Exercise price range, Upper Range			$ 7.49
Expiration			7 years
January 7, 2019 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			0 years
January 7, 2019 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			3 years
April 1, 2019 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount			$ 30,413
Exercise price range, Upper Range			$ 10.23
Expiration			7 years
April 1, 2019 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			0 years
April 1, 2019 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			2 years
April 5, 2019 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount			$ 67,982
Exercise price range, Upper Range			$ 10.23
Expiration			7 years
April 5, 2019 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			0 years
April 5, 2019 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			3 years
April 6, 2019 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount			$ 14,313
Exercise price range, Upper Range			$ 10.23
Expiration			7 years
April 6, 2019 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			0 years
April 6, 2019 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			3 years
August 8, 2019 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount			$ 30,000
Exercise price range, Upper Range			$ 14.00
Expiration			7 years
August 8, 2019 [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			0 years
August 8, 2019 [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period			2 years
November 25, 2019 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Award amount	[1]		$ 20,500
Exercise price range, Upper Range	[2]		$ 19.69
Vesting period			1 year
Expiration			7 years

[1] Net of options granted in March 2020

[2] Modification of share-based compensation

[3] GIBF Options

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Schedule Of Options Granted) (Details) - $ / shares			12 Months Ended
		Nov. 11, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020		Dec. 31, 2019
Changes during the year:
Granted		6,500
Employees, officers and directors [Member]
Number of options
Outstanding at beginning of year			9,300,858		9,392,215
Changes during the year:
Granted			1,593,650	[1]	751,333
Canceled			(112,250)	[1]
Exercised			(5,378,136)		(616,669)
Forfeited			(138,300)		(35,492)
Expired			(19,367)		(190,529)
Outstanding at end of year			5,246,455		9,300,858
Exercisable at end of year			4,092,184		8,932,276
Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at beginning of year	[2]		$ 1.80		$ 0.74
Changes during the year:
Granted	[2]		20.16		14.18
Canceled	[2]		41.55
Exercised	[2]		0.88		0.63
Forfeited	[2]		22.55		8.93
Expired	[2]		0.56		0.56
Outstanding at end of year	[2]		6.86		1.80
Exercisable at end of year	[2]		$ 3.37		$ 1.03

[1] Net of options granted and cancelled in connection with modification as described above

[2] In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Schedule of Assumptions Used to Calculate Fair Value of Options Granted) (Details) - Employees, officers and directors [Member] - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected volatility			51.20%
Risk-free interest rate			2.96%
Contractual term		7 years	7 years
Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Fair value of one ordinary share	$ 19.69	$ 7.49	$ 4.86
Expected volatility	46.07%	46.03%
Risk-free interest rate	0.53%	1.62%
Early exercise multiple	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Contractual term	6 years 8 months 12 days
Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Fair value of one ordinary share	$ 43.96	$ 41.55	$ 6.32
Expected volatility	49.22%	51.91%
Risk-free interest rate	1.74%	2.60%
Early exercise multiple	250.00%	250.00%	250.00%
Contractual term	7 years

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Schedule Of Outstanding and Execisable Options) (Details) - $ / shares			12 Months Ended
		Nov. 11, 2020	Dec. 31, 2020
Exercise prices		$ 43.23
$0.20 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 0.20
Number of options outstanding at end of year			109,859
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			1 year 2 months 12 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			109,859
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			1 year 2 months 12 days
$0.44 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 0.44
Number of options outstanding at end of year			42,936
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			2 years
Number of options exercisable at end of year			42,936
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			2 years
$0.56 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 0.56
Number of options outstanding at end of year			2,978,813
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			3 years 14 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			2,978,813
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			3 years 14 days
$6.32 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 6.32
Number of options outstanding at end of year			145,169
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			4 years 8 months 15 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			145,169
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			4 years 8 months 15 days
$7.49 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 7.49
Number of options outstanding at end of year			376,320
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			5 years 7 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			335,080
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			5 years 7 days
$10.23 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 10.23
Number of options outstanding at end of year			111,708
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			5 years 3 months 3 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			84,101
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			5 years 3 months 3 days
$14.00 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 14.00
Number of options outstanding at end of year			30,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			5 years 7 months 13 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			22,500
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			5 years 7 months 13 days
$41.55 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 19.69
Number of options outstanding at end of year			1,390,150
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			6 years 2 months 8 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			347,350
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			6 years 2 months 8 days
$24.32 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 24.32
Number of options outstanding at end of year			55,000
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			6 years 4 months 6 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year			26,376
Weighted average remaining contractual life of eercisable options			6 years 4 months 6 days
$43.23 [Member]
Exercise prices	[1]		$ 43.23
Number of options outstanding at end of year			6,500
Weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding options			6 years 10 months 13 days
Number of options exercisable at end of year

[1] In U.S. dollars per Ordinary Share

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Schedule Of Share Based Compensation Expense) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Equity-based compensation income	$ 12,845	$ 1,557	$ 1,947
Cost of Sales [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Equity-based compensation income	520	94	25
Research and Development Expenses [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Equity-based compensation income	2,264	179	63
Selling and Marketing Expenses [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Equity-based compensation income	9,398	1,158	1,817
General and Administrative Expenses [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Equity-based compensation income	$ 663	$ 126	$ 42

XML

SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Schedule Of Changes In Redeemable Non Controlling Interest) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Stockholders' Equity Note [Abstract]
Balance as of January 1	$ 2,187	$ 3,066
Adjustment to redemption value of redeemable non-controlling interest	130	535
Increases due to additional investment of redeemable non-controlling interest
Waiver of redeemable non-controlling interest	(2,317)	(1,414)
Balance as of December 31		$ 2,187

XML

TAXES ON INCOME (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2009
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Tax benefit year											10 years
Corporate tax		16.00%	16.00%	7.50%	16.00%	16.00%	16.00%	9.00%	12.50%	7.00%
Tax rate for recipient for dividends distributed by Preferred Company from income derived from its PTE or SPTE	20.00%
Tax rate after divdend	15.00%
Statutory rate	23.00%	23.00%	23.00%
Tax asset	$ 2,894
Accumulated tax loss carryforward	$ 81,600
Special Preferred Enterprise [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Corporate tax	8.00%
Tax rate after divdend	20.00%
Development Zone A [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Corporate tax			7.50%							10.00%
Development Zone A [Member] | Special Preferred Enterprise [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Corporate tax			6.00%
Tax rate for dividend distributed to a corporate shareholder who is not an Israeli resident			4.00%
Elsewhere [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Corporate tax			12.00%							15.00%
Regulations [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Corporate tax	7.50%
Regulations [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Income Tax Contingency [Line Items]
Corporate tax	9.00%

XML

TAXES ON INCOME (Schedule of Deferred Tax Assets (liabilities)) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Deferred tax assets in respect of:
Carryforward losses on Marketable securities		$ 200
Subsidiaries carryforward losses	22,857	362
Other temporary differences	2,369	431
Share-based compensation	2,943	1,268
Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance	28,169	2,261
Valuation allowance	(27,999)	(362)
Total deferred tax asset	170	1,899
Deferred tax lability in respect to other comprehensive income	(106)	(37)
Total deferred tax liability	(106)	(37)
Deferred tax asset, net	$ 64	$ 1,862

XML

TAXES ON INCOME (Schedule of Reconciliation of Theoretical Provision For Income Tax) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Income before taxes on income	$ 76,132	$ 62,041	$ 23,625
Theoretical tax expenses at the statutory rate of InMode	23.00%	23.00%	23.00%
Theoretical tax benefit	$ 17,510	$ 14,270	$ 5,434
Increase (decrease) in taxes on income due to:
Benefits to the Benefited Enterprise	(16,652)	(13,844)	(5,162)
Different effective tax rates applicable to the subsidiaries	235	49	53
NOL carry back as part of the CARES Act relief	(2,894)
Valuation allowance	17	60	91
Uncertain tax position	1,416	723	771
Non-deductible expenses and other permanent differences, mainly share based compensation expenses	1,426	(437)	73
Previous years	49	62
Total taxes on income	$ 1,107	$ 883	$ 1,260

XML

TAXES ON INCOME (Schedule of Income Before Income Taxes) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Income before taxes on income	$ 76,132	$ 62,041	$ 23,625
InMode Ltd. [member]
Income before taxes on income	72,712	59,320	22,049
Subsidiaries outside Israel [Member]
Income before taxes on income	$ 3,420	$ 2,721	$ 1,576

XML

TAXES ON INCOME (Schedule of Tax Expenses (Tax Benefit)) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Current	$ (671)	$ 1,410	$ 1,853
Previous year	49	62
Deferred	1,729	(589)	(593)
Total taxes on income	1,107	883	1,260
Israel [Member]
Current	1,411	500	3
Previous year		62
Deferred	30	(200)	(94)
Subsidiaries outside Israel [Member]
Current	(2,082)	910	1,850
Previous year	49
Deferred	$ 1,699	$ (389)	$ (499)

XML

TAXES ON INCOME (Schedule of Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Balance at January 1	$ 1,494	$ 771
Increase in uncertain tax positions for the current year	1,416	723
Balance at December 31	$ 2,910	$ 1,494

XML

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (Narrative) (Details)	Dec. 31, 2022
Subsequent Event [Member]
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Percentage of non- current deferred revenue	83.00%

XML

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (Schedule Of Net Sales By Geographical Area) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Total sales	$ 206,107	$ 156,361	$ 100,162
United States [Member]
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Total sales	149,488	124,199	81,063
Other [Member]
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Total sales	$ 56,619	$ 32,162	$ 19,099

XML

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (Schedule of Net Sales by Techonology) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Total sales percentage	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Minimal-Invasive [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Total sales percentage	62.00%	79.00%	86.00%
Hands-Free [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Total sales percentage	32.00%	9.00%
Non-Invasive [Member]
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Total sales percentage	6.00%	12.00%	14.00%

XML

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (Schedule Of Changes In Contract Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Segment Reporting [Abstract]
Balance as of January 1		$ 19,400	$ 9,737
Increases due to issuance of new contracts, excluding amounts recognized as revenue during the period		10,043	15,428
Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability balance at the beginning of the period		(15,555)	(5,765)
Balance as of December 31		13,888	19,400
Contract liability presented in non-current liabilities	[1]	1,988	3,813
Contract liability presented in current liabilities		$ 11,900	$ 15,587

[1] As of December 31, 2020, noncurrent deferred revenue is estimated to be recognized as following: 83% in year 2022 and the rest in year 2023-2024.

XML

ENTITY-WIDE DISCLOSURE (Schedule Of Long-Lived Assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales	$ 982	$ 935
Israel [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales	916	820
United States [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales	52	102
Other [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Total sales	$ 14	$ 13

XML

RELATED PARTIES (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2020	Dec. 31, 2019	Dec. 31, 2018
Home Skinnovations Ltd [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Payment for services received	$ 82	$ 247	$ 82
Subsidiary of Home Skinnovations Ltd [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Payment for services received	379	341	140
Spa Medical International SRL [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Payment for services received	$ 307	$ 710	$ 518